[a / b / c / d / e / f / g / gif / h / hr / k / m / o / p / r / s / t / u / v / vg / w / wg] [i / ic] [r9k] [cm / hm / y] [3 / adv / an / cgl / ck / co / diy / fa / fit / hc / int / jp / lit / mlp / mu / n / po / pol / sci / soc / sp / tg / toy / trv / tv / vp / x] [rs] [status / ? / @] [Settings] [Home]
Board:  
Settings   Home
4chan
/qst/ - Quests


File: Snek snack.png (890 KB, 3230x2490)
890 KB
890 KB PNG
The dark halls of the facility were illuminated by a small pocket torch, it scanning the floor for debris whilst avoiding the darker parts further ahead. Aden made sure not to alert his presence too much, just using the torch he had found to get an idea of his surroundings. The lack of night vision made traversing the ruins rather tough, but he kept hopes up. "I think we're getting close to that office space. I just hope the directions those scientists gave aren't wrong." He'd say softly, as his draconic friend nodded along quietly. "Well, we don't have too many places to go, right?" Toyotama said more quietly, to which Aden scoffed in amusement. "Well, we could skip the elevator, and just try our luck with the green section. Then again, last thing I heard of it, some insane rabbit subject got killed there and it's now being swarmed by people."

Aden and Toyotama had set out a plan for themselves, yet were not all that well prepared for the future. Aden just had a small pistol, with nothing else to help out. At least he still had some heavy armour to protect himself with. Though as they headed northwards, they would start taking notice of more and more concerning sights. "I can sense quite a bit of blood ahead. Those offices must've seen plenty of battles." She commented reluctantly, which did pique Aden's interests. Though as they got closer and closer to the offices, they'd start hearing noises coming from behind them. Looking behind them, they saw several shapes moving closer in the darkness behind them. "Shit, shit, shit." Aden mumbled as he looked around for a way out. Once he saw a side-chamber, he'd signal Toyotama to follow. "Quick, in here." He'd rush to the sliding door, trying to open it up yet finding it to be something of a struggle. The sound quickly got closer and closer, Toyotama panicking as well. "A-Aden, Aden! What do we do?! They're coming over to us! I-I don't wanna get in trouble!"

Toyotama tried to speak with a hushed voice, but her panic made it a bit louder. Aden hushed her, before forcing her between himself and the wall. "Stay behind me. Don't show yourself and keep quiet. I'll deal with them." He was clearly anxious, yet tried to keep his cool at this imminent threat. The footsteps got closer and closer, until Aden could see the outlines of five guardsmen with strange cloths covering them. He'd hold out his pistol, and waited for the guards to go into the offense. However, Aden would notice the guards running past him and Toyotama, not even seeming to take notice of the two, despite him showing himself with the torch he had. It left him stunned, as the guardsmen rapidly rushed forward without pause. "A-Aden, w-what are they..." Toyotama mumbled quietly, not even finishing her sentence. Aden stepped forward and looked ahead. "Those were... guardsmen. Facility guardsmen. Were they running from something?" He said, as Toyotama seemed rather confused.
>>
She'd sniff the air, before speaking more casually. "I... couldn't smell any blood on them. And given how fast they moved past us, I doubt they were injured." Perhaps they were running from something nearby, which did unnerve Aden somewhat. He'd signal Toyotama to follow, putting on his torch again. "Maybe we should go after them. See what it is they're doing. Because I got a feeling that... there's something strange going on here." Toyotama nodded, spreading her wings and following Aden closely. They'd try and speed up, it not taking long before they found the office space they wanted to get to. "Do you smell any blood around here?" Aden asked Toyotama, who seemed quite unsure. "I do smell a faint hint in the distance, but that could be coming from anywhere, I'm afraid." Seeing as they had no clue what was going on, Aden decided it was for the best to return to their original plan for the time being. "Lets just... find us some food, and then see if we can see where those guardsmen went off to. It can't be far from here, I'm sure of it.

The two would start looking for any places with food, checking any vending machines or kitchen area for something to eat. Though as the hours went on and they explored more places, they'd eventually notice a section which went downwards. Out of curiosity, they headed downwards, only to hear the noise of rocks being moved. And in the distance, they saw several lights moving about. Toyotama and Aden kept their distance, watching quietly before Aden gasped. "Those are the guards from before." Toyotama froze up, the two hiding behind some rubble and peaking from their hiding spot to catch the occasional glimpse. "W-What are they doing here?" Toyotama mumbled quietly, Aden squinting his eyes before tilting his head.

"They're... trying to get rid of the rubble that's blocking the path forward." He'd keep staring for some time, noticing how dedicated and efficient the guardsmen were at their job. Though it looked like it was a rather heavy job, one which could take a long time. Aden kept staring in awe, before looking at Toyotama. "Is there... something down here you know of?" Toyotama shook her head, trying to think of anything which could be of interest down here. "I really don't know. Those guardsmen are dressed weird. They behave weird. I... I'm not sure what to even make of this."

Aden nodded understandingly, before looking over at the guardsmen. "Well. Maybe we should watch a bit longer and see if they do anything... hell, if they manage to get through all the rubble, maybe we should follow them and see what is going on down here?" Toyotama didn't seem too certain about the idea, but also wasn't entirely opposed. She'd also keep looking, remaining silent as they watched the guardsmen take away rock after rock. They worked together extremely efficiently, lifting heavy items together and dividing their work quite well.

"I wonder if any of the death squads have found guardsmen like these..."
>>
This quest is mostly story focused, with no really deep mechanics aside from basic dice-rolling. The story is rather freeform in terms of what choices you can make and what direction you want to follow. What your goal is in this place and who you choose to trust is mostly up to you. Do you want to explore the place and figure out its mysteries? Or do you just want to shoot shit and cleanse this place of monster girls? No matter what you opt to do down here, I will always try to give options for what you can do. You can also always send in your own choices and suggestions on what to do. Either way, I hope to provide a fun and enjoyable experience for everyone. My writing ain't perfect, so I always do appreciate it when feedback is provided so I can improve further.

Shared docs:
You, your men and your allies:
https://docs.google.com/document/d/1_NoldE7zglICEuon-YZNhxjXcqvjszveOsz4u8jz-is/edit?usp=sharing
List of scientists and subjects, along with some minor details:
https://docs.google.com/document/d/15Z64W31Eszz9CNi-ZWe-t38yqg6riZ9oUvinfd2-F9A/edit?usp=sharing
The monster girls sheets as provided by the government tablet:
https://docs.google.com/document/d/1sIrSAkYFN57njvPYKcWzpjnme2nMD6Bzgkl-j4wU3LE/edit?usp=sharing
Sheets of monster girls you've befriended:
https://docs.google.com/document/d/1CPSZp0MxftcNaUFSfBxzkRh7MfEiPnA7G6Wzfm9dkSQ/edit?usp=sharing
Previous threads:
https://suptg.thisisnotatrueending.com/qstarchive.html?searchall=Monster+Girl+Facility
Based artwork from anons:
https://catbox. moe/c/1ajcpw

Artist I commissioned for this thread's thumbnail: Avsmomedina

>Recap from the previous thread.
After awakening from your deep slumber, you would find that your men were taking you back to the main base. Given that you were fine though, you insisted on heading back to where you came from. At first you attempted to dig through the rubble, but found it to be a treacherous path to take. Eventually, you opted to look for another path, attempting to take some ventilation shafts or sewers to get places. However, you’d find yourself being questioned by Nikita, a rather inquisitive Blackstar soldier. After he tried to blackmail you because they presumably saw the girls, you would decide to head further up to finally bring the girls somewhere safe. You found a pleasant spot close to the surface, albeit it was also occupied by a loner technician called Ingmar Parson. Still, it was the best spot to keep the girls, you leaving them there as you intended to head deeper into the vents. And after blowing up the path through the tight rubble, you’d reach the deeper floors without the girls. You were right away met with a body covered in acid, followed by a disgusting chamber filled to the brim with flies. It was there that you met Vinisha, who you managed to befriend and send upwards to the other girls. Finally, you’d encounter a strange praying guardsman who you shot from range, as well as some guardsmen forced to work in a small green chamber.
>>
After tricking them into believing you were also members of the Queen’s forces, you headed into the nearby foundry. You were getting closer and closer to the queen, avoiding more guardsmen before finding the hallway you had seen in your dreams. Though before being able to head any further, you were confronted by a massive group of guardsmen. They didn’t attack you though, which gave you the opportunity to act and perhaps pass through without a fight...

Continuing from the previous thread...

>Pretend you were under the Queen's control and that there was a misunderstanding. If those folks in the previous botanical garden could be fooled, than surely you could fool these guys?
Despite the fact that the guardsmen were running towards you with their weaponry, you told your men to stay put. “Are you mad, Mik?!” Mike immediately hissed at you, whilst you told your men what to do. You were going to act like foolish queen forces who were lost whilst looking for back-up. “Mik, are you really sure that this is a good idea?” Zaria asked right away, Anon stepping back and backing away from the main entrance. “Guys, they’re here!” You told your men to keep the act going, you aware that some of your men were far more keen to run away than to stay and act. Still, you’d casually approach the approaching guardsmen, who immediately crouched and aimed their weaponry at you. “Put your hands up!” One of the guardsmen yelled at you, as they seemed far more aggressive and less oblivious than the previous forces you saw. You’d keep your calm though, asking the guardsmen to lower their weapons. You’d explain that you had spotted intruders near the front of the foundry, and that you were looking for forces for support. The guardsmen kept their guns pointed at you though, you insisting that they head forward whilst they report to the queen. There was a short silence, before one of the guardsmen spoke up in a more calm voice.

“Alright, drop the act. We know you aren’t part of the Queen’s forces.” Your men all froze up, as it seemed that the act had faltered before it had even started. Despite that, Thaddeus would step forward with a more reasoning tone. “What are ya talkin’ about? Lady Feng has given us her gift, a greater purpose in life to serve her an-“ He was cut off by the guardsman again, this time speaking more amusedly. “Your shitty little spiel may have worked on some of our Lady’s automatons, but we’ve done a decent job and not been lobotomized just yet.” Seeing that the plan was failing, some of your men would already slowly reach for their weapons. Though this only agitated the guardsmen further. “I’d suggest you don’t even think about grabbing your weaponry. The moment you shoot any of us, the Queen will know one of us is hurt and send ALL of her men over.” It was safe to say that the situation had gone from bad to horrific.
>>
Instead of fooling these guys, you had been caught red-handed and without any sort of way to defend yourself. However, given that they hadn’t shot you yet, there was maybe some hope left. Your men didn’t show any fear, keeping quiet as they waited to hear what you’d say. Of course, the main guardsman still had some things to say, which he’d quickly make known. “You guys are lucky that the Queen wants you alive. Had it not been for that, I wouldn’t have minded executing all of you right now. For the time being, I suggest coming along with us and not trying anything funny.” This comment made your men somewhat curious, looking over at you to see what you’d do now. You were outnumbered, but not necessarily outgunned. These guys were also reasonable, and weren’t mindlessly following the queen. Perhaps their potentially questionable obedience could be abused…

>What do you do next?

>Just quietly accept your surrender. It didn’t look like they would restrain you, and they could lead you straight over to the Queen. Or as close as possible to her whilst being safe.
>Use a smoke grenade whilst they weren’t looking and use it to blind them. You could use it to get out of this place, manoeuvre around them or even kill them all. (Write in what you’ll do after using the smoke grenade.)
>Try and reason with them. They weren’t mindless like the previous guardsmen, so why the hell were they servicing the Queen? (Write in how you’ll reason with them.)
>Tell them you’re here to kill the queen, and that you could free them from her control if they just let you go. Maybe they would let you pass and not inform the Queen, meaning you could sneak further ahead.
>Ask them for information about the Queen. Maybe they’d be willing to tell all about their glorious leader, or would be willing to explain about their relationship to her. (Write in what you’ll ask them.)
>Try and run away back into the foundry. You might get shot several times, but they had mostly small arms and you had decent armour. Perhaps you could get away without too much damage. (Write in if there’s any specific direction you’ll run to.)
>Something else…

(Aaaaand we're back, ladies and gentlemen. And unfortunately, we are off to a rough start because these guys aren't mindless morons. But hey, at least you aren't dead yet, and got plenty of opportunities to maybe get out of this situation. Either way, if there are any questions regarding your situations, or errors I made, do let me know!)
>>
>>6122276
always interesting to see our handiwork from another perspective
aw shucks, guess we might be about to take our first casualties or quest end if we really fumble it
>Try and reason with them. They weren’t mindless like the previous guardsmen, so why the hell were they servicing the Queen?
Stall and prod. Why should we come along only to be lobotomised or "creatively" executed? Who'd look after our girls? Are we really making that much of a name for ourselves? What's your beef, and what does Queen Bitch want specifically? What's even in it for you - we continue with Feng none the wiser, remove her, you're free and everyone goes home happy.

If they continue to stick to their guns (literally) and aren't receptive to anything, pop a flashbang (or smoke if we haven't got one) while they're still in the middle of talking, open fire, run like hell and don't stop running because there's going to be scary things behind us.
>>
>>6122276
>Tell them you’re here to kill the queen, and that you could free them from her control if they just let you go. Maybe they would let you pass and not inform the Queen, meaning you could sneak further ahead.
Tell them right away what we're planning, we're gonna kill the queen, they don't look as stupid and/or brainwashed as the others, we know about what the queen can do so we can help each other around, they let us go perhamps with some info on subjects helping her and we kill the queen while keeping casualities on the minimum, failing that go to...

>Use a smoke grenade whilst they weren’t looking and use it to blind them. You could use it to get out of this place, manoeuvre around them or even kill them all.
This mission is a bust, let's retreat and prepare our reigicide strategy.
>>
>>6122276
Yeah makes sense the guards closer to her throne room wouldn't be lobotomized zombies. That's unfortunate.
>Tell them you’re here to kill the queen, and that you could free them from her control if they just let you go. Maybe they would let you pass and not inform the Queen, meaning you could sneak further ahead.
>>
Even while we're in our stickiest situation yet, I'll still have Random Thoughts. When/if we get out of here and back to base, we should ask Morgan to make us a sword. Not a full size sword mind you, a much more manageable shortsword like a gladius or a Model 1832 and for some basic instruction in using it. I don't think we actually have a melee weapon - and we ought to - so we may as well push the boat out for it. She'd probably be delighted to make it, it'd be fuckin' awesome to rock a sword and there's nobody I'd trust more to make us a fine weapon. Or if not a sword, c'mon, at least a sweet dagger.
>>
>>6122472
Why do we need a melee weapon? We presumably already have a combat knife anyways.
>>
>>6122502
I just don't feel entirely safe not having a backup hand-to-hand weapon. It also allows us to quietly stab people, functions as a prying tool and can open bottle tops. Yeah sure, we might have a knife, but why have just a knife when you could do better?
>>
>>6122506
How would we explain having a nanite sword to other death squads and the government?
>>
>>6122510
Er, good point. Don't bring it upstairs.
Still want a knife though.
>>
>>6122353
Supporting this. While these people aren't lobotomized they still follow the Queen. Either willingly because they are desperate, simps or fucked up in the head. Or because they are only mildly under her influence. Both mean that they likely are just going to shoot us with intent to maim for capture if we tell them we plan to kill the Queen, or worse just radio the Queen to tell them we wait for her head on a silver plate allowing her to bolster up her defenses even further even if we do manage to get out of this and still be in fighting shape.

Also, doubt this will quest end us. If everyone dies we probably start playing as Laura or maybe even Aden
>>
File: piet.png (148 KB, 800x600)
148 KB
148 KB PNG
>>6122272

Any requests guys? I'm out of ideas.
>>
>>6122276
I'll change my vote >>6122445 to
>Just quietly accept your surrender. It didn’t look like they would restrain you, and they could lead you straight over to the Queen. Or as close as possible to her whilst being safe.
Why not just let them lead us to Feng? We can drop them when we think we're close enough. Unless they take our shit, I guess.
>>
>>6122876
Quite good. And I have an idea for you. Art of the Feng fuhrerbunker, because you guys with actual talent have made art of characters we only vaguely know the description of before.
>>
>>6122876
I like that Piet doesn't seem shocked or anything. He just sees it, states his amazement and accepts that there are giant mosquitos who enjoy his work. Very Dutch reaction to say the least.

Anyway, since you're low on ideas, I think I can help out in a fun way. Since it's almost the 1 year anniversary, I'll let you and the other anons pick a subject for the reference image to be revealed of. Obviously, there are some subjects where I will keep their appearance a secret for undisclosed reasons, but if there is any subject you're interested in, I'll be nice and reveal them. That way, you can hopefully draw something fun with them.
>>
>>6122957
I'd be shocked if Annie isn't one of the ones that you want kept secret, sadly. So not sure who else we'd really want since Vinella's art is already available and we are bound to see the queen very soon. Maybe Vinisha's sister or Juno?
>>
>>6122957
Thanks, but, I'm gonna have to decline your offer, Anderson. I'm more of a "getting jumpscared by the reference image on an update when we cross paths with a subject" fan.
But I'm interested in DS-14, I like mermaids and her being described as sick and weak makes my inner saviourfag act up, sadly setting foot in the flooded section is suicide lol.

>>6122917
>Art of the Feng fuhrerbunker
Suptg is down and I forgot to write down that short description of Feng that was revealed in the dream sequence. Once I get my hands on it, I'll get to work.
>>
>>6122876
Anastasia (Dragon type womanlet) comparing sizes with Chrys (bug type womanlet)
>>
>>6123004
The thing with Annie is that I could showcase her pic. But the issue is, I am gonna commission a better picture of Annie in a more fitting outfit. It may take a while to get that comm finished, so I just have the current pic in use for her now.

>>6123050
Ah, if you need the description of Feng, I got you my guy.

A giant, female figure with great white and black horns which converged together as they moved up. She was muscular, bloody and had a somewhat muddled face with a cruel and truly monstrous grin.

Anyway, I guess it makes sense if you'd rather keep some appearances a secret. If the other Anons want something, I can definitely try and provide it.
>>
>>6122276
>>Use a smoke grenade whilst they weren’t looking and use it to blind them. You could use it to get out of this place, manoeuvre around them or even kill them all. (Write in what you’ll do after using the smoke grenade.)

They likely still have the loyalty virus in them like the others.
Anyway,
GUNS GUNS GUNS and RUSH TOWARDS QUEEN.
Right after tossing smoke grenades, we toss flashbangs. Disorient the enemy, fire on them, and run towards queen.
We don't need to kill them. We just need to railgun queen, even if we don't succeed, we can railgun the wall and make an exfil.
Have derek check to see where the nearest wall might be.
There is a massive benefit to the hallways that is to our advantage.
Chokepoints. in order for them to cross, they have to pass through the singular hallways.
There is only one main issue, the other subject that we are unaware of. We need to keep eyes open for her. Thermal/ultraviolet?
The moment we make eye contact with queen, our first action should be to aim railgun and fire.
She's very aristocratic, so if we can queue her dialog for us to aim at her. We'll be set.


Our options are two fold.
Either we leave here and try to extract now.
or we go for the throat and try to kill.

no point in talking with people who are more likely to be slaves to her, (just with higher cognition). "If they can think they can be reasoned wiith" why would she leave her guard in front of her throne room capable of being compromised?

on another note should've placed those explosives and camera when we had the chance earlier, they would've been vary useful for having intel and causing distractions now or later.
>>
>Try and reason with them. They weren’t mindless like the previous guardsmen, so why the hell were they servicing the Queen?
You'd drop the act right away, but wouldn't give in to the guardsmen right away. You were not going to ruin this one chance at getting to the queen. Thus, you decided to confront them and asked them why you had to follow them. The main guardsman scoffed, before raising his gun. "At least you dropped the idiotic act. Regardless, I don't think you're in a position to question us right now." You didn't accept the answer, asking the guy why you'd let them bring you to the Queen to get lobotomized or executed in some 'creative' way. "I already told you that the Queen wants you alive. If she wanted you executed, she would've just told us to fire. She may be a sadist, but she'd know not to let people near her who took down that monstrous rabbit subject." Considering that Caera was made by the same scientist as her, it made sense that Feng would be a bit more apprehensive with letting you guys come over to her area. Still, you'd ask them why the Queen wanted you, and why they were going along with it.

This last comment actually made one of the guardsmen speak up, doing so reluctantly. "S-She'll kill us... i-if we fail her." The guardsman would say as he lowered his gun, which made the head guardsman speak up in annoyance. "Which is why we won't fail her, Kiran. We'll bring these folk to her and she'll let us live another day." Given that one guardsman wasn't entirely on board with what was going on, it was only natural that your men would start prying information from him. "So, you guys are doing this out of fear, huh?" Anon asked without hesitation, to which some of the guardsmen actually nodded. "She can sense our internals, track us down and... break our fucking minds if she feels like it. If we so much as make a move in the wrong direction, it can mean a swift death."

Before you could get more juicy intel, the main guardsman spoke up again. "Which is why you morons should stop telling these guys everything about the Queen, and keep your bloody guns pointed at them!" You'd once again ask why the Queen wanted you to come over, before also asking why he didn't just move past you. You didn't reveal that you were gonna go after the Queen just yet, so you'd keep it vague for the time being. "Simple. She can sense where we are. She knows where you guys have gone to. And given how many other scouts are heading here, she'll know if we let you pass through. And given that I don't wanna risk getting my free will deleted, I'll opt to just take you bastards over to her." Some of the other guardsmen looked down, clearly not having any kind of retort to what was said. It seemed they really were stuck in a rock and a hard place, having to either take you down, or suffer a fate likely worse than death. Still, you weren't going to get captured and let them win. You were going to kill the Queen with or without their help.
>>
>Use a smoke grenade whilst they weren’t looking and use it to blind them. You could use it to get out of this place, manoeuvre around them or even kill them all.
With the mission being a bust, you'd whisper to Thaddeus to prepare a smoke grenade. You wanted him to sneakily throw it right at them. Thaddeus gave a quick nod which the guardsmen thankfully didn't pick on. "Did you say something?" The main guardsman asked you, having heard your soft murmuring. You stated that you weren't going to just let them take you to their Queen. Even if it was unfortunate they'd be punished, you were going to pass through here. "Oh no, you're not passing through here." You told Thaddeus to throw the smoke grenade, the guardsman continuing to talk. "Unless if you follow us. And if you still resist... well, you'll have to pass through here with bullet holes in your legs. After all, the Queen wanted you alive, not uninjured. Now, come along then, or we'll have to open fi-" They noticed the smoke, all of them looking at it during which you quietly told your men to run and fire at them.

Your men dashed back and got their guns, trying to win the draw and land in the first shots. Unfortunately, even with the smoke starting to spread, the guardsmen were already aiming at you. And you’d quickly start hearing gunfire aimed right at you. You and your men panicked, as you heard yells over the comms devices. “Armour is holding! Their guns can’t take us do-“ “FUCK! NO, IT’S NOT!” Zaria yelled, interrupting Thaddeus’ comment. You’d soon also feel a sharp pain, followed by intense searing as something started leaking from your left arm. You felt more bullets flying by you, some hitting you but your armour protecting you. Unfortunately, even if the armour blocked most bullets, the sheer number meant you and your men were taking some hits. “I’M HIT!” Derek yelled, after which you felt another shot landing in your thigh. Fortunately, the aiming became less and less accurate, as the smoke set in and blocked the guardsmen’s vision. Not to mention, you did hear some yells from them, meaning some of your men had managed to land in shots of their own.

Soon after, Thaddeus would run over to you and helped you walk. “We gotta get outta here!” He’d say, you nodding before Anon used his grenade launcher to further disorient the enemy. There was a blast behind you, as you and your men would rush towards the complex machinery to find a hiding spot. “You and your men would keep running, as the gunfire of the guardsmen died down. The adrenaline kept you going, as you and your men ran for minutes on end through the maze that was the foundry. Until finally, you and your men stopped in a small control chamber beside some massive furnaces. The adrenaline faded, as you felt the searing pain in your thigh and arm. Looking down, you had bled a decent amount. Not enough to die just yet, but these two wounds were definitely serious.
>>
Worse, you weren’t the only one to have taken quite the battering. Looking around you, you saw that Zaria had been shot in her arm, her trying to power through the pain. Derek had also been struck in his lower left leg, meaning he’d probably struggle to stand, let alone walk or run. “Who’s injured?!” Lars immediately asked, as you, Zaria and Derek were the only ones to raise your hand. Still, three major injuries in a party of 8 was devastating to say the least. “Shit, shit, shit. Okay, I’m going to need some help here.” Lars said as he would grab some bandages and disinfectant. Meanwhile, you would find Mike walking up to you. You were expecting a lot of critique from his side, but were pleased to hear a more cautious and concerned tone. “Mik, what do we do? We’re… god knows where, potentially surrounded by the Queen’s forces. I-Is there any sort of plan?” Zaria would speak in a more agitated and pained tone. “Hngh, we’re… we’re dead down here! There is no other plan! We’ve walked into a goddamn kill zone and are gonna die down here! I-I’m so… Grrrr, fuck! My blood is boiling right now!” Mike groaned, before speaking more calmly. “Zaria, I’m also pissed, but we have to stay calm here, alright? We can be pissed off AFTER we figure out a way to get the hell out of here!”

At least Mike was being helpful now. He could sense the danger you and your men were in and wasn’t going to use the opportunity to complain. Instead, he trusted you to think of a plan which you could hopefully use to get the hell out of here.

>What do you do next?

>Focus on being patched up first. You could think more clearly once you were patched up and would at least know your limits, now that you were injured again.
>Keep moving and think of a plan whilst you wandered around the place. Staying here for too long was just courting death at this point. (Write in where you’ll try and move to.)
>Try and secure an area by setting up some traps and fortifications. You still had some explosives, a grenade launcher, and plenty of weapons to defend yourself with. All of which could be used for a trap.
>Head for one of the exits and try to find a way past. Maybe you could take the north-eastern path out, or could sneak your way back to where you came from. (Write in which path you’ll take, and how you’ll try and sneak past.)
>Try and contact anyone for help. It was a desperate move, given the reach you had down in these parts. Hell, the Queen could even intercept your message. But, what other options did you have? (Write in who you’ll send an SOS message to and what you’ll try and convey.)
>Discuss with your men…
>Something else…
>>
>>6123201
Okay, that could have gone better, but also so much worse and honestly, given the grip Feng has over her subjects, I'm not sure it would have gone any other way. We're so going back to base after this for an extended stay after this.

I've got an idea. A potentially crazy idea. The furnaces will all have these huge flue ducts for cooling and waste gas disposal, and we're right next to one. I propose we patch up a little bit - just enough to stem the bleeding and take some painkillers - break some things in the control room to disable the furnace (important!) and use the railgun to blast our way into the furnace flue and make our escape in the vents, which presumably run more or less straight to surface, or we break out again part-way (and we may wish to blow them behind us to stop any pursuit). We've dealt with vent zappers enough times to make our way through them with some work.

We don't know this in-character right now, but the sloping tunnel being full of Queenguard does mean we'd have to go through the upper tunnels to the accommodation block to get back to our girls without picking a fight.
>>
>>6123201
>>Something else…
I'm using something to write our plan. Split up the work, Lars and one more focus on helping patch us up till we can walk again, the other three fortify our positions and prepare a few traps and get ready to shot anything which comes near, once we're in walking position it's time to leave, contact the girls and tell them we need help, ask to send Morgan, Kamara, Oreas and Anophelis for support use her code names just for safety in case the Feng and her troops are not aware of who they are, Mon-Gal squad's jobs are rye follow: Morgan distract her soldiers and clean a path, Kamara and Oreas infiltrate this place and try to sabotage her forces and fry her eletronic traps and Anophelis because we have some wounded and we need help.
>>
File: chrys.png (159 KB, 493x841)
159 KB
159 KB PNG
>>6122957
>Ref pic
Guess pick one from the terminated piles.
-19-SF
>>
By the way, while we wait for Lord Liquorice to pull his website back together, previous threads can be found here (if you can fend off the popups):
https://archived.moe/_/search/boards/qst/subject/%22monster%20girl%20facility%22/
>>
>>6123201
>>Keep moving and think of a plan whilst you wandered around the place. Staying here for too long was just courting death at this point. (Write in where you’ll try and move to.)
In the direction of the guards who were behind us, or in front of us towards the exit (where guards may be assembling).
Fire a railgun round. That shit penetrates and we know damn well they are trailing us.
Place explosives in the furnace fuel line (or just the furnaces in general if we can't find em) are real quick
>>6123210
like this anon said
before making our making our way towards the
I don't think we will find the control room fast enough, but to be honest we don't need to. The fuel is there regardless, so we can just set it aflame when we detonate the explosives.
The hardest part of this is the exfil.
If we try to go out we are likely to eat shit.
So my idea is we go behind some of the furnaces or the railing above and make our way close to exit we came in from. See if anyone exists, if they don't we detonate the explosive and see if that lures them.
VERY IMPORTANT THAT WE RECHARGE RAILGUN
will be needed as soon as we can reuse it.

>>6123212
There is no shot they get here within a meaninful time frame.
They are multiple floors above us, as well as being well aways away from making it to our location on this floor.
>>
>>6123285
I think you chopped off a part of your post there and it's quite disjointed. Can you condense that down into a coherent tldr of what you plan to do?

We are already in the control room, at least for this facility (though whether it works is another thing). This whole place is a nightmare of chokepoints and ambush locations and will soon all be turning out to look for us, including whatever nasties Feng has up her sleeve that are worse than the Dark One. I just don't see any merit to dashing through the whole place for the door when we can make our own back door and skip out in a way they won't expect and have limited ability to contest.
>>
>>6123212
>>6123285
Supporting. Realistically only way we are going to kill the queen is if we have subject support. And after we jobbed it so bad we need to fall back and recover. Just hope our entrance isn't heavily guarded after this when we go for round 2. I am worried however that the girls won't get here in time to help us.
>>
>>6123295
We are in a location that has entrances in the form of hallways, these are chokepoints. we can fire the railgun through them to kill multiple guards.
We can choose to:
A. Fire towards our rear to the guards who were just chasing us
B. Fire in front of us in case there many be guards amassing at the exit we came in through.
Regardless of which we go with- we should place explosives at the furnaces/by their fuel as the other anon said, so that we may detonate it (either right away or once we see guards entering from the direction opposite to where we fire our railgun.
It is important to also prepare the railgun for re-firing as soon as possible.
the most difficult part of this plan is the exfil, we can either take the highground using the railings, or stay hidden in the machinery and work our way towards the exit while staying behind them, in order to get the drop/see when guards are entering so we know to detonate the explosives to distract them.


The response to the another anon was me stating that given both the vertical and horizontal distance, there is no reasonable method in which the monster girls who are allied with us will be able to make it to our location and render us aid. By the time they get down the shaft and make the trek here. We will have either escaped, killed the opposition, or fell to them ourselves.
>>
>>6123201
>Focus on being patched up first. You could think more clearly once you were patched up and would at least know your limits, now that you were injured again.

Jesus guys, I miss one (1) vote over a holiday weekend and find out you chose to engage in hostilities with a group twice our size that also had us dead to rights, guns drawn and aimed while ours were still holstered. We should be dead. If this quest wasn’t run on super ultra easy mode there’d be multiple casualties at the very least.
>>
>>6123253
Dawwww, precious lil bombardier beetle girl. I wish to pet her.

>>6123599
Ironically enough, it were the dice which saved your ass. You had two rolls which basically saved your men from being shot in the vitals. I was however more generous with the damage you guys did to the enemy squads.

In any case, if a similar situation does occur, don't be surprised if shit does hit the fan if the dice decide so.
>>
>>6123362
We've already gotten in one fight, the whole base knows we're here, we have three wounded and fuck knows how many more soldiers and other nasties there are. The railgun is not a get out of jail free card and trying to blast out guns blazing seems like the very last thing we should or need to be doing when we could have a way out right here.

>>6123599
T'was the least worst option once once they didn't let us go as far as I'm concerned. Either we picked a fight then and there to escape, or we picked a fight later when we were still with them, way deeper in the lion's den and they had reinforcements or Feng herself to contend with on top of that. I'm very much aware of how much we placed our fate in the dice there.
>>
>>6123723
Its not, but when you have fish in a barrel, its very useful.
using it is better than not using it. I am not saying its the end all be all, but it sure as hell can improve our chances.
>>
>>6123751
True about fish in a barrel in confined spaces, but these corridors seem pretty big.
Chances we also sure as hell don't need to be taking like this.

I hope QM can bodge together a single course of action here since the thoughts on this seem kinda divergent.
>>
>>6123796
Yeah, I think I'll give you guys one more day to think this through. For one, because there's a lot of diverse ideas on your next course of action. And secondly, because I have found myself exhausted after a busy day of work, and need to get some proper sleep in.

So yeah, hope to see if there is one general consensus when I wake up. If not, I'll see what I can write down based on everyone's wishes.
>>
>>6123798
I've got an idea. You could do a sort of half-update where we patch up (since there seems to be a consensus on that) and discuss our options with our team to get their evaluations on the sitch and our possible actions. Bouncing these plans off our team could help to hash out a consensus on our actions.
>>
>Focus on being patched up first. You could think more clearly once you were patched up and would at least know your limits, now that you were injured again.
>Something else…
Mike and the rest of your men looked at you to hear what the plan would be. You had to improvise quite a bit, as there were very few lifelines you had right now. The first thing you'd suggest was for Lars and Mike to stay here to patch you, Zaria and Derek up. They would nod, as Mike already got to work grabbing some of Lars' bandages. In the meantime, you'd turn to Thaddeus, Anon and Lydia. You told the three of them to grab some of the explosives and traps, and to head in the direction the guardsmen were. They would take a huge risk which could hopefully save you. "Aye, understood." Thaddeus responded, Anon and Lydia also accepting their mission. You'd even tell Thaddeus to light fire to some of the place, especially the places which had coal which could burn quite nicely. In the chaos, you could either escape or opt to take your guns and actually fight back. As your men headed outside again though, you told them to be careful and not to get into any fights. The last thing you wanted was for three of your able-bodied men to be unable to return to assist. "We got you, Mik." Anon responded, after which you were left with Mike and Lars.

As Mike and Lars tried to patch you and Derek up first, you'd ask Derek if he could maybe try and contact the girls. "I can try... but this place is pretty deep down. I'm not entirely sure I can reach them." As you felt the sting of disinfectant near your wounds, you'd tell Derek to give it a try. You even already had some ideas for the girls. Derek would carefully try and grab the tablet, thankfully not being injured in his upper region. He'd try his best to get into contact, calling the girls but letting out a sigh. "The connection is too weak. I'll send them a message instead. That can maybe reach them if we find a spot with a strong enough connection."

Derek would soon ask if there were any notes which needed to be added to the message. Directions were an obvious one, as Derek just used the coordinates of your current location as well as some previous spots. Finally, you'd tell him what each of the girls should have to do. Morgan would be your shield and would clean the way. Kamara and Oreas would infiltrate enemy territory and try to sabotage them. Anofelis would help with carrying the wounded as well as other equipment you had on you. "Got it noted down... ugh, if Ano comes over, I DEFINITELY need to be carried by her." Zaria would groan in pain as her wounds were also cleaned. "I'd prefer just getting the hell out of here and not waiting." You told the both of them that being patched up was most important right now, and that the others could hopefully help you around the place. "Thaddeus is gonna have to help me walk for sure." Thankfully, the painkillers did help slightly, as you were slowly but surely patched up.
>>
>Keep moving and think of a plan whilst you wandered around the place. Staying here for too long was just courting death at this point.
After you were fully patched up, you'd tell your men that you wanted to keep moving. You even tried standing up, finding that you did struggle with standing as well. Mike would quickly come over to help out. "Here, let me help." At least Zaria was fully able to stand on her own. Though she did hold her arm close to her chest as it was presumably rather painful. Derek was the most unfortunate, as he'd clearly struggle getting up at all. "Easy, Derek. Easy." Lars said as he helped him slowly stand, after which Mike would over to Zaria. "You also need some help?" Zaria shook her head and looked over at you. "Just focus on him. I can hopefully manage on my own." With that, Mike would support you and ask: "So, where should we head to first?" Derek would also speak up softly as well. "We gotta find the others as well." Obviously, you intended for all of you to head to the exit where you came from. Whilst it was likely teeming with guardsmen, it was the only real direction you felt comfortable going.

Thus, you said you'd first go back to where you fled from, since it was where Lydia, Thaddeus and Anon would be. Hopefully, you'd find them quickly. "I don't like this, but... alright." Zaria softly commented, after which Mike would help you get out of the control room. The five of you would slowly but steadily head back to where you came from, it thankfully not taking long before you were able to hear the three of them. And after telling them to come over, you'd see them rushing over to you. "We set fire to one large coal storage section we passed by." Lydia remarked, which you hoped would cause some problems for the Queen's forces. Though it did also force you to perhaps head out quickly, given that the fire and smoke could cause you problems. With that, you mentioned your plan to use the explosives to hold back the folk behind you, whilst you would head back to where you came from and use the railgun to break your way through any defensive positions.

Other than that, you also mentioned that the vents could help lead you out of the place. Though this was quickly shot down by Thaddeus. "I checked some of those vents. Most are filled with rubble, and the ones which aren't are impossible to even begin scalin' with our equipment. Without a drone or Anofelis to help set up a rope, we won't be gettin' far." This made Derek speak up as well. "We can... try and head northwards and east. There's a third path which the Queen's forces may not see us using, especially since they might just know we came from the West." It was going to be a far longer walk over, and it would lead you to more unknown areas. However, it could very well be a far safer route for you and your men to take.
>>
"Honestly, I think our best option is maybe tricking those guards into attacking this place, whilst we sneak past them. Maybe create a decoy with some of our helmets or other things." Anon would say, which was going to be difficult. How could you make any decoys? It would take time to set up, and you really just wanted to head out of here. You had to make a choice quickly though, as you had already spent way too much time down here. Especially considering the fact that you were actively being hunted.

>What do you do next?

>Head to the north-east to risk taking that route out of here. It wouldn't be a pretty path to take, but it was certainly safer than going back to where you came from.
>Head over to where you came from and break through the presumably heavily guarded positions. Maybe you could use some explosions or other tools to sneak your way by? Or just use some other method to get through it? (Write in how you'll try to sneak past.)
>Find a hiding location and stay there. Maybe you could find a safe zone which wouldn't be checked, where you could camp out until you had recovered a bit. (Write in where/how you'll try to hide.)
>Discuss with your men...
>Something else...

(Given the huge divergence of opinions and plans, I've decided to simplify things a tiny bit. I suppose it's sorta like what >>6124251 suggested whilt I was writing. In any case, you got two potential paths to take, and hopefully you guys can decide on some decent plans depending on which path you opt to take.)
>>
>>6124277
Coal bunker fires are awful. Even normally they'd be very difficult to put out and without professional firefighting gear or even running water, it's going to burn for days or even weeks if slow burning and cause huge problems with smoke and heat damage.

>Head over to where you came from and break through the presumably heavily guarded positions.
We head this way, pick one fight and win that fight. Doesn't matter if we kill them or just force a retreat. Then, we double back by a slightly roundabout alternate route and:
>Head to the north-east to risk taking that route out of here. It wouldn't be a pretty path to take, but it was certainly safer than going back to where you came from.
The idea here is that once they think we're heading to the entrance we came from, they'll think we're trying to break out that way.....which is why we'll abuse that to give them the slip and go the other way instead while they try and continue to follow where they think we're going and hopefully pull some forces from the other exit.
>>
>>6124332
Supporting. This seems like a solid plan and the best shot we got. Though, it can easily go bad if we end up being pursued and suffer more injuries to our legs.
>>
>>6124277
>Head to the north-east to risk taking that route out of here. It wouldn't be a pretty path to take, but it was certainly safer than going back to where you came from.

Just head this way
Pick a fight in this condition? Give them more time to converge on our location? No thanks
>>
>Head over to where you came from and break through the presumably heavily guarded positions.
The decoy idea was quite good, though was too difficult to set up for the time being. Instead, you felt that a good idea would be to create a different feint attack. You told your men to head back in the direction you came from. "Good plan. Let's get the hell out of here." Mike commented, after which you stated your plan. It did surprise your men a bit, with Thaddeus calmly asking. "Mik, I know we'll likely have to fight. But maybe we should avoid the chance and just try and sneak through." You obviously would elaborate on your plan, suggesting that you'd try and go for a sneak attack to get attention from some of the men. Afterwards, you'd try and lead the guardsmen away, which you could then use to make your escape through the north-eastern parts. "The North-eastern path? But, what if we get trapped there? We don't know any directions down there." Lars said somewhat anxiously, after which you said it was unfortunately the safest bet you had right now. You weren't going to push your way through dozens of enemies, and it was better to just misdirect them and then retreat elsewhere.

Your men were visibly reluctant about the plan. But given the lack of options, they'd soon concede. Thaddeus and Anon led the way forward, as Mike and Las kept supporting you and Derek. Zaria thankfully was able to at least use her gun with one hand, even if she did appear a little apprehensive about what was going on right now. Still, you'd keep heading back west, taking notice of any side-routes and making sure to remain hidden. Until eventually, you spotted the main path you walked before. And as to be expected, it was now teeming with guardsmen. Many of the mindless and ornately dressed guardsmen walked around the place, looking around and scanning for you and your men. You'd also see some presumably non-mind controlled guardsmen walking by, all of them ready to fight.

You'd wait for the right moment to strike. You didn't want to face dozens of guardsmen, but you also couldn't wait too long. And after peaking at the path for long enough, you decided now was the right timing to strike. There were six guardsmen on the path ahead of you, and they also weren't too paranoid looking. Lydia, Anon, Thaddeus, Zaria, Mike and Lars would all get their weaponry, before Anon used the grenade launcher to cause a bit of havoc. The grenade would land right next to three guardsmen, blasting them and presumably instantly dealing with them. Right after, the rest of your men would shoot at the three nearby guardsmen, as they took cover. One of the soldiers would actually try to shoot back at you. But given his position compared to yours, he wasn't able to hit any shots. You did however hear the one thing you wanted to hear. "WE NEED BACK-UP NEAR FURNACES 12 TO 14! THE INTRUDERS ARE HERE!" With that, you would tell your men it was time to retreat.
>>
>Head to the north-east to risk taking that route out of here. It wouldn't be a pretty path to take, but it was certainly safer than going back to where you came from.
You'd quickly try to pull back, you telling Thaddeus to use a smoke grenade to hopefully disorient the enemy. You'd also tell your men to avoid shooting too much, since you didn't want the guardsmen to figure out that you had retreated, and instead keep them stationed here with the idea that you would slip past. You'd thankfully manage to escape the chaos, hearing the gunfire slowly fade away. "Okay, I think we... may have succeeded in losing them!" Anon said as you kept going as quickly as possible. Though it was definitely starting to hurt again, as the adrenaline from your previous encounter wore off and you had to deal with the injuries you had. Zaria and Derek were also not doing too well, as they needed more and more help to be carried around.

Still, you'd keep hurrying up, soon hearing some blasts in the distance. "Those were the traps we set up..." Thaddeus commented. "Let's hope they did a good job..." Derek mumbled, as it seemed your plan was going smoothly so far. You kept on walking at a decent pace for twenty minutes straight until reaching the western borders to this sector. You'd keep heading north, thankfully not finding any signs of guardsmen. That was until you reached the very north-west, as you'd be met with some clear guard posts and a couple of guards. It seemed to be 5 automaton guards and 4 regular guardsmen who were presumably not under the Queen's control. They didn't notice you yet, though did appear to be on high alert given the fact they had their weapons at the ready. You and your men would immediately take cover in a small side chamber, as Derek spoke up. "Ugh, okay... So, this has to be the route to head east. We just have to find a way past those guards and... we'll be fine, I think. I just hope that the eastern parts here won't be worse than what we just ran from."

Your men did seem somewhat optimistic. "Those lads didn't appear to be extremely well armed. Just the usual pistols and government provided rifles. Our armour clearly is better than whatever the guards have, so I think we could maybe outgun them." Thaddeus responded, which your men didn't seem too opposed to. Well, all except for Mike, Derek and Zaria. "Just because we can maybe survive a few hits, doesn't mean we should bank on it." Mike calmly commented, after which Derek also spoke up. "Given that Zaria, Mik and I have all suffered some pretty nasty injury, I think it's safe to say that we really should not try something like that." Afterwards, Anon would speak up again as well, this time in a more hurried tone. "Well, we're going to have to hurry the hell up. I bet the guardsmen will have already figured out we aren't near the western entrance, meaning they could very well be heading our way as we speak."
>>
Obviously, you had to hurry up and think of a plan. You did have a few more toys to play with right now. The anti material rifle, the plasma rifle, grenade launcher, smoke grenades and your own weaponry all were solid picks. But, given that you still had the element of surprise with you, you could plan out a lot of things.

>What will you do next?

>Create a small noise nearby and lure the guards out from their fortified location. You could either force them into the maze that was the foundry sector, or you could just execute them from a safe position. (Write in how you'll lure them out and what you'll do.)
>Go for overwhelming force and a quick kill from range. You could easily use the Anti-material rifle on the most protected guardsmen, whilst using regular arms to take down the rest.
>Create a panic with the grenade launcher, plasma rail gun or smoke grenades. Use it to disorient the enemy or to simply break through their fortifications with ease. (Write in how you'll use the distraction.)
>Watch and observe the guardsmen for a few minutes. Maybe you could notice something else about their fortifications or how they behaved. The other guardsmen were probably not THAT close to catching up to you just yet. (Write in what you'll try and look for specifically.)
>Discuss with your men...
>Something else...
>>
>>6124834
>>Create a small noise nearby and lure the guards out from their fortified location. You could either force them into the maze that was the foundry sector, or you could just execute them from a safe position. (Write in how you'll lure them out and what you'll do.)
How about this, lock one of the drones with a few grenades then use it to make a explosion in the foundry, we gonna lose the drone but we can make the guards go far away from us, alternatively we could see if our radio is working and.... beg for Anne for a safe route, last resort of course.
>>
>>6124834
>Create a panic with the grenade launcher, plasma rail gun or smoke grenades. Use it to disorient the enemy or to simply break through their fortifications with ease. (Write in how you'll use the distraction.)
Grenade launcher a smoker in the middle of their group, fire into the cloud, then after infrared confirmation that they’re down or gone charge through
>>
File: anastasiamaybe.png (501 KB, 1363x896)
501 KB
501 KB PNG
>>6123053
I swear to god If the dragon judge/executioner ends up being shorter than 5' feet I'm gonna wife her instantly I don't care for my safety.
>>
>>6124860
Supporting. A drone is worth far less than our soldiers lives. Especially given any replacements will need to be either on a need to know basis or inducted into the whole 'protect the monster girls' gig we got going on.

>>6124973
Absolutely outstanding work. This has to be one of the best things posted by artists here so far. In fact, the only thing better than it is the Annie laughing gif and I fully admit that I say that purely because I waifu the smol hacker fox.
>>
>>6124867
I would support this, but does the drone even have any means to pull the pin on the thing? Or do you pull it, hook it on and fly away as fast as possible?

>>6124973
Chrys just can't get no respect. I want to tousle her hair and twang her antennae.
You didn't even need to say that you were thinking about your dragonfu, I could tell by the amount of effort you put into this extra-quality drawing

More Random Thoughts time. How are the girls on clothing? I don't think Ano really does clothing and Kam only wears a minimum (though how does she make that invisible as well as just her body? Magic?), but what about the others? Do they only have one outfit their wardrobes and are they still wearing the same set of clothes they were at the time of the Big Bang? If so, fuckin' eww.
While Ana will probably try and execute us if she sees us, I wonder what her reaction would be to any of the girls, especially Vinisha. She might even be willing to have a chat, though maybe less so if she learned they were our accomplices.
Suppose for a minute we did do what QM feared we would want to do and try to build an unironic harem. How would we even have gone about doing that? A lot of the subjects are either too murderous to dare with or too innocent or.....damaged to seduce while using force would have likely ended poorly and got the quest banished to akun. And who of the girls we have met would even be receptive or attractive to that kind of dynamic? Caera was emotionless and psychotic, Morgan has all the libido of a compost bag, Vinisha is literally rotting meat, Ano is absolutely not for lewd and would feel like statutory rape, Kamara would have a breakdown at the thought, Chrys and Oreas are both way too sensible for that (and Oreas is much too close to loli for comfort), Viridian is far too familiar with Elbrus and Laura is.....kinda uncharacterised. As for within our team, I bet we're all in the friend zone and you don't shit where you eat. Sometimes I wonder if the QM deliberately lewd-proofed the cast to discourage that kind of adventure.
>>
>>6125020
>I would support this, but does the drone even have any means to pull the pin on the thing? Or do you pull it, hook it on and fly away as fast as possible?
Depends of the type, my plan is on the assumption the ones we're using are the impact type rather than time-delayed ones, so basically we pull the pin, give it to a drone and then either make it drop or drop it together with the drone.
https://science.howstuffworks.com/grenade1.htm

>Suppose for a minute we did do what QM feared we would want to do and try to build an unironic harem. How would we even have gone about doing that?
I think it would be a little awkward, I mean he did though it was a possibility and that's why, I think one of the reason QM, might have created the more perverted ones is exactly because on the chance we go waifu hunting, I believe most if not all gave up on that back when Laura told us they aren't the MGE type of girls but rather either degenerates perverts made it so by the the house degenerate perverts or victims of mistreatment and abandonment hell even some of the more reasonable like Anderson been too busy simping for his spider wife and left his other girls in the dust, that was a huge boner killer and locked us on a lore focused path, no regrets though, the girls are nice and I want us to find a way to get them on Lodger at quests end.

>>6124973
>Drawanon took my request =D
I would post a picture with my fell, but I restrain myself for more possible Kino draws.
>>
>>6125120
I was thinking of a hand-thrown grenade, a launcher-fired grenade might be more like that if we got smokers.

It's just something I had a think about because I like having a think about things. If we really wanted a MG waifu, Chrys and Oreas are the most normal and well-adjusted of the bunch that we have around right now that might be receptive eventually, but our relationship dynamics haven't evolved in that direction (particularly with Oreas the imouto). Or Laura but, like I said, we haven't seen that much of her. That and I'll always simp for the Morgan.
>>
>>6124973
So, I am gonna have to disappoint you and let you in on the fact that Anastasia isn't THAT small. She's actually taller than most humans, being about 6 and a half feet tall. It's just that her nanite level would put her in a similar category to someone like Viridian or any of the other heavy hitters.

Anyway, bad news aside, this art is adorable. It's not what Anastasia looks like, BUT it's so adorable that I think I'll make this draconic gremlin an actual character. I just wanna ask if you're okay with me then using the pic and making a sheet for her.

>>6125020
So, on the topic of clothing and how they work for the subjects, they're... actually grown by the subjects. In essence, the subjects are born with the outfit which is made out of nanites. Obviously, their clothes don't feel things and they can still take them off, but it's sorta like your hair or nails. Subjects can also prevent nanites from reforming clothes, but it's not something they often have to do. Unless if their clothes were destroyed.

Since Kamara's outfit is also made of nanites, she can easily change their shape and colour as well. Morgan's outfit can easily be manipulated since its also nanites. It's also how she stores her shield and sword and what not.

>>6125120
Honestly, I was fine with you guys going waifu hunting. I just don't advise it given the types of girls which are down here, and the fact you'll get murdered for your acts. As for lewd-proofing the story, I guess that was done for Lydia, Zaria and Laura to a certain extent. I mostly just kept it focused on them being professionals and friends, rather than adding sexualized details to them to get you interested in them. I am more prepared to note the sexual details of some of the subjects, especially those who were clearly designed for such purposes. With some restaints related to the board we're posting on.

Honestly, I am more than prepared to have depravity in the story, though I will obviously censor it before it gets graphic. E.G. What Hapi did to that poor Blackstar soldier and how it was implied. If you guys ever do somehow find a waifu and decide to make love to her, I'll probably just fade to black and write some wholesome smut in a seperate file for you pervs to gawk at. Then again, the subjects you guys seem to love the most are an autistic mosquito, Zuko lizard gal and a roasted rabbit, so I am not entirely sure if we'll ever get to anything really depraved.
>>
>>6125233
>So, I am gonna have to disappoint you and let you in on the fact that Anastasia isn't THAT small. She's actually taller than most humans, being about 6 and a half feet tall. It's just that her nanite level would put her in a similar category to someone like Viridian or any of the other heavy hitters.
>Anyway, bad news aside, this art is adorable. It's not what Anastasia looks like, BUT it's so adorable that I think I'll make this draconic gremlin an actual character. I just wanna ask if you're okay with me then using the pic and making a sheet for her.
I thought she was a shorty because Vinisha said:
>"She has a somewhat funny quirk that renders it difficult for her to grow, but I kinda think Andrei intended that as to not allow her to grow massive."
So I thought Andrei made her a womanlet for safety measures, anyway at least we canonized a dragon gremlin, so hey a 'small' victory.

>Then again, the subjects you guys seem to love the most are an autistic mosquito, Zuko lizard gal and a roasted rabbit, so I am not entirely sure if we'll ever get to anything really depraved.
What can we say, Ano is a dummy but she's very cute and she's only like that thanks to you mister Anderson" spider's sex to the max" Thorell, should taught her better rather than playing spider-man with Haina
>>
>>6125233
>I just wanna ask if you're okay with me then using the pic and making a sheet for her.
Yes yes yes go ahead. You don't have to ask for permission to use my art I would be honored if you did, Anderson.
>>
>>6125233
I'm really not sure whether to feel fascinated or severely uncomfortable with their clothes being extensions of them. I guess it makes them immune to inconvenient clothing damage if they can just regrow them and also could make them living clothes printers. Can Morgan just grow a spare cape and loan it to us? And is their hair also made of nanites and thus manipulable like that?

Whether we'll get murdered for it depends on how we go about doing it. Knifes and pistol-whippings? Yeah, probably as soon as our back's turned. Hugs and kisses? Probably not, so long as nobody tells GalGov. You don't necessarily need to describe their legs and boobs to have them treated as waifu candidates, but yeah you have fairly conspicuously focused on their roles rather than appearance or charm points. Not having any reference images does do that as well.

Much of the time so far, we've established relationships with our girls more akin to a mentor, guardian or even something approaching a parent which, while we're certainly attached to each other by now, don't really lend themselves to the kind of casual and equitable bonds that develop into romance. Of our six girls, only two or three actually have their heads on straight (depending on just how much emotional baggage Vinisha has, I actually think she'd be very vulnerable to positive attention and attach herself like a limpet very fast if given it so she cold still be in the waifu running if we can find a nose peg) If my fate is to never actually get through the anime-protagonist-grade skull of my waifu, perhaps we may in the future find someone we can meet on an equal footing and without a checklist of psych issues. There's a few we could meet who might fill that box and likely more that aren't documented (read: the QM hasn't come up with them yet), but we shall see. I hope so so we can give QM the excuse to write the smut they must crave.
>>
>>6125233
>Obviously, their clothes don't feel things and they can still take them off, but it's sorta like your hair or nails. Subjects can also prevent nanites from reforming clothes, but it's not something they often have to do. Unless if their clothes were destroyed
Neat new subject lore. This does beg a question. If they are like nails or hair, where do they physically attach to a subject, if at all?

>As for lewd-proofing the story, I guess that was done for Lydia, Zaria and Laura to a certain extent. I mostly just kept it focused on them being professionals and friends, rather than adding sexualized details to them to get you interested in them.
You say that they were kept professional and as friends without sexual details to them, but still put down their cup size when asked. Curious.

>Honestly, I am more than prepared to have depravity in the story
I don't like where this is go-

>If you guys ever do somehow find a waifu and decide to make love to her, I'll probably just fade to black and write some wholesome smut in a seperate file for you pervs to gawk at
Annie, earrape this man.
>>
>>6125453
Hmmm.
Lewdbin.....
Annie......
Imagine.....

Basically nil chance but it does amuse me. Probably stays in caustic radio commentator mode the whole time.
>>
>Create a small noise nearby and lure the guards out from their fortified location. You could either force them into the maze that was the foundry sector, or you could just execute them from a safe position.
Given that you didn't want any of your men getting into the line of fire, you asked Lydia if she still had some drones. "We do, but they are not in the best of states, remember? We won't be able to use the crawlers, and one of the flying drones can still go but will be practically impossible to control." It wasn't the best news to hear right now. You asked if there was any way to attach a grenade, smoke grenade or other form of explosive onto them and to make them work. "We can try, but I can guarantee you that it won't go far." Whilst the drone was worth less than the lives of your men, it was clear that getting one of the drones out there was just not going to work right now. Whilst it could be attempted, you quickly decided to go for plan B.

>Create a panic with the grenade launcher, plasma rail gun or smoke grenades. Use it to disorient the enemy or to simply break through their fortifications with ease.
You told Anon to use the grenade launcher alongside a smoke grenade, after which you could all fire into the crowd. "That can work." Anon said, already raising his shotgun and fiddling with the grenade launcher part. He'd grab a smoke grenade and attach it, after which you told your men that they would have to kill or down all the men there. It wasn't too much and the smoke would disorient them, which would hopefully mean there would be no resistance. And more importantly, you could give the confirmation if all of them were down. Once the enemy was down, you could hopefully escape this place and head somewhere which was safe. Your men got their guns at the ready, before searching for a secure position to fire from. And after finding a decent space not too far away from the fortifications, you'd wait for Anon to fire.

Things went rather quiet, you waiting behind cover and watching Anon carefully aim the gun whilst he lied on his stomach. You heard a thud, watching down from your cover at the fortified positions. And thankfully, you'd quickly see smoke filling the place as you heard a lot of yelling and screaming. "We're under attack!" "Someone contact HQ!" Of course, you immediately gave the signal to fire, as a volley of gunshots filled the abandoned foundry once more. You'd look through the smoke, noticing that most of the guardsmen were getting behind cover. Two did get shot and fell down, but you weren't sure if they were properly killed or if they were just heavily injured. Worse, the 7 other soldiers appeared to be safe. In fact, a few even started shooting back. It seemed fate wasn't on your side. That was until you saw Thaddeus line up the plasma rail gun. "Guys, protect yer ears!" Thaddeus said, as he pulled the trigger to the plasma rail gun and fired it at the fortified position.
>>
There was a blinding flash, static once again filling the comms device. The sound was nothing to the deafening zap and the noise of concrete and steel cracking close-by. You'd hear the loud bang, as a large chunk of the fortifications was turned to dust. You saw that plenty of the guardsmen had been injured, a few lying on the floor behind where the railgun had made contact with the base. "Well, if the other folks didn't know where we were before, they'll know where we are now for sure." Zaria would say with a somewhat pained voice, her having presumably hurt her arm whilst firing her rifle. Regardless, the yells had subsided, as it appeared like you had succeeded in breaking through the fortifications. At the cost of an expensive round of ammunition, and the fact everyone probably knew your location now. Still, it was better than getting stuck in another firefight where you couldn't do much.

With that, Mike was quick to get up from his firing position. "Come on guys, lets go!" Mike would already head over to you, trying to lift you up from the ground so you could get going. The rest would also get up, though some with a bit less optimism than others. "Are we sure that took them all out?" Lydia asked right away, Thaddeus lifting up the heavy rail gun. "I dunno, but we better get goin' now instead of waiting and figuring out!" Your men were in quite a hurry, it being clear that the loud rail gun had put them on edge. Though being put on edge now was certainly not a good idea, given that you couldn't tell for sure how many of the guardsmen had actually been defeated with the railgun.

>What do you do next?

>Just join your men in running forward. Chances were that most of the guardsmen had been downed. And if a few survived, you could easily overwhelm them or just run past them.
>Wait for a minute to see if there was anyone there. If any fool dared to stand up, you could shoot them from range, or just get Anon to shoot them with his anti-material rifle.
>Threaten the position from range with another shot. If there were any survivors, they'd be smart enough to give in and let you pass. If there were none, you'd be able to figure it out now.
>Try to contact Annie for further help. Maybe you could ask her for a safe route so you at least knew what to expect once you head forwards.
>Discuss with your men...
>Something else...
>>
>>6125367
>Can Morgan just grow a spare cape and loan it to us?
I suggest asking her the next time you meet her. It may take some nanites from her, but it would certainly look stylish for your group. Just wonder how the government will respond to the sight of you and your men walking back to base with a bunch of capes.

>And is their hair also made of nanites and thus manipulable like that?
I imagine it isn't really manipulable. It's more like normal organic hair. It doesn't have nanites inside of them. The clothes keep some nanites in them for repair purposes and for when they are worn by their respective subject.

>>6125453
If they are like nails or hair, where do they physically attach to a subject, if at all?
They don't necessarily attach to a subject. If the subject takes off their clothes, the nanites will deactivate. If the subject puts their clothes back on, the nanites will sense it and reactivate, meaning it'll repair the clothing and take some nanites.

>You say that they were kept professional and as friends without sexual details to them, but still put down their cup size when asked. Curious.
Very fair point. Counterpoint:
1. It's funny
2. It's a monster girl story. You gotta expect at least some levels of perversion from the guy running it, right? Just... some small treats. I'd never write anything truly perverse, no siree!

>Annie, earrape this man.
AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA FUUUUUUUUCK!

>>6125467
Annie has had enough experience with Elbrus and Elbrus-like figures that she knows how to save herself from such depraved situations. She is also more than happy to catfish you in such a way that you end up crushed by Vinella.
>>
>Just join your men in running forward. Chances were that most of the guardsmen had been downed. And if a few survived, you could easily overwhelm them or just run past them.
Go, go, go! Get our guns ready if anyone try anything fill em with lead but don't stop moving.

>Try to contact Annie for further help. Maybe you could ask her for a safe route so you at least knew what to expect once you head forwards.
While we run try contact Anne, assuming she ain't busy enough to help us give a quick report, basically: "Feng found us early than expected and is gonna brainwash us into slavery, we have wounded, any safe road outta here?"
>>
>>6125481
>Just join your men in running forward. Chances were that most of the guardsmen had been downed. And if a few survived, you could easily overwhelm them or just run past them.
We gotta go, no time for caution. Our plan from here depends on us hauling asses.
The railgun rounds are technically free so long as we save the spent ones for recharging topside. I wonder if Oreas could help recharge them for us?

>>6125486
Concerns discarded, cape is cool. Surely we can just take it off when heading back to base. Or we just found it in someone's room and thought it looked snazzy with a suitably aesthetic pre-FTL flag on it for good measure.

That's why the touching of the fluffy tail comes AFTER we've earned her trust, met her for reals, brought her some wine and applied a hug. Surely she wouldn't send one of her key ground assets straight into a trap. Right? Just remember, the mic is always hot.....
>>
>>6125486
>Just... some small treats. I'd never write anything truly perverse, no siree!
You've secretly wrote about Hapi, haven't you?

>>6125497
Supporting

>>6125508
I see the fellow Chad Annie Enjoyer is probably going to get earraped or shocked.
>>
>>6125481
>Just join your men in running forward. Chances were that most of the guardsmen had been downed. And if a few survived, you could easily overwhelm them or just run past them.

Go time

>>6125486
>Annie has had enough experience with Elbrus and Elbrus-like figures that she knows how to save herself from such depraved situations. She is also more than happy to catfish you in such a way that you end up crushed by Vinella.
Let me throw >>6125467 a bone here and ask what is Annie's type?
>>
File: Nomi visited.png (302 KB, 979x660)
302 KB
302 KB PNG
>>
>Just join your men in running forward. Chances were that most of the guardsmen had been downed. And if a few survived, you could easily overwhelm them or just run past them.
With the support from Mike, you would join your men. You didn't care about taking caution, you didn't wanna stay back here and risk getting executed. You did warn your men to keep their guns at the ready in case anyone did survive the blast. As you were taken forward, you'd thankfully not encounter any resistance. There were no enemy gun shots, you didn't see any movement with your thermal vision. The entire fortified position had been blasted open and become accessible to you and your men. Though as you did pass, you saw a tiny bit of movement from behind some cover, albeit movement which was going away from you. Still, you'd just rush forward, walking past more barricades and soon finding the main set of doors which led out of the foundry. You'd push through, before finding yourself in a rather spacious chamber. There were more transport craft and a few fortifications littered around the place, though you didn't stop to pay attention to any of those.

You'd keep going for some time, as you walked the dark and surprisingly clean hallway. "Okay, I think we can slow down now." Lars would say as you and your men also all calmed down. "We may still wanna hurry. I cannot imagine Feng's forces being close behind us." Mike would comment, which was definitely another concern worth taking into account. "So, where are we exactly, Derek?" Lydia soon asked, as Lars would help Derek get seated against the wall. Derek pulled out the tablet, and started checking. "Well, we're currently to the south and below the green section. If we head forward, we... will find what I imagine is some sort of large office. But I'm not entirely sure of the exact details, I'm afraid." It looked like you were stuck down here in the dark unknown, with no known way back to the surface.

>Try to contact Annie for further help. Maybe you could ask her for a safe route so you at least knew what to expect once you head forwards.
You'd soon ask for the radio, as you hoped to take the time to contact Annie right now. She could hopefully get you directions towards the next safest location. There was a bit of static at the start, though you did soon hear music from Annie's station once more. Right away, you'd speak into the thing in the hopes that Annie could save you from your current predicament. You told her how Feng found you earlier than you had hoped, and that she was close to brainwashing you. Therefore, you needed a safe route out of here. The music kept playing for a moment, before you heard Annie's voice come in. "I will give directions on one condition. Logan is to the east of here. Find him and either give him one of your radios, or bring him somewhere safe. Somewhere I can find him and then take him in." There was an awkward silence, as your men all looked at each other.
>>
Annie's request sounded rather direct and somewhat demanding. It seemed that you would have to really do as told, or risk not getting the incredible help she could provide. Though your men all seemed more than willing to work with Annie. Logan was seen as a somewhat reasonable man, so there presumably was little opposition to the idea of helping him out. Besides, you had already helped out plenty of folk, so just saving one person would surely not be too difficult. In fact, Thaddeus would calmly speak up as well. "How far away is he from our location, and what sorta trouble can we expect on the way over?" Annie was quick to respond, giving some rather worrisome details. "You will likely have to go through some flooded parts of the facility. You will also have to go through high level containment zones, which is where some of the dangerous subjects escaped from when the disaster happened. I imagine it will take a day, maybe two for you to reach his last known location."

To say that this would be a huge diversion was an understatement. It sounded like you would basically have to walk through some of the most dangerous areas and head all the way to the eastern edges of the facility. "And once we find him and do what you want us to do, how easy will it be for us to return back to base?" Lydia asked calmly, Annie pausing for a moment before giving a rather confident response. "I've followed enough Death squad troop movements to know an easy and quick way out for you and your men once you've done as told." It sounded somewhat threatening, but it was clear that Annie would only help if you decided to do as told. Even though Annie had been quite pleasant before when it came to Viridian, it seemed that she took this particular mission far more seriously.

"The song is almost over. I will give some announcements, after which you can let me know what choice you've made. I trust that you will make the right choice and do things correctly." Annie said, as the music returned and your men went quiet. Your men waited to hear what you had to say, if anything. Though one thing was rather clear from Annie's tone.

If you fucked this mission up, Annie could very well go from ally to enemy within a heartbeat.

>What do you do next?

>Accept her offer and ask her for some specific directions towards Logan. She had helped you before, it was only fair you helped her right now. (Write in what details you'll ask for.)
>Tell Annie you'll first explore this place on your own. There were still several directions you could take, such as heading north underneath the green section. Or maybe heading south instead. (Write in which direction you'll aim t go.)
>Calmly decline Annie's offer. You couldn't head all the way east now when you, Zaria and Derek needed to return to base ASAP. Maybe once you had recovered, you could help.
>Tell Annie you'll do it for some extra juicy intel about this place. (Write in what you'll ask.)
>Discuss with your men...
>Something else...
>>
>>6125508
>Surely she wouldn't send one of her key ground assets straight into a trap. Right?
Suppose it's time to test that theory out now, huh?

>>6125529
>You've secretly wrote about Hapi, haven't you?
I am not too into futa, I'll just leave it at that.

>>6125562
>what is Annie's type?
Someone who is smart, treats her like a fellow person, isn't constantly gushing about her vulpine features and can take some teasing from time to time.

>>6125609
Is the blonde girl supposed to be Laura? Because if so, you absolutely nailed her appearance. Do tell me about Nomi and who she is. She looks like an interesting character.
>>
>>6125684
>Accept her offer and ask her for some specific directions towards Logan. She had helped you before, it was only fair you helped her right now.
I'm going to choose to trust her on this, and this is an opportunity we can't pass up to find a VIP. While I can't imagine she'd be happy about how many people we'd just shot, if she had just turned on us, she'd be offering us a way out with "no strings attached" straight into a trap and not offering us a mission and straight-up telling us it'd be dangerous. I don't think she's threatening us but has some strong emotions regarding her creator and emphasizing that it's imperative that we do as instructed to not get ourselves killed.

Some extra questions though
>We have several injured. Is there anywhere en route we could find a medical facility to properly address gunshot wounds better than a field dressing?
>Can you drop our girls a line to let them know we'll be gone for an extended time before they start to worry?
>If we're going to be walking into another lion's den, can we request some information on who we might encounter and how best to avoid, defeat or pacify them?
>Is there anything you'd like us to tell or do with Logan if we find him?
>>
>>6125685
Yes
>Nomi Onnayu
Kitsune subject that recently died. That Annie mention last thread ago. Also, how many tail of fluff she have?
>>
>>6125717
Supporting this one. At least we can say the scouting mission was somewhat of a success, we now know a few things:
1- Feng has a shitload of troops.
2- The path of the vision is correct
3- We gonna need as many cards on our hands as we can get to take her down, our full squad, the subjects and perhamps even the rebel guards as well.
>>
>>6125743
QM can't remember his own characters lmao
We're already one fox down, we must protecc the other fluffy tails

>>6125752
Or there's a way to do this without a frontal assault, like a back passageway or some other creative solution like having Ano dig a tunnel into her throne room or turning one of the heavy cargo transporters into a true battlewagon and smashing through everything at speed.
>>
>>6125717
Support. Annie deserves help. If Logan is a friend of hers he's a friend of ours. Let's hope we can do this quickly. It'd a detour sure, but given how we almost died just trying to get past the Queens Guards, I don't think fighting the Queen herself will go much better without the girls aiding us and maybe Annie too.

>>6125752
This. It makes sense Feng has a shit ton though, she probably got to a bunker before anyone else and was able to trick, overpower or otherwise gain control over the survivors in it. She tried infiltrating that other bunker we ran into, so I'd not be surprised if she succeeded with the same trick in another bunker. Plus with how desperate the staff are, it wouldn't be hard to believe some thought she was their best chance once the government showed they were not here to help.
>>
>>6125684
>Accept her offer and ask her for some specific directions towards Logan. She had helped you before, it was only fair you helped her right now. (Write in what details you'll ask for.)
The best route that avoids combat, we've taken some heavy injuries and aren't in top shape.
>>
>Accept her offer and ask her for some specific directions towards Logan. She had helped you before, it was only fair you helped her right now.
You looked at your men, before confidently stating that you were fine helping her out. Not only was Annie deserving of your help, but finding Logan would also benefit you a ton. He'd be a huge source of intel, as well as a great ally for any further missions. The only issue was that this would have to be done quickly, and that it may be difficult to really ally him. Your kill count was getting up there, after all. Your men looked at each other, before most seemed to accept the offer. "We don't have too many options, huh?" Derek said, after which Mike also voiced his opinion. "I do worry that we'll end up going further and further away from safety if we do take this mission." You reassured Mike that Annie would help you out, and that you intended to ask some questions regarding the mission. "She did sound very impatient about the offer." Lars soon mentioned, to which you explained it was probably due to her emotions towards her creator.

Regardless, you'd calmly wait for Annie's next announcement. It wouldn't take long, as the music faded away and you heard that familiar voice. "You're listening to VRCMG Radio with Annie Marconi, bringing you the latest news about the heroic and successful death squads!" She'd give a rather quick news update, providing a few more statistics regarding deaths. She'd mention that there were lots of battles in the south, and that death squads had to head in that direction. Perhaps it was her attempt to get the death squads to go the other direction you were taking. Eventually though, she'd start playing a particularly long song, stating it was a fan-request. And shortly after the song started, you heard Annie respond again. "So, what will it be?" She'd ask calmly, you telling her that you'd help to find Logan and bring him somewhere safe.

"Thank you. I am glad you are willing to help out." She'd say, after which you immediately asked a few questions to help you out. For one, you wished to know if there were any medical facilities nearby which you and your men could use. "The high threat level containment chambers have several advanced medical facilities. They were designed to help people recover from severe subject-induced injuries. Those facilities will most certainly be able to help out with your injuries." Zaria let out a sigh and a soft "Thank fuck.", Derek seeming equally relieved by the news. You'd also ask what sort of threats may be awaiting ahead of you, given that you really didn't want to end up in another conflict. "If you're unlucky, some of the areas you cross may be flooded. So, avoid those for obvious reasons. Aside from that, I know there are plenty of reports of Reika being around there. Her containment chamber was in one of the two high threat level containment sectors, so she probably isn't far from there."
>>
Hearing that Reika, or FE-09 as she was called by facility staff, roamed this place was definitely not something you hoped to hear. You'd ask Annie how you could deal with Reika, Annie immediately responding. "Her intelligence is incredibly low. You can very easily distract her or hide from her in a side-chamber. Just don't make a noise if you see her and don't panic." Of course, you knew FE-09 couldn't be the only one down here, so you'd ask for any other subjects you had to watch out for. "Honestly, any subject which is noted down on your tablet and has a high threat rating is a risk down there. I don't think too many are near where you are, but I am sure some of the more aggressive subjects can certainly be hiding down there. Unfortunately, I wouldn't know, since most of them don't exactly carry radios I could easily track them with." It was definitely not reassuring to hear that some of the more dangerous subjects could be lurking around down here. Fortunately, Annie knew this and would offer some assistance.

"I will try and keep you up to date based on what other death squads report. That way, I can let you know what places to avoid and where you can safely stay." Given that not too many squads were down here, Annie's assistance might just end up being somewhat futile. Still, it was better than nothing, and Annie was definitely trustworthy with the job of providing you with intel. With that in mind though, you'd ask her if there was anything you had to do if you did manage to find Logan. "Tell him 'VRCMG radio wishes to interview its greatest contributor'." Annie didn't say anything else aside from that coded message. Perhaps it was a sentence which only Annie and Logan knew, so it was a sign of trustworthiness. Regardless, you still had one question left for Annie. You asked her to contact your girls to let them know it would take a while before you'd return. "I will let them know as soon as possible." Annie commented, after which you thanked her and told her you'd head out now.

"If you need to contact me, just let me know. Just know it may take a while, since I am also busy monitoring other things." Annie said, before the music returned and you were free to head forward. You'd ask Mike for help again, as he'd help you get up. And after Derek got some help as well, you and the rest of your men would be heading forward again. "I really hope that high threat level sector is not too far from here." Derek mumbled, after which Zaria also grumbled. "I hope it's not filled to the brim with psychotic subjects." As you walked forward, you could tell the mood was a bit dour. Your defeat against the Queen's forces had decreased some of the spirit you and your men had. And it wasn't helped by the injuries you had suffered. It was also not helped by the fact that you could see some signs of the Queen's forces having been here before. Fortifications, some markers and even a single banner of hers near a small forward base of hers.
>>
You tried to just ignore those things, as you kept wandering the dark tunnel. At least it wasn't filled to the brim with rubble or dust. Though the place was far darker than any of the previous locations you had been to, the night-vision really helping out in this place. "Derek, how far away is it to our next location?" Thaddeus soon asked, Derek checking the tablet as Lars helped him walk. "I think if we keep moving for twenty minutes, we'll reach this large... I don't know what kind of space. Either way, we can then keep heading eastwards, which probably will get us in contact with the flooded section. We can also head north if we feel like it. I doubt Annie would want us to, but maybe it is worth checking out if it means finding a way out of here." Considering that Viridian had come from somewhere around there, it could be worth exploring. Hell, maybe you could even head towards Andrei's office from the opposite direction you came from before.

Then again, just sticking to the path was for the best right now. More importantly though, your men were clearly getting rather low on energy. It had been a rather long day of exploring, avoiding conflicts and getting into conflicts, so the tiredness was somewhat understandable. Perhaps setting up a base somewhere in the next space would be a good idea.

>What do you do next?

>Just keep heading eastwards for as long as possible. The further away you got from Feng and her forces, the better things would get. Besides, you'd also get closer to the sections which could have medical equipment.
>Set up a base somewhere well-hidden in the large area you were heading to. It was probably just some storage, office or containment section, which would make it perfect for staying in.
>Head northwards once the chance arose. You could contact Annie and let her know of your diversion. She'd probably understand it if you took a short alternative route. (Write in why you'll head north.)
>Contact Annie again with some questions. Maybe you could ask for some other important intel you'd need for the mission? (Write in your question)
>Plan ahead in some other way...
>Discuss with your men...
>Something else...
>>
>>6126028
>Just keep heading eastwards for as long as possible. The further away you got from Feng and her forces, the better things would get. Besides, you'd also get closer to the sections which could have medical equipment.
Put another couple of miles between us and Queenbase I think. The further we get, the more exponentially difficult we get to find if they do look for us considering they probably don't expect us to head this way - I don't think they have any means to actively track us since we have no nanites with us and I don't think we left our own blood trail.

Briefly stop to check out the big room if there's anything interesting and look for a suitably secluded and boring looking room to set up shop in like a cleaning cupboard, electrical room or even an (empty!) subject chamber.

So, if we encounter Reika, just throw a bottle the other way and hide like we're in a survival horror game. Do NOT open fire to avoid triggering her bloodlust. I wonder if we'll meet Viridian again as well - I hope we do, she was fun.
>>
>>6126028
Wow, two updates today. What a treat. Thought I'd never see the day again.

>Just keep heading eastwards for as long as possible. The further away you got from Feng and her forces, the better things would get. Besides, you'd also get closer to the sections which could have medical equipment.
I know the mood is dour right now but the faster we get to the high threat level sector the better as then we can actually patch our guys up. We are injured fairly badly too, so we can sympathize with how painful this forced march is. Plus given what we know about the Queen I doubt Feng will be too pleased that we got away and will likely be sending people after us, so camping nearby is asking for a firefight and our rest being interrupted, potentially with us abandoning some supplies. So, better to go as far as possible to avoid retaliation.

There is two bright sides with this at least. The first is none of us are dead when we really ought to be. The second is Annie will be paying a lot more attention to us so her help will be a lot more reliable compared to before. She cares about her creator and if we are her best hope at ensuring his safety our own will be prioritized. On that note, maybe we can set up some camera system for her in the future? Could be useful for protecting our girls.
>>
>>6126028
>Just keep heading eastwards for as long as possible. The further away you got from Feng and her forces, the better things would get. Besides, you'd also get closer to the sections which could have medical equipment.
>>
>Just keep heading eastwards for as long as possible. The further away you got from Feng and her forces, the better things would get. Besides, you'd also get closer to the sections which could have medical equipment.
Despite Derek suggesting that you could head northwards, you decided against doing such. You told your men that you wanted to head as far east as possible. After all, the Queen's forces could easily still reach you now, and the further you got away from them the safer you and your men could feel. They would struggle tracking you if you got further. "Let's try and hurry up then. I am getting rather tired." Derek commented, to which some of the rest of your men nodded along to. You were really going to have to make a tough choice between finding a place to rest and going far away enough from the Queen as you headed forward. For now, you would quietly continue on your way, your men mostly keeping quiet as they walked. You would try and lift the mood by reminding your men that you'd get the chance to recover soon enough. Once you got to the high threat level sector, you could all take the time to recover. "Unless if that place lacks the type of medical equipment we need." Derek then mumbled, to which you immediately gave a stern retort. You were also injured, so you understood that this entire walk wasn't the most pleasant thing.

However, you had survived this incredibly dangerous encounter, and you had learnt far more about Feng and her forces. You knew what to expect and what you had to do for the next time you'd go after her. More importantly, you now had the chance to get some extra help from Annie, who could look after you and ensure you weren't being hunted down. You even mentioned that Annie now had even more of an incentive to protect you, given you were her best shot at saving Logan. Your men did understand where you were coming from, but the dour mood unfortunately remained strong.

For the time being, you just focused on heading forward once more, as you'd try and get to the office as fast as possible. Though as you got closer and closer, you'd soon notice something worrisome. The air was getting a lot more moist, and you'd start hearing dripping coming from the ceiling. And a few minutes later, you'd hear soft splashes with each step you took. "Great. So we're basically going into flooded facility territory as well." Zaria remarked, after which Derek at least made a joke. "Look at the bright side. At least we'll be able to hear any threat coming our way now." Of course, this also came at the cost of your footsteps making noise now. Not to mention, the risk of infection if the water level went any higher. Fortunately, the hallway didn't get any more flooded than it already was, it just being a small two inches of water you had to step through. Hopefully, it wouldn't get much worse once you reached the next large space, or anything else to the east of here.
>>
You kept walking for another twenty minutes, until you finally found the entrance to the office space ahead of you. Entering it, you'd find yourself in a rather unique place, as it appeared to be some sort of large archive space alongside just being a regular office. You'd immediately wonder if maybe you could set up base here, as you'd wonder where you could head to next here. This place was presumably quite large, so there probably was some safe-ish area you could head over to. Whilst you pondered that, Thaddeus walked towards the aisle in front of you to check out some of the drawers and their content. He'd look around a bit, before walking to one of the drawers. "It requires a key?" He said in mild confusion, as Lydia spoke up in similar bewilderment. "You mean a keycard or an actual regular key?" Thaddeus turned around, before heading towards one of the reception areas. "A regular key, aye." He'd check the reception, looking to see if there was anything else. There didn't seem to be much, aside from a small security guard room in the back.

Given that some of your men remained tired, they would quickly put their foot down. Specifically Mike, who walked towards Thaddeus and spoke calmly. "Thaddeus, I can tell you wanna look for the keys to these cupboards. But I suggest we do that once we've gotten some rest in." You'd agree, stating that you could just keep going forward and look for a nice secluded space to set up shop in. Cleaning cupboards, electrical rooms or anything else a bit further away from here seemed right to you. "Hmmm, alright." Thaddeus said in turn, as you and your men would start heading forward once more. You'd walk past dozens of cabinets containing god knows what. This probably was the bureaucratic centre of the facility, which did at least mean you could get some unique paperwork from here. So long as it wasn't soaking wet from the water spilling through.

After walking for some time, you'd decide to take a nearby set of stairs leading upwards. It'd help you divert away from the main path, which would make it less likely for the Queen's forces to actually find you. And after carefully making your way up a couple of floors and walking a bit further, you'd find a rather pleasant office space which looked to have been relatively untouched by anyone. It also didn't have any water leaking in, which also helped in making your choice. Thus, at long last, you told your men it was time to set up camp. Immediately, Derek and Zaria would get seated and relax. Shortly after, Thaddeus would turn to you and say: "Go take a seat, Mik. We'll set up camp for ya lads." Thus, Lydia, Thaddeus, and Mike would get to work setting up some tents and beds. Anon would be the one doing the cooking, as Lars would once again focus on you, Derek and Zaria. He'd give you more painkillers, as well as checking your bandages to make sure they were still on right.
>>
"I suggest not moving too much right now." Lars soon said, as you'd lie back and listen to what your men were talking about. "You know, I was going to say that I really hope we won't have to deal with any more subjects or guardsmen now. But considering how we faced off against tens of Feng's guardsmen and somehow didn't die, I feel like encountering some non-controlled guardsmen would actually go rather well." Zaria would soon mumble, after which Lydia spoke in a more concerned tone. "I'm not really concerned about the guardsmen as much anymore. We can deal with those quite easily. I'm just worried about the subjects down here. Annie already mentioned Reika, but given that this place is also partially flooded, I wonder if some of the subjects from the flooded section would also go through this place from time to time." Ironically, you weren't too worried about Reika, stating that you'd just throw a bottle or something else to distract her whilst you hid. Unless if Annie was wrong about Reika's intelligence, it probably quite a safe plan of action. This did get you reminiscing about Viridian again, mentioning how it'd help if you found her down here.

Unfortunately, Derek would quickly give his own more pessimistic thoughts as he grabbed his tablet. "We might get lucky and find her. But, given that she was heading south, she probably already passed through or past this place. We could ask Annie for help in contacting her, but god knows what that giant snake is up to." It would also probably be quite risky to have a giant snake woman coming along with you. Especially since you currently wanted to remain hidden and stealthy. A giant green snake lady would probably compromise said stealth. Regardless, you could still hope right now, especially since your situation was definitely at its toughest since you got here.

>What do you do next?

>Just get some food before falling asleep. The longer you slept, the quicker you'd be able to maybe recover from your injuries and get back to actually fighting.
>Listen to Annie on the radio for any news. Maybe you could even contact her and try to have a little chat with her. (Write in if you'll chat with her, and what you'll discuss with her if you do choose to chat.)
>Chat with your men about things. Maybe they had something on their mind which was worth discussing, or you share a plan of action with them. (Write in what you'll discuss with them and if you'll do so with anyone specific.)
>Take a look at your inventory to see what you were lacking and what you had enough of. That way, you could plan ahead for the next few days you'd presumably be stuck down here.
>Something else...
>>
(Hope you guys don't mind a shorter, less intense update. On the plus side, Mik will soon get a bit more rest, which makes it the perfect opportunity for a side-story. And since the 1 year anniversary is only a week away from now, I'd love to hear what sort of side-story you guys wanna see next. If you even want that. I'm also fine with just continuing with Mik and his men in your search for medical equipment and Logan.)

(On a somewhat related note, I will be somewhat busy this week sadly. However, in about a week from now, I'll have almost the entire week off. I intend to use that week to get 2 or so posts out a day instead of the usual one, which will hopefully move the plot along nicely and give us a lot to do for whatever special thing you guys wanna do for the 1 year anniversary.)
>>
>>6126532
>Chat with your men about things. Maybe they had something on their mind which was worth discussing, or you share a plan of action with them.
Let's change topics a bit while we wait for food, let's think about the future, what are guys gonna do with your part of the share? When we take down the queen and possible anyone else she might throw at us, our paychecks might double or hell triple that without mention any allies we can get once we they are out of her control making hunting the more dangerous subjects/VIP easier, what you guys looking forward to?

>Just get some food before falling asleep. The longer you slept, the quicker you'd be able to maybe recover from your injuries and get back to actually fighting.
After that let's eat and sleep, like we agreed back there we take turns and in doubles, We're fucked up but we're willing to take first turn.

>>6126534
>I'd love to hear what sort of side-story you guys wanna see next.
How about some Lore like a few days/hours before the disaster from the point of view of one the girls? Or perhaps how other death-squads are doing, like there so many options like: how our trapper buddy's are doing on their fairy hunt, the scary monster's team in action, how did the black star guys we sent to Anastasia fare against her or how the other black star guys who almost got the cattle prod are doing and if they are on a quest for revenge. Anyone else has any ideas?
>>
>>6126534
What do you even need a key for, Thaddeus? I bet you could easily pry it open with a flat bit of metal. We should see to obtain a proper crowbar next time we're topside unless Morgan can whip one up for us. Also, stealth is irrelevant when you have a giant snake who could bodyslam most of the threats down here and has done quite well for herself thus far.
>Chat with your men about things. Maybe they had something on their mind which was worth discussing, or you share a plan of action with them.
In particular, what they're going to do with us walking wounded tomorrow. We're clearly going to be a burden until we can get to a health point - we could split into two groups with us plus one other lagging a short distance back and the other four able bodied members taking point. Should we do that, or all stick together?
>Take a look at your inventory to see what you were lacking and what you had enough of. That way, you could plan ahead for the next few days you'd presumably be stuck down here.
In particular, how we're doing on ammo and food. Do we need to ration or scrounge for anything?

>>6126534
What about a flashback to a time when the Facility was operating? Staff responding to or surviving a containment breach, an intelligence agent attempting to steal scientific secrets, a scientist concocting a design for a subject (who might show up in the main story later), Orientation Day for some of the new hires etc.
>>
>>6126560
Supporting

>>6126561
Don't we have a thief with us who has a lockpick kit? Sure she's been shot but that can't be too problematic, at least depending on what arm was hit.

>>6126534
Maybe from the POV of one of the newest subjects just before the disaster? How one of the weaker subjects could survive the disaster and what life was like for a fresh subject could be interesting to look into.
>>
>>6126532
>Chat with your men about things. Maybe they had something on their mind which was worth discussing, or you share a plan of action with them. (Write in what you'll discuss with them and if you'll do so with anyone specific.)
Sorry I blew that call against those guards guys, don’t know what I was thinking

>>6126561
These are good side story ideas
>>
>Chat with your men about things. Maybe they had something on their mind which was worth discussing, or you share a plan of action with them.
To try and combat some of the pessimism within your group, you decided to have a little chat with your men. The first thing you did was apologise for the screw-up when you walked into the guardsmen. You admitted that you had made a really terrible choice, to which your men nodded understandingly. They didn't seem all too upset still, with Derek even saying: "Well, like you said, we're all still alive. It may hurt like shit for you, Zaria and me, but we've suffered worse." Zaria would also join in, giving a more smug remark. "At least it isn't Kamara's claws. Ironically enough, that hurt way more than this." The rest of your men also seemed to enjoy the chat, with Anon saying: "That's the spirit! And hey, once we get out of this place and have dealt with the Queen and whatever other insane subjects we encounter, we can enjoy retiring with plenty of cash on us. It'll make it all worth it." This did make Mike scoff before he mumbled calmly. "Unless if the government executes us. But let's not think about that."

On that note, you decided to task what your men would spend their share of the cash on. You asked them what they'd do with it, and what they'd be looking forward to. "Oh, I'm sending that money to my family for sure. We're gonna find ourselves a nice remote planet away from the government, and live in solitary bliss. And if the government decide to try and tax us, we'll pay for bigger guns to get them to piss off!" Mike said proudly, much to the amusement of the rest of your men. "I'll probably invest it back into Lodger, and use it to expand our engineering capabilities. Make it so we can really start making some fancy weaponry for ourselves." Lydia would say more excitedly, which did get your men amused. "Ya might wanna invest in a pocket version of this gal over here!" Thaddeus even said as he patted his railgun.

After this, Anon would calmly bring up something rather interesting. "Given my age, I may just retire and invest the money elsewhere. I was thinking philanthropy, but that could be tough given the government regulations and control. It'd be nice to help out some of the planets we have been stationed on previously though, so I'd certainly not mind it." It was rather surprising to hear that Anon would go for philanthropy, with Lars even saying: "I did not expect that of you. I was thinking you'd use it for some... I dunno, maybe a logistics consultancy agency or something?" Anon scoffed a little, before sitting back whilst he cooked. "I might just do that as well! I may even do that first, and then go into philanthropy! If I wanna keep doing the right thing, I do need a steady cash flow, after all." Thaddeus nodded along, before saying: "I'll do the same for my planet with my share. Make sure its history and culture can continue thrivin'."
>>
"Honestly, I'm gonna be a bit more selfish with my share. I'll probably just start an industry where I hunt big game from my planet. Maybe even start my own little restaurant." Given Lars' affinity for cooking and his history of game hunting, it did make sense he'd go for something like that. "I'll probably stick with Lydia. I could maybe invest the money back into my home, but I also wouldn't mind just continuing to do R&D for Lodger until the day I die. Hey, maybe if we do a good enough job, we can start providing weaponry to the government instead?" Your men, aside from Mike, found the idea rather amusing. Given that the government had trusted you and paid you, there was indeed a non-zero chance that the government would trust you as arms dealers in the future as well. After Derek made his suggestion, all eyes went to Zaria. "What about you, Zaria? Take it ya are gonna use it for yer family, or to get revenge on the bastards who burnt yer home?" Thaddeus said, which made Zaria let out an awkward chuckle.

"Heh, yeah, about that... I have been thinking about what I'll use my money for, and I do think there's one thing I wanna spend it on. Though, it's... maybe not the securest of investments." Zaria mumbled, which got your men quite intrigued. "Are you gonna invest it into the government?" Mike asked, after which Anon made a more jokey remark: "You gonna start a political campaign or something?" Your men all seemed amused, whilst Zaria remained somewhat unsure. She'd look away and pause, before finally speaking up again. "So, this may sound a little silly, but... I wanna put my money into longevity research." This actually got your men a bit confused, as this was not something any of them expected from Zaria. "Longevity? You mean like, those fancy expensive companies who can stretch the human age to hundreds, if not thousands of years?" It was something exclusively done by rich politicians who had the money for such long procedures. Not exactly something you'd associate with Zaria.

"Well, it's more than that. I... okay, I need to get something off my chest. I'm afraid of death." Zaria would say without hesitation. Your men looked at each other, before Thaddeus spoke up. "I mean, we're all afraid of death, I imagine." "Could you elaborate on what you mean, Zaria?" Lydia would say softly, after which Zaria sighed. "Okay, so... I've experienced two near death experiences in this place. And I'd rather not die prematurely before I can settle down and actually live a relatively peaceful life. So, I'd really not mind investing into my own lifespan with the money I make." This did seem to make sense a little bit, though Mike did bring up something about this strange wish from Zaria. "Didn't you get plenty of near death experiences before? I mean, we're a death squad. We've all gotten shot and injured plenty of times before we got to this place."
>>
Zaria nodded in turn, before continuing with her story. "True. True. But, there's something different now. The current longevity sphere is really focused on decreasing diseases and the rate at which we age. It doesn't really focus on surviving freak accidents or horrific injuries. However, remember the rabbit and how much she survived? Yeah, THAT is what I wanna invest in." It all seemed to make sense now. Given how subjects could seemingly survive incredible damage and injury, Zaria probably wanted to invest into getting some nanite tech applied to humans. To not just make them unable to age, but unable to even be hurt. "So, you wanna become invincible? That's... definitely interesting. But I get you. It'd help so much in life if we could just not be damaged by anything, or have to suffer from being injured." Lydia said, after which Lars spoke more curiously. "So wait, you're afraid of death? I am shocked you became a death squad soldier, if that is really the case!"

This made Zaria let out a soft sigh. "Look, when I first met Lodger, it was either continuing to do criminal shit without a safety net, or doing criminal shit with a lot of protection from you guys. Lodger treats their people right. Hell, if I was in a similar situation to the one we are in right now, but with some bandit group instead of you guys, I would've probably been left to die rather than being cared for. And I'll gladly pay back for that respect Lodger has shown me. I may be scared by death, but I will fight till the death if it means protecting you guys." It was nice to hear that Zaria felt this positively about Lodger. It was still a curious wish she had though, which did make you wonder how she felt about the nanite investigations you were doing. Hell, maybe Zaria would be interested in further research on the nanites done by Lodger or the government itself.

After the conversation about death seemed to be over, you would mention the obvious fact that you were still injured now. It’d mean that walking around the place would be a pain tomorrow, even mentioning that you, Zaria and Derek could be a burden on the others. “Don’t say that, Mik. Ya helped us out whenever we were injured. We’ll do the same thing to ya.” Thaddeus said reassuringly, you still making the suggestion that the able bodied could head forward whilst you followed from a distance. “I’d rather not. If we get jumped by anything, it will leave us at a huge disadvantage.” Derek would say, after which Lars spoke up more confidently. “We’re not leaving anyone behind. We’re gonna go through this together until you guys can walk more easily. Besides, so long as we find some proper medical equipment near the high level containment zones, it will only be a short two days where you guys will be unable to do anything.” The rest of your men seemed to agree, as it looked like you would be doing this together no matter the costs.
>>
>Take a look at your inventory to see what you were lacking and what you had enough of. That way, you could plan ahead for the next few days you'd presumably be stuck down here.
After you had the chat about the cash and your injuries, you decided that it would also help to figure out how many supplies you had. You’d ask your men to check through everything so you could get a good idea on what you had and what you were lacking. Your men would do as told, as you’d quickly figure out what materials were necessary, and which wouldn’t be too much of an issue. “We still got enough ammo to get into a few fights, so long as we’re conservative and don’t waste too much ammo. And if we find some sort of way to generate electricity, I can make sure some of our non-bullet consuming weaponry can keep running for as long as possible.” Lydia would comment about the ammo, after which she’d look at some of the other bags she had. “Our drones are still busted though, and we’ve only got one more camera trap left.” Up next, you’d turn to Anon and Lars to get an idea of the rations. Fortunately, there was good news there.

“Well, given how few mouths we have to feed, we can easily ration it and stay here for two weeks at the very least. And given our mission, I think we’ll probably be fine.” Anon said, Lars right after adding: “I’ve checked, and I will still be able to cook some nice meals as well from time to time. We might need to be a bit more careful though.” Afterwards, Lars would finish giving you, Derek and Zaria medications, which brought him to the next item of interest. “As for medical equipment, we got plenty of that as well. We got two bottles of painkillers, two whole rolls of gauze and bandages, as well as plenty of disinfectant to work with.” It seemed that you had plenty of survival equipment to work with. Though in terms of some of your weaponry, things were looking a little less pleasant. “So, unfortunately, we are starting to run out of flashbangs and smoke grenades. We only got two more flashbangs, and three smoke grenades. We still got a couple of grenades for Anon, so that is at least good.” Thaddeus mumbled as he checked the weaponry you got. It seemed you’d have to be conservative with what fights you picked, unless if you wanted to risk being unable to use some of your strongest tools.

On the topic of food though, you’d soon get a chance to actually smell the food, as you realised that you were actually quite hungry. And with it finishing, you’d tell your men that you would try and eat quickly, since you did hope to get plenty of rest. “Understandable.” Mike would say, after which Anon said: “I’ll make sure to give you food first then. That way, you can get some rest in quickly.” However, you then mentioned that you would obviously also need to watch guard over your men whilst they slept, which your men seemed shocked by.
>>
“Mik, I’d really advise against that. You shouldn’t stay up to protect us when you’re injured.” Lars said, after which you mentioned you’d have someone else join you to ensure you wouldn’t get screwed over by that sleep subject again. Besides, it had to be done still, and you could sit back and fend for yourself if necessary. Especially if someone else joined you. Your men looked at each other, after which Zaria spoke up. “I can also watch over you guys. Remember, I don’t need to sleep.” Lars did seem a little iffy about the suggestion, though he wouldn’t speak up against it, and would instead look over at you to hear what you had to say about this. At least you could tell that Derek wasn’t all that excited to stand guard, given his injuries.

>What do you do next?

>Sit out guard duties for tonight and let your men handle it. Zaria could stay up all night, meaning your men wouldn’t have to switch out as often if Zaria were to also switch out from time to time.
>Insist on doing guard duty. Just because you got shot in the thigh and upper arm, that didn’t mean you couldn’t keep your eyes open for a short hour. (write in who you’ll stand guard with first.)
>Tell Zaria to not strain herself. Just because her brain didn’t need to sleep, that didn’t mean her body couldn’t use some rest to recover.
>Discuss with your men…
>Something else…
>>
>>6127034
Ya know Zaria, if you're that into the whole immortal transhuman thing, you remember where we are, right? I'm sure we could find some of the right intact equipment, expertise and a stock of nanites somewhere once we have a means of escape.....
I wonder what we'll use our own pay for. Support our family, help get the girls set up after we smuggle them out, retire to a quiet planet and build a small workshop to fulfil our dream of making a living weaving Mongolian baskets.
>Insist on doing guard duty. Just because you got shot in the thigh and upper arm, that didn’t mean you couldn’t keep your eyes open for a short hour.
We can stagger the guard duties so we change out one person every half hour instead of both every hour, which should also help make sure there's at least one properly awake person and no gaps in the watch. We'll just take the first half-slot as a compromise if we're meant to be resting. Derek can skip out if he really doesn't want to do it, everyone else draw some straws for the guard rota!
>>
>>6127034
>Insist on doing guard duty. Just because you got shot in the thigh and upper arm, that didn’t mean you couldn’t keep your eyes open for a short hour with Zaria.
>Ask Zaria why she never seems to need sleep or ever get tired. Is it some sort of implant?
>Ask Zaria why she thought her only options was crime or Lodger if she is so afraid of death, and why she's afraid. Most importantly, ask why she kept this fear hidden from everyone until now.
An actual nice big character building moment, and for our fellow death squad soldiers instead of the girls. I want to dive a bit deeper into this before we head to sleep, because I feel we don't really know the deeper motivations of most of our guys and I'll take any chance to have more interactions with them outside their occasional quips on what we are doing. Since she didn't really share this with anyone until now, maybe she'll be more open to talk about it with just us.

>>6127047
Well, if I recall correctly she did ask if humans could be turned subject in the first thread. Speaking of, there is a scientist experienced with nanite integration with human tissue. One we asked about also in the first thread. Issue is unless the government was lying to us about her temperament I have a feeling she's probably not the best person to put our trust into. Could be an interesting side quest to help her with that goal in the future though.
>>
>>6127034
>>Discuss with your men…
>Insist on doing guard duty. Just because you got shot in the thigh and upper arm, that didn’t mean you couldn’t keep your eyes open for a short hour. (write in who you’ll stand guard with first.)
pairs of two for guard duty, remember last time one of us did guard duty alone, we got ambushed.
>>
>>6127034
>Insist on doing guard duty. Just because you got shot in the thigh and upper arm, that didn’t mean you couldn’t keep your eyes open for a short hour. (Thaddeus)
Zaria can take the second shift with someone who isn't injured.
>>
>>6127034
>Sit out guard duties for tonight and let your men handle it. Zaria could stay up all night, meaning your men wouldn’t have to switch out as often if Zaria were to also switch out from time to time.
Job for those without injuries

Wonder if we find those rabbit blueprints and a working vat if Zaria would go for it
>>
>>6127088
I also recall QM made some meta comments also in the first thread that implied it might be possible to subjectify ourselves and by extension someone else if we really were committed to it.

In other news, I've been considering creating a tvtropes page for the quest. Would make it easier to keep track of plot points and characters.
>>
>>6127477
You may have good intentions anon but please don't. The last thing I want is some tourists from that awful place shitting up our quest.
>>
>>6127512
And it's isolationism that's causing /qst/ to slowly die. I hear endless paranoia about tourists from some place or other but the notion seems more like boogeymen rather than something that actually exists.
>>
>>6127520
I rather a nice death than a shambling nasty zombie anon, tv troopes is choke full of whackjobs than can make even reddit echo chambers resonable. Things are slow here but it's a good kind of slow, like /vrpg/. If you must organize your thoughts about stuff make something like a masterbin. Anyway...

>Insist on doing guard duty. Just because you got shot in the thigh and upper arm, that didn’t mean you couldn’t keep your eyes open for a short hour.
We're a wreck but we can keep awake for an hour or two, the important thing is not being on watch alone, especially after what happened to us last time.
>>
>>6127527
Considering 4chan users seem to think that about just about every other website while this website's userbase is pretty rotten themselves on average, it doesn't hold much water with me. I want to document the quest for the Internet out there because I think it (and /qst/) deserves to be more known.
If you're that afraid of a different bunch of autistic nerds and the QM would rather it not be done, I'll do it after the quest concludes however long in the future.
>>
>Insist on doing guard duty. Just because you got shot in the thigh and upper arm, that didn’t mean you couldn’t keep your eyes open for a short hour.
After Zaria insisted that she'd also join on guard duty, you decided that you couldn't let your men do all the work. You'd thus let them know of your intentions to join in guard duty, even bringing up how people wouldn't need to change on an hourly basis if you'd have two people guard at once. After all, one person could switch after half an hour, and repeat the cycle that way. "If you insist, Mik." Lars commented, after which Thaddeus spoke up in a confident and reassuring tone. "I'll join ya in the first shift then. Keep ya company and ensure ya got some muscle to help ya out, in case that dream lady shows up again." You'd also tell Zaria she could follow after you, to which she readily agreed. "Sounds good to me. I'll just need to figure out who comes next." Shortly after, you'd discuss the order of who would be on guard duties and who wouldn't. The only person who really skipped out was Derek, who clearly wanted to get a good rest in. At least Zaria was happy to go even with her injuries.

>Ask Zaria why she never seems to need sleep or ever get tired. Is it some sort of implant?
After guard duties had been discussed, you'd soon turn to Zaria to ask her about why she didn't need to sleep again. It was something she had said in passing before, but the reasoning always seemed a little vague. "I mean, I told you before that I am not entirely sure myself. It just was this way ever since I was a teenager. Hell, I think I did get a medical check-up at Lodger's HQ for it some time ago, and even there they said they didn't have much of a clue as to what the reason for it is." Obviously, it was still a little silly. And even though it would require a lot of theorizing, you still asked Zaria if she could think of a potential cause or reason as to why she hardly needed sleep.

Zaria thought about it for a short while, before giving her own little theory. "My theory is that, maybe I just got some sort of unknown disorder which means I need to sleep less? That, or my childhood forced me to always be awake and without sleep, which I then got used to... like I said, I don't have a clue about what causes it. I've been like this for god knows long, and I don't mind it too much." Of course, Zaria did need SOME sleep, but the fact she could go days without it was still a miracle to say the least. If only you could figure out what caused it, so that all of your men could abuse not needing sleep. "I do wonder if it's maybe trauma-associated. Something about your criminal past and the constant backstabbing you did with those criminal gangs." Anon would comment, which made Zaria scoff. "Maybe that could be the case? Also, I wouldn't call it backstabbing. Those idiots treated me like trash, so I simply reciprocated in a lucrative manner! Kind of like what we're doing now with the government!"
>>
Zaria chuckled a little, as Anon finished preparing the rations for you and the others. He would immediately share it, as you were finally able to get something to eat. As Zaria also got her food, she'd keep on chatting a little bit. "Mmmm, maybe something really is wrong with me, which is causing this lack of sleep. Maybe this is a random mutation caused by toxic waste from my home planet or something. Hell, maybe the stress of my rough early years made my brain work overtime. Whatever the cause is though, not needing to sleep is really goddamn useful so I hardly mind it!" There were some soft chuckles from your men, clearly finding Zaria's remarks to be somewhat amusing. At least she had a point with that last remark. Her ability was pretty goddamn useful.

>Ask Zaria why she thought her only options was crime or Lodger if she is so afraid of death, and why she's afraid. Most importantly, ask why she kept this fear hidden from everyone until now.
Of course, the mention of her childhood actually got you a bit curious about her sudden fear of death. You'd ask her why she only ever really focused on committing crimes or working for your death squads, especially considering this apparent fear she had. "I mean, the crime thing came from the fact I didn't have much to my name when I was young. No formal education, no chance to work in a trade, no family wealth. I was good at running though, and great at sneaking around, so it was only really natural I'd start doing criminal shit. I only was able to make a change after I fled my planet and got the chance to join Lodger." It made sense. Plenty of your men joined Lodger because there weren't too many work opportunities. And considering how strict the government could be with hiring folk, it made sense someone like Zaria would end up doing illegal things to get by.

Still, you wanted to know more about her fear of death as well, asking her why she was so afraid. "I think I mentioned this before, but it mostly comes out of fear of what happens after I die. For all I know, there really is just... nothing. A black, eternal nothingness I won't notice nor will realise because I am dead. Worst case scenario, I die and find out that some ancient religions are true and I end up burning in hell for eternity. Either way, I'd rather just try and avoid figuring out by staying alive as long as possible." It seemed that Zaria did not like the existential crisis evoked by the concept of death. It made sense to a certain degree, but you did wonder why she kept it hidden. "Two reasons. One, because I know there will be assholes within Lodger who will mock me for it and view me as a coward. And two, because it wouldn't have really done anything for me to share it. It's better to just fight against it and forget about it. I have to be brave and hold out against that fear, and not let it show too much."
>>
Considering the situations you and your men got in, it was good she kept a levelheadedness to herself and didn't let the fear overwhelm her. Given that she never really showed it, it was clear she was good at hiding it. Still, you empathized with her desires, and soon mumbled that this location did have the materials to make her immortal transhumanistic wishes come true. "That's... part of the reason I decided to reveal it now. This place is the first time I've really been able to consider fighting against that fear. Obviously, it'll be tough given that we're not scientists, but... I can hold out hope for once." You'd tell her that you could certainly look for some equipment, expertise and nanites to maybe try something. Of course, you wouldn't try it down here, but rather once you had escaped. That way, you wouldn't risk being caught by the government and getting punished. Considering how significant the research between human and subject biology was down here, Zaria would probably be seen on the same level as the subjects if she were to get nanites working in her blood stream.

"Hey, think about it this way though. If you were to become immortal, Zaria, you wouldn't need to worry about the consequences of being caught anymore. I mean, what could the government do if you were able to take anything they throw at you? You could just escape without issue and not fear being shot at or blown apart by government forces." Mike soon said, which did amuse Zaria somewhat. "I mean, that is true! But, I can see them restraining me in some form and making it impossible for me to do anything. I mean, they were able to restrain the Queen and plenty of other powerful subjects. They could very well find a way to imprison me for a really long time, and I'd rather not deal with that." It seemed like there was a lot to speculate about regarding this topic. It did seem like something worthwhile to investigate, at least for future projects. Perhaps you could even contact Laura or Annie about this topic to see what they had to say about it?

Or perhaps even look for scientists who could help in this mission?

>Continue chatting with your men whilst you ate your dinner. Perhaps you could discuss this topic further, or have a quick little chat with the rest of your men whilst you finished eating.
>Just quickly eat and then get to guard duty. You could talk more once you woke up and continued heading eastwards.
>Set out a plan for tomorrow. Maybe you could make a list of important tasks which you could focus on whilst you headed on your way east.
>Something else...
>>
(bit of a shorter update. Just to give you a chance for a bit more casual banter between your squad members. And if that isn't what you want, I'll gladly wrap up this day in the story and start with a sidestory. I had a particularly fun idea for a guardsman who got his first day caring for a... unique subject before the whole disaster happened. If that idea seems good to you guys, do tell me. If not, feel free to keep coming with other suggestions. I did like the other suggestions you guys made, such as the pre-disaster subject POV, or orientation day.)

(Also, in response to >>6127535, I myself wouldn't mind a TVtropes page too much. However, I have heard from multiple folk now that it is somewhat of a risky thing to do given the other site cultures. Maybe that is indeed just 4chan paranoia, or based on silly preconceptions towards TVtropes. I suppose a good and safe middle ground option could be making a Wiki for the quest. I've seen another quest do something similar, specifically Chaos Quest. If you wanna do something like that, it'd be really cool. Just don't feel feel obligated to do so, because I imagine it taking a loooot of work. Either way, I'll support it!)
>>
File: awman.gif (330 KB, 322x240)
330 KB
330 KB GIF
>>6127592
Well, Z, there's some obvious issues with that we'd need to sort out first (like, for example, how not to get orbitally bombarded on stepping outside) and there's likely to be a lot of serendipity involved with getting what we need so we can't pinky promise it, but we'll see if we can't make it happen. Keep the eyes peeled if you see anything relevant.
Gifrel when I realise the girls are going to outlive everyone around them and those they care about apart from each other while they don't age a day and it might take a heavy psychological toll on them over the decades? Centuries? Anofelis I think would be hit especially hard as all her friends die off one by one of (hopefully) old age and there's nothing she can do to save them.
>Continue chatting with your men whilst you ate your dinner. Perhaps you could discuss this topic further, or have a quick little chat with the rest of your men whilst you finished eating.
While we don't have any of them here, what are you guys' takes on the little gang we've got upstairs and the subjects in general? There seems to be a lot of individuality among the subjects, but many of them have pretty sad stories in common. It's hard not to feel a little bit sorry even for the nasty ones, given many of them were literally made to be or abused into being that way.

>>6127592
Some and some I think, the fear is grossly overblown but there's a difference in userbase culture that might not always gel with each other. I think I'll wait until after the ending to do it anyway, since it would be difficult to constantly update a page and it could easily become a chore.
>>
>>6127631
Well, if it's any consolation for them, they'll still have each other, and maybe Zaria if she gets her way unless we decide to join her in trying to become a subject. It is indeed quite the sad inevitability unless life extension tech advances... Supporting. Might be good to talk about some of the subjects we only briefly met/know like Annie or Viridian
>>
>>6127590
>Continue chatting with your men whilst you ate your dinner. Perhaps you could discuss this topic further, or have a quick little chat with the rest of your men whilst you finished eating.
You guys think we could make like, nanites that kill other nanites? Seems like an easy way to deal with the more dangerous subjects.
>>
>Continue chatting with your men whilst you ate your dinner. Perhaps you could discuss this topic further, or have a quick little chat with the rest of your men whilst you finished eating.
As you were able to enjoy your dinner after a long and intense day, you started thinking about the girls. They were hopefully doing fine without you, and also had Vinisha actually joining them. This got you thinking, until you finally asked your men what they were thinking of the girls who were now upstairs. You felt that their treatment wasn't exactly stellar, and that even felt a bit sad about some of the more aggressive ones. "I've really bonded with the girls over the past few days, I must admit." Lydia would calmly remark, as she'd pause with eating to talk. "They are so eager to help out and prove themselves. It's rather endearing, if I say so myself. Though, it does also make me feel a bit sad for them. Like you said, they were not treated right at all, so I imagine that they really are desperate for positive interactions and attention." This made Derek also speak up, which wasn't surprising because he and Lydia had spent a lot of time with the girls. "I mean, I wouldn't exactly call them desperate for interactions. They seemed more curious to me than anything. Given how secluded this place is from the rest of the galaxy, they probably are very eager to hear more about it from us."

This last remark made Anon speak up in a more sympathetic tone. "I don't blame them. They mentioned just being stuck underground all their life, which would drive anyone insane to figure out more. And given how secrecy is sort of the norm down here, I can see the girls not exactly getting a lot of education to learn more about the rest of the galaxy." Afterwards, Lars spoke up a bit more optimistically. "I mean, Oreas does have Laura, who probably taught her a couple of things about the outside world." Lars paused to eat some food, first swallowing before continuing.

"Hell, I am sure that the girls do learn some things. It's just that their teachings probably just focused on the details they needed to know, and nothing else besides that." It was a somewhat obvious suggestion, but it still didn't change the fact that the girls were not taught or treated very well by the facility staff. "I do wonder how the girls will feel once they are off-planet and get a taste of the world outside of this place. It'll probably be a lot to take in and get used to. Hell, maybe a bit too much." Derek mumbled calmly, after which Mike spoke more uneasily. "I must admit, as sweet as the girls are, I do worry about how we'll get them out of here. The government will not just easily let us go through with them." Thaddeus took a more amused tone. "Well, aren't ya the one who hates the government the most out of us? Wouldn't ya wanna give the government the middle finger and get livin' evidence of their actions outta here?"
>>
There were some soft chuckles among your men, Mike taking a more defensive stance. "Well, yeah? But, I'd rather give them the middle finger and survive to tell the tale. If they find out that we took subjects with us, they will probably kill us and cover it all up. If we're talking survival, then the best option is unfortunately to leave the girls here." There was a bit of an awkward silence, as Mike was definitely correct with his assessment. But given how the girls were viewed, it probably wasn't entirely the best thing to be negative and sceptical. Especially since you and your men were already in a rather dour situation. In turn, Lydia spoke up with a more hopeful tone. "I wouldn't worry about survival based on being found out by the government. For one, we've already broken the rules more than enough times to probably get executed. More importantly though, I imagine that we'll find a way to get the girls off-planet somehow. Maybe Lodger will help us out in some way, maybe we'll find a safe way to sneak them out of here."

Perhaps it was too early to be optimistic about the situation with the girls. Regardless, you were more interested in hearing how your men felt about the girls. You'd ask how they all felt about the girls, which made Anon speak up first. "Well, I think we can all agree that they deserve a lot better than whatever the facility provided them with. Chrys is kind and gentle, Oreas is wonderfully optimistic and positive, Kamara is adorably shy, Anofelis is sweet in how eager she is to help out, and Morgan is a wonderful addition to the team, even with her staunch hatred for any weapon that isn't from ancient times." It seemed like your men really agreed with Anon had to say. Though it was also clear that some of the men had some favourites. "I personally think that Kamara could become an extremely valuable asset to our team with her stealth. She just needs to practice a bit with her confidence. Then again, I do find her shyness rather cute as well." Derek would say, after which Zaria scoffed. "Don't forget those claws either. She could kill someone with those."

"Given her eagerness to help me out with engineering, I have quite the soft spot for Oreas. She's just such a bright girl!" Lydia would also say right away, after which Mike spoke up. "You know who I like the most? Annie. Just because she has on more than one occasion showcased to everyone who can and cannot be trusted. Obviously, I still am sceptical towards her, and do not know if working with her is a good idea, but... anyone who pisses off government officials like she does, is a good person in my book." This actually made you wanna hear more from your men about Annie, also bringing up Viridian and Vinisha who you only had a few interactions with. "Viridian made me curious about Elbrus' subjects, and how depraved some of them actually are. For all we know, they were forced into perverse acts and are actually somewhat decent." Lars would comment.
>>
Lars' comment left your men a little unsure what to say. "Well, we know that that Nicola girl is completely unhinged, so... I would say that Elbrus has definitely influenced SOME of his subjects. Hell, you did see how Viridian was dressed, right? It'd not surprise me if she did some, 'ahem', 'special preparations' with the folks she views as her food." Zaria commented shortly after, which was not something you could really confirm or deny just yet. Viridian had appeared somewhat reasonable, so she was probably in a similar camp as Morgan. "Laura told us that Elbrus really was a creep, and that most of his subjects were unhinged as hell. I'd rather not take the chance with any of them just yet, until we know they are actually peaceful." Anon would comment, which Lars had no real retort to. Still, you did wanna know the rest of your men thought about Viridian. "If you're thinking of saving her as well, Mik, I'm gonna have to put my foot down." Mike immediately commented, which wasn't exactly the opinion you wanted to hear. But hey, at least Mike was honest.

"Yeah, uhhhh, I don't think we're gonna be doing that. Aside from that though, she sounded rather... uhhh, verbose for a lack of a better term. Which is rather strange given how she literally eats people, but maybe that's just a strange subject quirk like how Morgan constantly acts like a knight." Lydia commented, after which Thaddeus spoke up. "I was thinking of maybe findin' her again and gettin' her to help with the Queen. She'd get a lotta snacks for her job, and we get easy acces to such a major threat." It seemed like a decent suggestion, though Derek was quick to point out the obvious. "Viridian might be massive, but I doubt that it'll be easy to find her down here. Unless if she passed through here whilst she was down here." Thaddeus didn't have a response, as you would ask if anyone else had anything to say about Annie, Viridian or Vinisha.

Most of your men seemed to agree that Annie was probably trustworthy, but that you still needed to be careful around her, just in case she got dirt on you and your men. Your men also seemed to agree on Viridian and her rather unique nature. This left your men with one subject they could discuss easily, and Thaddeus was the first to do so. "I am glad we found Vinisha of all subjects down here. Not only can she tell us a bunch about Andrei and the facility, but... well, she's also clearly another troubled soul down here. Maybe she can help us out as well, with her powerful regeneration and what not." This last comment made Lydia speak up rather eagerly. "About that regeneration, maybe it could be the thing you really want, Zaria? Just imagine it! You taking a bunch of bullets and just rapidly regenerating your wounds!" Zaria shook her head and looked rather conflicted. "Given how she's literally a walking rotting corpse, I'd... rather find some other alternative, if I do end up going the nanite route."
>>
As the topic shifted towards nanites and their usage on humans, it made you realise something. You'd bring up how nanites could maybe be used to kill other nanites. Or at the very least, cause serious harm to subjects. It left your men silent, as they didn't seem too sure about what to even say to the suggestion. The only one who seemed ready to provide an answer was Lydia, who did so hesitantly. "We could discuss it with the girls and Laura. Maybe they'd know if something like that could be possible? If it's an easy way to safely dispatch subjects though, I do wonder if maybe weaponry using nanites already exist down here. Hell, maybe some of the guardsmen forces have it to protect themselves from the likes of Feng, Reika or Vinella." The rest of your men seemed unsure what to even say about the idea. At least this was something worth really looking into, especially if you would look for ways to have nanites help humans out.

>What do you do next?

>Continue your chat as you finished dinner. You were almost done with your meal, so you could maybe ask your men a few more questions before you finished.
>Finish your food and get to guard duty. The quicker you finished, the quicker you'd manage to get some rest in and also get the chance to head further east.
>Something else...
>>
>>6128161
>>Continue your chat as you finished dinner. You were almost done with your meal, so you could maybe ask your men a few more questions before you finished.
Scary Monsters just came out recently, that means the gov is probably getting impatient with this purge job, think they get some of the more "dangerous" squads down here?

>Finish your food and get to guard duty. The quicker you finished, the quicker you'd manage to get some rest in and also get the chance to head further east.
After that let's eat and sleep.
>>
>>6128172
Supporting. Seems like a good way to cap everything off. Hopefully we can do something like this again when we next make camp.
>>
>>6128172
and support too, let's wrap it up and move on to the omake
>>
>>6128172
+1
>>
So, I'll skip out on an update today. Mostly because I have a big uni project I wanna work on for today. Aside from that, I also just wanna reaffirm the side-story we'll do with the next update: A guardsman being assigned to watch over a subject back when the facility still operated.

I would like to hear if anyone wants anything to be specifically focused on with the side-story as well. That'll help me focus the writing a bit more.
>>
>>6128578
How about some of the scientists and their relationship with the subjects? We keep hearing about both good and bad things about the top brass, but just how were they on a daily basis?
>>
>>6128161
>Finish your food and get to guard duty. The quicker you finished, the quicker you'd manage to get some rest in and also get the chance to head further east.

I can understand nanites to protect from Feng’s control, but Vinella? How would nanites help against her without making the recipients into subjects?
>>
>>6128578
I'm down for that. Is this a new subject and are they going to show up in the main story if we get lucky?
>>
>>6128712
Yes, it will be a subject you don't know. Spoiler alert: It'll be an Anderson subject. But not a spider. . You can also definitely encounter them if the chance arises. You just have to be a bit lucky.
>>
>>6128603
Maybe with Logan and Laura we can make grey goo bombs? Program the nanites to consume anything they touch and replicate themselves until a timer finishes counting down and a kill switch automatically activates to make the nanite swarm inert.
>>
>>6129051
That’s way too dangerous
I was thinking more along the lines of hunting and destroying rival nanites in an organic system
>>
>>6129135
It's only dangerous if you get caught in the blast like with most bombs and ideally the nanites would only be active for a few seconds before shutting down, not enough to start a nanite apocalypse unless something goes very wrong but hopefully it could be enough to kill or maim most subjects. To deliver them to their target, we just load the nanites into grenade shells and use the grenade launcher. Actually getting them to activate and deactivate could be a bit trickier but I'm thinking maybe we could link them to one of those NARI bands?
>>
>>6129288
You'd think if the government with it's near infinite resources could do that or had some other way of easily killing subjects, they would've utilized it already.
>>
>>6129298
If all they wanted was to simply make this problem go away then they would've just glassed the facility from orbit instead of hiring mercenaries. They probably want to salvage as many relatively intact subject remains, documents and equipment as possible so they can restart the program at a later date and I think swarms of nanites devouring everything they touch would be counterproductive to that plan.
>>
>>6129302
Yeah, so why exactly do we want to do that when it is likely that if it's even possible doing so can cause us to not get paid for a kill, cause plenty of collateral damage, likely require us to break our contract with the government in order to even make the thing as using/stealing shit from this place would break it, and lastly and least importantly has a slim chance of the killswitch failing and causing a minor case of death to everyone on the planet.
>>
>>6129288
I don't think they'd make a noticeable impact in only a few seconds unless we lean hard into sci fi rules for them.

Also the possibility of something going very wrong and potentially dooming the entire planet does fall under way too dangerous for me, along with the near impossibility of avoiding collateral.
>>
>>6129328
WE don't need the subjects to be intact after we kill them. So long as we have some kind of evidence, we'll get paid even if the government would prefer an intact cadaver over a puddle of melted flesh and slag or a shred of skin. It's not like the plasma rail cannon will leave much of Feng behind if we get a direct hit either. Besides that, we're collaborating with multiple staff and subjects, have already stolen shit from the facility, we've intentionally sent other death squads to die at the hands of dangerous subjects and are about to rescue one of the head scientists that the government wants dead as a favor to a subject that they really hate. I don't think honoring the terms of our contract with the feds is something we ever cared about.

With all that said yeah maybe the possibility of the killswitch failing is too much of a risk.

>>6129338
Considering what subjects are capable of, the nanites are basically just space magic anyways.
>>
>>6129361
And how exactly will the government figure out that sludge belonged to Feng, Vinella or any other dangerous subject? And yes, we are already breaking our contract but at least we aren't handing the proof of that to the government, because they certainly will be asking "Hey, how'd you do this with your current equipment?" Reminder that they got Al Capone on tax evasion. They'd likely get us on this.
>>
>Continue your chat as you finished dinner. You were almost done with your meal, so you could maybe ask your men a few more questions before you finished.
The idea of weapons which utilized nanites was certainly intriguing to you. Though, you decided to drop it since it wasn't exactly something you could really put your focus on. One thing you did want to discuss with your men was the appearance of Scary Monsters joining the various death squads. You pointed out that the government was probably getting impatient with how slowly things were going, which your men seemed to agree to. "Considering how we're one of the few to have actually managed to kill a subject, I can imagine such. It's also probably why they paid us such an incredible amount." Lars said rather casually, after which Anon also spoke up to voice his opinion. "It could also be that the number of personnel is becoming too small for all the space which they need to cover. This place is massive, and I doubt that they could effectively patrol and search every single part of it." Of course, hiring a smaller death squad known for heavy machinery was maybe not the best idea in that regard. And Derek was quick to point that out, giving his own theory.

"I feel like Scary Monsters were invited for two really important reasons. For one, they can help traverse through some of the tougher parts of the facility. They got special mechs for traversing the flooded sector, as well as being able to wade through tons of rubble with little issue. More importantly, I think they are employed to help against some of the bigger subjects. Vinella may be tough, but I doubt she could defeat a Mech twice her size." He'd argue, which was definitely a possibility. Though how Scary Monsters would manage to reach some of the more cramped spaces was something of a mystery. Regardless of what equipment they had, it wouldn't help them get through some of the cramped and dangerous hallways of the facility.

Whatever the case was with Scary Monsters, you did wonder if there'd be other dangerous death squads heading to the planet. After you brought it up, Zaria spoke up a bit confusedly. "I mean, who else could they be hiring for this? The only other major squad I can imagine them contacting is Metrobolist, but they probably aren't built for this since they're more focused on partisan efforts, sabotage and urban warfare." Of course, there was another group which Lydia brought up. "You think they'd bring 'Earthling' into the mix?" This made Zaria scoff. "Ah yes. Let's bring another chemical warfare group into the mix. Because hiring Diamond Dogs already was a brilliant idea!" Considering Earthling's affinity for using chemical, biological, radiological and nuclear material, the government probably wasn't eager to get them on board just yet. Though if they got Diamond Dogs down here, the chance did exist they could also eventually come into the picture. Even if the chances currently were rather low...
>>
"I think the government will just keep it to what they got now. Way safer than involin' even more squads who can work together to resist the government." Thaddeus would soon mention, which was something your men weren't entirely sure on. Either way, it seemed that the only really dangerous squads would be Diamond Dogs and maybe Heroes. As well as some of the more sketchy parts of the other squads, such as Nikita and his men.

>Finish your food and get to guard duty. The quicker you finished, the quicker you'd manage to get some rest in and also get the chance to head further east.
After the short discussion about the possible death squads which could get here, you'd just quickly finish your dinner. All the while, you listened to your men arguing which death squad would be the first to get purged by the government. It seemed Diamond Dogs was rather divisive in that regard, given that some of your men felt they were surprisingly eager to be controlled by the government. Though there was also some fear that Blackstar would get purged at some point, due to them finding some intel which they weren't supposed to find. Still, it seemed unlikely that the government would completely purge any of the groups. At least not anytime soon anyway.

Once you had finished eating, you'd wait for the rest of your men to finish, before starting your guard duty for the night. At least you had company now, as you told Thaddeus to help you out. "Aye, of course, Mik." He'd say, as the rest of your men would enter the tents which had been set up. For the next hour, you and Thaddeus would quietly stand guard. Thaddeus would make sure to look after you and provide you with any help you requested. Though you didn't need that much help, aside from maybe helping you move around the place. As it stood however, nothing seemed to be happening, and the hour would soon end. You'd tell Thaddeus you'd get some rest in, Zaria being the next to do guard duties. "Aye, take it easy, Mik." Thaddeus said, before you entered your tent and lied down. And after taking some more painkillers, you'd get to enjoy a far more comfortable and peaceful slumber than last night. You were woken up a few times, mostly to return to guard duty, but your men also let you and Derek sleep a lot more. Your men needed you healed up ASAP, and weren't going to keep waking you up when you needed to recover.

And hey, you also didn't need to worry about creepy dreams telling you directions to nightmarish subjects, unlike the night before...
>>
>A little change of perspective... Zeke Burton, a new guardsman.
You couldn't believe you had managed to land this job. It had taken months of paperwork, dozens of government interviews, several physical and mental health tests and days of space travel. You hadn't been allowed to tell any of your family about where you were going, let alone what job you actually had gotten from the government. Still, it would be worth it. Having previously worked at an important weapons facility on a planet near the galactic capital, this seemed like it'd be a nice change of pace. Not only would this give you a ton of benefits and high payment, but it'd also give your family a ton of government support which it desperately needed. Besides, this was a job unlike anything else you had ever imagined getting.

The government seemingly trusted you enough to work with these 'subjects'. They had told you about their existence only as you arrived on the planet. Apparently, this extremely fancy biotech was one of the more expensive projects which the government funded. Their purpose seemed extremely varied, although somewhat kept a secret from you. Though from the sound of things, it seemed like a revolutionary project which the government put a lot of faith in. It was implied their purpose was focused on a variety of tasks, such as combat, health, entertainment and many other functions. Though it was admittedly rather surprising to hear that these subjects were all... females with strange bestial traits. Still, you'd have to see how 'monstrous' they really were, or whether or not they were just mildly modified humans.

After landing on the tropical and pleasant looking island, you would be checked numerous times, before finally arriving at a decently sized building which glistened in the tropical sun. You'd quickly be brought into the building, where you would catch your first glimpse of these subjects, as you were greeted by a video of this green girl with strange lizard-like traits.

The girl was called Agami, and she'd give a pleasant enough introduction to what subjects were, what they entailed and the job you'd be doing. You'd be guarding one of these subjects, which mostly meant standing watch and ensuring the subject didn't try anything funny. It honestly seemed rather easy, especially since the subjects were described as 'highly intelligent' and 'understanding' towards humans. After a few more courses to introduce you to the place, you'd finally be given some gear by facility staff and told you'd start in the morning. The rest of the day was mostly spent in the staff area, where you would be given your own little space to call your own. And after meeting some of the other folk there, getting some rest and getting some food, you would be told you'd be brought over to the scientist who's subject you'd be watching, a guy called Anderson. You wouldn't be the only one, as you were joined by plenty of other new recruits.
>>
You'd quickly be approached by one of these other new recruits, a guy who seemed rather relaxed. "So, excited?" The stranger said to you as you and some other new recruits would follow a guardsmen towards the main elevators. "I'm definitely curious about this Anderson guy. I've heard from some folk that he's fascinated by insects and has made dozens of 'insect subjects'. I just hope they keep the girlish parts to them, and aren't giant locusts or some nasty shit like that." The guy chuckled softly, before reaching out for a handshake. "Name's Sylvio Ivaldi by the way. It's a pleasure to meet you." Sylvio reached out for a handshake, as you kept following the guardsman. Given what you had seen on maps of this place, it was rather massive. At least the staff area you were in, was right above one of these large 'containment areas' for the subjects.

>What do you do?

>Focus on your surroundings. Maybe there were some things you were actively searching for, either for emergencies or just out of curiosity. (Write in what you'll look around for whilst walking forwards.)
>Introduce yourself to Sylvio and tell a bit about yourself. Maybe let him know what you were hoping to do with this job, and what you were looking most forward to. (Write in a bit about yourself!)
>Ask Sylvio or the main guardsmen a couple of question. Nothing wrong with a newbie asking for some help in their new workplace, right? (Write in your question.)
>Something else...

(Alright, since I don't wanna flood this intro with details, I'll let you guys flex your creative writing a bit. I'll also let you guys decide what you really wanna pay attention to when it comes to the still functioning facility, in case there are some things of interest. Also, I'm posting from my family home, so hope that explains the new ID.)
>>
>>6129379
>Vinella may be tough, but I doubt she could defeat a Mech twice her size
Oh shit I didn't know they were that big
Yeah how do they fit anywhere
Is every ceiling in this place 30 feet high

>Introduce yourself to Sylvio and tell a bit about yourself. Maybe let him know what you were hoping to do with this job, and what you were looking most forward to. (Write in a bit about yourself!)
Say you hope you can graduate from being a guard for a starter scientist like Anderson quickly. You want to work with the true visionaries here, such as Elbrus.
>>
>>6129375
I didn't mean that the nanites would turn subjects to sludge, that's something I thought the plasma cannon might do to a person if they're unfortunate enough to catch a direct hit. That or the cannon would just vaporize them. If the nanites are tearing a subject apart and recycling her into more of themselves then I imagine the only thing left of the subject would be whatever the nanites couldn't consume before the killswitch activated or whatever couldn't be used for self-replication.

>Reminder that they got Al Capone on tax evasion
Thankfully we're not dealing with the IRS. I doubt Mik and his crew pay taxes. Mike DEFINITELY doesn't pay taxes.
>>
>>6129383
Damn, SM's mechs get pretty big. I was expecting something similar to Armored Cores or Battletech mechs but these guys have massive titans stomping around down here.
>Ask Sylvio or the main guardsmen a couple of question. Nothing wrong with a newbie asking for some help in their new workplace, right? (Write in your question.)
>How often do subjects try to escape or get violent?
>>
>>6129383
>Introduce yourself to Sylvio and tell a bit about yourself. Maybe let him know what you were hoping to do with this job, and what you were looking most forward to.
Talk a bit about our family and our previous work (provided OPSEC allows it).

>Ask Sylvio or the main guardsmen a couple of question. Nothing wrong with a newbie asking for some help in their new workplace, right?
Ask him about if he knows anyone else who's new here, guard or otherwise, along with who's the Head of Security.

>>6129394
I always thought Vinella just busts through anything she cant fit through. Also...

>You want to work with the true visionaries here, such as Elbrus.
Listen here you little shit. Do you want us on Hapi duity?!

>>6129414
In that case, good news. Instead of getting executed if we showed Galgov our kill, we can't because nothing would be left of them. Still, at least we don't have to deal with space IRS if we did it, as space IRC sounds worse than normal IRS.

>>6129459
Anon if SM's mechs are twice Vinella's size, then they are still the size of Battletech mechs, even if you presume Vinella is 20 feet tall. It is bigger than most AC's though.
>>
>>6129510
Yeah for some reason I got it into my head that "twice the size of Vinella" meant around 30 meters instead of feet. Just a moment of mild mental retardation.
>>
>>6129510
If we kill something in a suspicious way that we can't hide, we could always just find somewhere to dump the body and not tell anyone.

>space IRC
I know it's a typo, but it makes me wonder how /x/ on spacechan is taking this whole affair. There must be much furious typing and the whole board is surely glowing.
>>
>>6129510
>Listen here you little shit. Do you want us on Hapi duity?!
This is the past anon
Elbrus is still in his wholesome relations arc
He has yet to fall to /d/egeneracy
>>
>Introduce yourself to Sylvio and tell a bit about yourself. Maybe let him know what you were hoping to do with this job, and what you were looking most forward to.
Knowing how secrecy wasn't entirely necessary in the workplace, you would obviously just be honest about your life and position. You'd give Sylvio your name, and told him of your previous job guarding a weapons facility. "Oh, so I guess you're already familiar with the good ol' military industrial complex, huh? Well, I hope this place won't scare you away too much. It's nothing like other military organisations from the government, at least based on what I've heard about down here." Given his lack of questioning, he probably was a bit more focused on the thoughts of working with subjects and what not. Not that you could blame him. This was a vastly different job from anything you or any of the men around you had ever done. Of course, you did have a few hopes, mentioning your hopes of maybe being assigned to a different scientist in the future. "Yeah, I must admit I am a little apprehensive about working with this Anderson guy. Like I said, I'm not all that into bugs. I was more interested in maybe working for that Cerro guy, given the lizard subjects he made. Anyway, who do you wanna work for?"

You'd admit to your desire to work for Elbrus, which made Sylvio speak casually. "Ahhh, take it that the way he and his subjects were described in the introductions really appealed to you? I can't blame you. I imagine most of the other new folk wouldn't mind working with some of his subjects, haha." You had mostly heard that Elbrus made 'passionate' and 'intimate' subjects, which did sound rather interesting. It also did sound a little dirty, especially since most of these subjects were presumably going to be fulfilling government jobs in public. Still, maybe his subjects would be for more elite families to enjoy, rather than just being out in public for the galactic population to see out in the open.

>Ask Sylvio or the main guardsmen a couple of question. Nothing wrong with a newbie asking for some help in their new workplace, right?
Of course, given that Sylvio had heard and seen a bit more of this place than you had, you'd ask him some simple questions. For one, you wanted to know if subjects got violent or ever tried escaping, which made him scoff. "I mean, I've been here for only two days now, so I really can't say. Though given that I heard a lot of folks talking about subjects escaping, I think it isn't gonna be too uncommon an occurrence. Though Sylvio didn't mention anything about subjects being violent, which was maybe a good sign. Surely, the government would ensure their fancy genetically modified projects would all be taught well to ensure they didn't cause trouble! You soon asked for some other details, wanting to know if he knew other folk. "Well, I've met a couple of folk, but not too many. I'm also pretty new here, y'know."
>>
File: Dhabus Launcher.png (231 KB, 674x588)
231 KB
231 KB PNG
>>
Even if he was new, he seemed more knowledgeable than you were. Which got you asking who else was new here, wondering if it was just you and the other guardsmen around you. "I think it's just you and maybe a few scientists. Ooh, I actually heard there was this new lady called Sarah who was gonna do some work with the nanites subjects use to survive. Aside from her though, I haven't heard any names. I presume it's just other folk who will do other important stuff down here. Engineers, chemists and people who can help in managing this place well." This actually got you a bit curious about some of the higher ups, as you asked who the head of Security was. "Uhhhh, not a clue. Might be a good idea to ask some of the higher ups later as well." He said approvingly, giving you a pat on the shoulder. "You know, in case we do end up losing a limb from some of these subjects, haha." Shortly after, the group you were in would be led to the elevator, which would quickly move down. You'd pass tens of floors, until the door opened and you were met with a large reception area.

Once there, you'd be given the chance to walk forward and look around a bit. You'd see plenty of hallways, more screens showing Agami and plenty of news and announcements. You'd also see plenty of vehicles travelling about, as well as some guardsmen patrolling the place. Shortly after though, the person who led you here would speak up. "Attention everyone, I would like to introduce you to the scientist most of you will be working for, Anderson Thorell." The guardsman moved out of the way, as a rather young man stepped forward. He had short brown hair, round glasses, and a well trimmed beard. He looked quite pleased and friendly, smiling confidently as he stepped forward. He'd look around, before speaking with a deep and pleasant sounding voice. "Greetings. It's a pleasure to see so many new faces here. As was just said, my name is Anderson Thorell. I am one of the head scientists here at Valulori Research Centre. My works have mostly focused on insect and arachnid subjects, some of which you have been assigned to guard for the time being."

Immediately, some of the other new guardsmen would start asking questions. Anderson would move his hands to signal everyone to calm down. "I will answer all of your questions in a moment. I first wish to lead you all to the chamber containing my nearest subject. Whilst we walk, I would like to tell a bit about myself and also get to know some of you." Anderson signalled you and the others to follow, as he'd speak up whilst he led the way. "I imagine many of you are excited to see the subjects for the first time. So if you see one which catches your interest, feel free to pause and ask questions. I may not be familiar with all the subjects here, but I can certainly try and tell a bit about them." He let out a soft chuckle, at which point plenty of the guardsman would swarm him with questions, Sylvio staying back and just watching in quiet amusement.
>>
Meanwhile, you'd find yourself passing dozens of chambers. Many of these were rather empty looking, consisting of metal floors and walls. Some were dimly lit, whilst others appeared long abandoned. However, you did soon pass a chamber which looked rather bare and was incredibly dark. There, you saw the outline of two large butterfly wings, which faced away from you. It seemed to be some sort of butterfly subject which was standing eerily still.

>What do you do next?

>Go over to Anderson to ask him some questions of your own once you got the chance to talk. Maybe there were some things you were dying to learn about this place? (Write in your question.)
>Listen to some of the questions thrown at Anderson. Maybe the other men would ask some solid questions which could tell you more about this place, or would help you figure out what to expect down here?
>Talk a bit more with Sylvio. Maybe he still had some fun things to share about his life, or could tell a bit more about the place whilst Anderson was busy with the other guardsmen.
>Pause to look at the large butterfly subject in the dark. Maybe try and look at anything of note with her or the strangely barren chamber she was in. Maybe you could even try and communicate with her? (Write in what you'll do with the butterfly.)
>Something else...

(>>6129944 Goddamn, that's a good Dhabus pic, Anon. I really ought to start using her in the near future. Either for this little sidestory, or for the main story.)
>>
>>6129947
>Go over to Anderson to ask him some questions of your own once you got the chance to talk. Maybe there were some things you were dying to learn about this place? (Write in your question.)
Why are they all girls bro
>>
>>6129947
>Pause to look at the large butterfly subject in the dark. Maybe try and look at anything of note with her or the strangely barren chamber she was in. Maybe you could even try and communicate with her?
If we have a flashlight or something else to grab her attention, maybe we could use that? Otherwise tapping on the glass might work.

>>6130021
Support. Do this after checking on the butterfly.
>>
>>6129947
>Go over to Anderson to ask him some questions of your own once you got the chance to talk. Maybe there were some things you were dying to learn about this place? (Write in your question.)
>Who's the head of security?
We probably should ask who our boss is.
I'll also support >>6130021 and >>6130071
>>
>Pause to look at the large butterfly subject in the dark. Maybe try and look at anything of note with her or the strangely barren chamber she was in. Maybe you could even try and communicate with her?
Given that this was the first subject you had ever seen, you were most interested to actually interact and communicate with it. You wished you had a pocket torch to get a better look of her. Though you did remember the Comms device you were given, which did have some kind of light function built into it. You tried to grab it and turn it on, but found the thing to not really do what you wanted it to do. The light only turned on dimly, before turning off completely as the device started freezing up slightly. "Trying to see more of her?" Sylvio asked curiously, at which point you decided to tap the window to try and get her attention. After doing so, the guardsmen who were nearby would approach and speak up calmly. "Hey, can you please not do that? Claire wants to be left alone right now, since she had a pretty rough day behind her." The guardsmen sounded pretty calm and respectful, clearly not harbouring any ill will towards you. Sylvio was still somewhat curious, as he asked: "Apologies. We're just interested in meeting this subject. She's the first we've ever seen."

The guardsman nodded understandingly, before looking around. "That's understandable. It's a rather strange sight to see something like her." One of the other guardsmen scoffed in a calm tone, before responding in amusement. "Having Claire as your first subject is also fun. She screws with electronics, which you probably noticed with your Comms devic." It was a shame you couldn't interact with such a strange creature, though one guardsman was quick to say: "Unfortunately, like we said, she wants to be left alone right now. The good news is that you will get the chance to encounter plenty of other subjects ahead of you."

Shortly after, Anderson would look back and notice you and some of the other guardsman having a chat. "Guys, I would prefer it if you came along now. You can chat with those guys at a later time." Claire's guardsman would wish you good luck, after which you, Sylvio and a few other guardsmen would catch up with the rest of the group. All the while, you passed more empty chambers and some smaller storage spaces. Anderson was slowly being harassed with less and less questions, which gave you the opportunity to ask some of your own.

>Go over to Anderson to ask him some questions of your own once you got the chance to talk. Maybe there were some things you were dying to learn about this place?
Once you felt the moment was right, you'd ask Anderson why all the subjects were girls and why not guys, which seemed to amuse him. "Very observant question, uhhhh what is your name again?" You'd repeat your name, after which Anderson happily continued. "Well, Zeke, there are a few reasons as to why subjects are only female. Some more simple than others."
>>
The rest of the new guardsmen wet quiet, as Anderson spoke in an eager tone. "For one, there is the genetic reason. Whilst designing subjects, we found that having XX chromosomes generally worked better for stability. It seems the Y chromosome clashes with a lot of the nanite based mutations we set up. So, it's easier to just have XX chromosomes for stability. Another reason comes from the fact that female subjects are presumably a lot less aggressive and far more gentle. Especially when you look at some of the creatures which we take genetic samples from. Some of those benefit from having female genes over male ones. Some of my creations would be far slower to grow, smaller and less effective if they were male." This raised a couple of eyebrows, but it seemed to make some sense. Though, Anderson did soon bring up some... interesting details regarding the samples used for subjects.

"Given the large amount of animal samples we base the nanites on, there will be some occasional quirks. Sometimes, the animal samples we use happen to be male, which results in some male characteristics still manifesting into the subject. Maybe they're a bit more muscular, or their bone structure is more fitting for a male. Their hormone levels may make them act more like males than females. Or hell, the subject manifests both male and female reproductive organs!" This last suggestion really seemed to puzzle some of the new guardsmen. All that work to make solely female subjects, only for males to still pop in from time to time? Though from the sound of things, it only seemed like there were hermaphrodite subjects, which was still a little strange. The other guardsmen had plenty of questions surrounding this, especially given the fact that this could affect their behaviour substantially. Some of the men wanted to know what subject they'd be working with and if they had any behavioural quirks.

Though you were more interested in who assigned you to which subject and who would essentially be your boss. And after Anderson explained a bit about how male samples sometimes got mixed into the female sample mixes, you'd ask who your boss would be. "Your boss? Well, technically, that would be me. Though my superior is Tengri, so you can also consider him the boss. Aside from that, the head of the guardsmen and security is Hector Voss. If you want, I could contact Logan or Roraima to get you in contact with Hector, since those three tend to work together often." Sounded like this Hector would be the one who handled your employment, whilst Anderson would handle the subjects you'd be guarding. At least now you knew who to contact for help if the burly monster hermaphrodite you were assigned to injured you. Aside from that, you would keep following Anderson, as he kept talking to the other guardsmen.
>>
Sylvio would give you a soft bump before saying: "I am curious as to why you wanna know who our boss is. I hope you don't already want a raise, now that we know the monster girls don't necessarily have to be girls, haha." He said in a dry tone. Afterwards, you'd just keep watching your surroundings, passing a few more chambers. One was a jungle which seemed quite densely covered. You tried looking for movement, but would quickly be told that the subject in there was busy with their training. You'd also pass by a far darker chamber, which caught a lot of your men's attention. Unlike the previous chamber with Claire, it was pitch black despite all the lights clearly being turned on near it. It was almost like a black cloud filled the chamber, which blocked all the light. All you could see were some dim white sparkles, which made the whole chamber look like the sky of a starry night. "Hey Anderson, what subject lives here?" One of the guardsmen would ask.

The entourage would slow down a little, as Anderson quickly spoke up. "That would be Cortina, a fungal type subject made by Jabal. She is rather sweet, but can be a little reluctant with strangers. Especially guardsmen she isn't familiar with." Either Anderson was just trying to get you and the others to move along, or talking with subjects was a lot harder than it seemed. Regardless, you'd soon reach a crossroad where Anderson led you to the right. You'd keep going for some time, passing by vehicles, guardsmen and a few more empty chambers. You'd also pass some larger chambers, which seemed to be reserved for the particularly large subjects. And eventually, you would find yourself stopping at one of these chambers. "So, this is where the first few guardsmen will be stationed. Erika, Daniel, Ignacio and Zeng, would you please step forward?" Four of the guardsmen would step forward, some appearing a little disappointed that they were being separated from their friends.

"You four will have the honour of looking after Arika. She is currently busy testing, but will return here rather soon along with the other guardsmen who looked after her. I suppose you can make yourself familiar with her chamber, your surroundings and some of your duties." The chamber looked like a bit of a desert, with plenty of rock formations there as well which looked to have been neatly carved into. "Arika is a bit of a digger and sculptor, so I made sure her chamber has lots of room for her to play in. It is also massive because, well she herself is quite massive. Aside from that, do you have any questions?" Obviously, the four guardsmen had questions at the ready. They weren't the only ones, as some of the others were equally curious about this subject, the chamber or the job implications of what was shown. It wasn't helped by the fact that Anderson was just doing this quite casually, and wasn't really doing much to introduce you to the job..
>>
>What do you do next?

>Ask Anderson a question about the job. Now would be perfect, as he didn't mention much regarding pay, work hours, necessities or... anything like that. (Write in what you'll ask.)
>Ask Anderson about the subject here and what she is like. 'sculptor' and 'loves to dig' weren't going to tell you a lot about this subject. (Write in what you'll ask.)
>Just quietly listen to the other men as they asked questions to Anderson. Maybe they'd bring up the same questions you had. That, or you didn't really care for the hard details regarding your job.
>Chat a bit with Sylvio, if he wasn't going to ask Anderson questions. Maybe you could discuss that Claire or Cortina subject you passed by, or something else based on what you saw. (Write in what you'll discuss.)
>Just keep quiet and wait for this silly tour to be over. You wanted to do your job, damnit. Not get a tour of all of Anderson's bug subjects.
>Something else...


(How exciting. Tomorrow, will be the one year anniversary. How fitting that the one year anniversary will have you guys listening to Anderson of all folk. In any case, hope this current update is fine. It's mostly just chatting and listening, but that will change soon enough.)
>>
Less aggressive and more gentle my arse. Though it does have interesting implications for if we would theoretically undergo the monsterification process, we'd be turned into a woman as well. Howzat for some body dysphoria? I wonder how many of the subjects we know of started life as a bloke. Hapi obviously, but I wonder if Morgan, Kiyo, Dhabus and others like them started life as an XY.

I wonder how long this is before the Big Bang and if we're going to get to see pre-disaster Chrys and Ano.

>>6129944
I half hope Dhabus is one we can talk down and isn't actually murderous after all the work you've put in to draw her.

>>6130460
>Ask Anderson a question about the job. Now would be perfect, as he didn't mention much regarding pay, work hours, necessities or... anything like that.
Wait, after all that paperwork and legal hoops, we haven't actually been sent a proper employment contract yet? Are we going to get one at some point now we're here?
>Chat a bit with Sylvio, if he wasn't going to ask Anderson questions. Maybe you could discuss that Claire or Cortina subject you passed by, or something else based on what you saw.
What's his thoughts on the subjects he's seen so far? Any he's hoping to get assigned to?
>>
>>6130460
First of all, seeing it is now technically the 28th.
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=U5yKfmjwIbg

Second of all.
>>6130517
It's interesting. Though, outside of some male material being used for Hapi, I kind of doubt that any of them were originally male. As for how long this is before the disaster, probably not too long. Sarah was mentioned as being a new hire and as far as we know she has no known subjects, so maybe it's a month before?

Anyway, supporting these choices.
>>
>>6130563
There's definitely at least a few given the way he speaks of them in the plural and it's often subtle but just some male physiological or mental traits of which having a cock is only one of a few possibilities. They're just some guesses based on who might fit the bill as described, but I suppose for most of them it's not readily apparent.

"New hire" could be anywhere from days to months ago depending on where their bar is of staff turnover. Though it would be a waste to set a story not long before the disaster and then not feature it.
>>
>>6130458
>the subject manifests both male and female reproductive organs
Wait, it's not just Elbrus, it's a natural occurrence?
no
NOOOOOOO
GalGov should have glassed this site from orbit

>>6130459
>Sylvio would give you a soft bump before saying: "I am curious as to why you wanna know who our boss is
Yeah why would I want to know who I report to

>Ask Anderson a question about the job. Now would be perfect, as he didn't mention much regarding pay, work hours, necessities or... anything like that. (Write in what you'll ask.)
Are we responsible for inspecting the containment chamber to ensure there is no damage/defect that would allow the subject to escape?
In the event of a subject escape, what is the protocol? Are we expected to recapture the subject? If so, can we get numbers on how massive Arika is? Also what kind of equipment will we be supplied with? What level of force are we authorized to use?
What are the rules on interaction with the subjects?
>>
>>6130517
You'd just have to be careful with selecting the DNA samples you base the nanites on before augmentation. Subjects are vat grown with the nanites too, so maybe it wouldn't effect a fully grown human like that anyways.

>>6130574
>Wait, it's not just Elbrus, it's a natural occurrence?
It seems more like it's caused by human error during the creation process. Unless it's an Elbrus subject, then it's an intentional design choice.
>>
>Ask Anderson a question about the job. Now would be perfect, as he didn't mention much regarding pay, work hours, necessities or... anything like that.
Seeing how casual Anderson was taking this whole introduction, you were a bit puzzled. You'd loudly ask him abou the employment contract, which seemed to make him raise an eyebrow as well. "Didn't you see and write your information on there a decent while before you came here?" It had clearly sunk in the back of your mind somewhat. You had agreed to that contract and filled it in a loooong time ago, which then was sort of just forgotten about. As the rest of the men continued mumbling about it, Anderson would hush everyone and explain things. "If you wanna see the contract again, it's stored in the archives somewhere. You can request it or a copy later." It really showed how long it had taken and how little you had been told about this job, that you were still having issues with your contract now and what the hell your role was here. At least it made a modicum of sense, since this was clearly a secretive job the government entrusted upon you.

Still, you had plenty more questions on your mind about the job at hand. Fortunately, you weren't the only one, as one co-worker would ask something you had on your mind as well. "So, what kind of force are we expected to use on subjects? Do we have any mandates for specific weapons we have to use?" The guardswoman asked, to which Anderson spoke casually. "Excellent question, Erika! So, in pretty much every case, you have to go for non-lethal methods. You will be armed with rifles for some of the tougher subjects, as well as stun batons for less armoured subjects. Given how expensive each subject is, terminating them is seen as extraordinarily wasteful, so we heavily advise against such. Fortunately, most subjects are pretty tough, so they won't die if you shoot them a couple of times. Still, go for the baton first, if the subject doesn't feed on electricity."

This made one guardsman say: "There are subjects who feed on electricity?!" To which Anderson nodded. "Correct! I even have one subject who feeds on electricity. Sadly, I won't be assigning any of you to her, but I am sure you'll get the chance to meet her in the future!" Some of the guardsmen were clearly intrigued by this unorthodox feeding method. Though, you would take the opportunity to ask a bit more about Arika. Given that subject escapes seemed to happen on occasion, you wanted to know about how to recapture subjects. Especially large ones like Arika. "Well, Zeke, that is a good question. So, for all of you, if a subject escapes, it's generally seen as the responsibility of the guardsmen who were supposed to stay by her, as well as the guardsmen assigned to the area she's in. So, let's say you're in the training section with Arika. If you work in that section, it is your responsibility. If you are Arika's guardsmen, it's your responsibility as well. Pretty simple, I hope.
>>
It probably wasn't that easy considering that you were working with gigantic genetically modified humanoids who could take bullets and potentially eat electricity. "As for what you have to do if such a situation arises, you just have to coax her back to her containment or testing chamber. If she runs, you chase after her and only hurt her if all else fails. Thankfully, most of my subjects are not quick to run, especially Arika. so I wouldn't worry too much about it. Just relax, enjoy the job and comradery!" This made one guardsman speak up rather eagerly, wanting to know more about Arika. "What is Arika like? Is she friendly?" Anderson nodded happily as he looked over at the containment chamber. "She is something of a massive child. Curious, eager to show off her work, but can also be pouty and stubborn. She also loves creatures who are smaller than her, so that also means people, given that she is well over 12 feet tall." You therefore wanted to know what the rules were regarding subject interactions. "So, it really depends on who created the subject. I feel that social interactions help subjects feel at ease with their life and makes them more eager to perform. Though I know some scientists like Logan and Roraima are a bit more strict when it comes to subject interactions. I suppose it just comes down to asking what each scientist feels is okay. As for what I find okay? Well, just don't force the girls into conversation and respect their boundaries. Some are a lot shyer than others, or may be focused on other things in their chamber."

The way you had to treat subject seemed reasonable enough. Though you also wanted to know if you were responsible for inspecting the containment chamber. After all, you had to stop subjects from escaping. That also sounded like it would involve checking up on the subject chambers to make sure there were no defects which would allow the subject to escape. "So, if you do happen to see something wrong with the chamber, you should contact some engineers to come over. They will be able to fix it for you in a quick manner. The only thing you would need to maybe do is get the subject to leave the chamber and stay somewhere else." Once again, it seemed pretty safe and simple. Hopefully, this place didn't deal with too many of these errors or escapees. For the time being though, Anderson would answer a few more minor questions which didn't really matter that much. And finally, he'd look at his tablet. "Okay, I'll pause the questions here. Arika and her caretaker will come over now, so you can ask her some further questions. To the rest of the guardsmen, would you please follow me so I can bring you to the subjects you will be looking after?" The four men who would stay there seemed quite pleased, as you and the other guardsmen continued forward behind Anderson. "Quite a shame. I wouldn't mind looking after Arika." Sylvio said in an mildly intrigued tone.
>>
>Chat a bit with Sylvio, if he wasn't going to ask Anderson questions. Maybe you could discuss that Claire or Cortina subject you passed by, or something else based on what you saw.
Given his disappointment, it made you wonder how he felt about the subjects who were he had seen so far. "Well, I am very interested what the deal is with that moth we passed by. Though I don't know if I'd wanna get assigned to her. Honestly, I think I'm fine with any subject. So long as they aren't too creepy, or confrontative." Honestly, Sylvio's wishes for a subject seemed pretty reasonable. Though the two of you had probably not encountered enough subjects to really get the best of idea of what the average subject was like. Though you were cautiously optimistic that they wouldn't be too troublesome. And after leaving a few more guardsmen by a few different chambers, you'd finally reach the chamber of the subject you would be assigned to. "Zeke, Sylvio, Lara and Kiros. You four will be assigned to Lono Attacus, codename AM-24. She was made by Roraima as well, which means she may be a little feisty. I should also warn you not to touch her too much, since her hairs can be quite irritating."

Of all the subjects, you had to guard the one who was venomous to the touch. Lara seemed somewhat bothered by the idea, whilst Kiros and Sylvio looked rather interested to see more of her. Obviously, she wasn't here yet and was probably running tests. At least you were able to see a bit of her chamber. It was a jungle with massive flora and lots of rocky formations. It also seemed to be quite the damp chamber, with water vapour staining some of the glass looking into the chamber. "I hope you guys do not mind that all the subjects are busy testing right now. In my mind, planning it out so that you guys arrive before they do seemed like a solid idea." Anderson mumbled awkwardly, as you and the others looked at the chamber and Anderson.

"Lono will return here in a short while. I promise! Just... make yourself comfortable. Oh, you can get some drinks nearby, if you want to!" Anderson would say right after. It seemed like you had a bit of time to kill right now.

>What do you do next?

>Ask Anderson some things about Lono, the facility or anything else that was on your mind. He wasn't exactly the best at explaining at what was going on down here and left a lot of details behind. (Write in what you'll ask.)
>Fraternize with your co-workers. Start a little chat with Lara, Kiros or Sylvio about whatever is on your mind. Maybe you could chat over a cup of coffee? (Write in who you'll chat with and what it'll be about.)
>Just wait patiently for Lono and those accompanying her to return. It'd hopefully not take too long, and you could maybe introduce yourself to Lono right away.
>Check your surroundings to see if there were any other subjects nearby, or anything else of interest you had to keep in mind. (Write in if you'll try to look for anything in particular.)
>Something else...
>>
>>6130870
>Ask Anderson some things about Lono, the facility or anything else that was on your mind. He wasn't exactly the best at explaining at what was going on down here and left a lot of details behind. (Write in what you'll ask.)
What are her abilities?
What is her temperament? Is she violent? Excitable? Cheerful? Resentful? Single? Morose?
Is there anything else we should know about her?
>>
>>6130870
>Check your surroundings to see if there were any other subjects nearby, or anything else of interest you had to keep in mind.

>>6130903
Supporting
>>
>>6130903
also support

So, "Attacus". She must be a möth of some kind, though I'm not sure what her first name is a nod to. Now I wonder why she's absent from the MGE.
>>
>>6131050
Probably because she was missing from records the government recovered and hasn't been spotted yet by any deathsquads. That, or she died in the disaster.
>>
>Ask Anderson some things about Lono, the facility or anything else that was on your mind. He wasn't exactly the best at explaining at what was going on down here and left a lot of details behind.
Whilst you waited for Lono to return, you obviously wanted to learn more about her and what she was like. This started with you asking what her main abilities were, of which Anderson was extremely excited to share. "Well, aside from the venomous hairs, she can fly and is also very strong and agile. She is one of my greatest combat subjects. With some help from Roraima, of course." This did make Lara speak up in a more cautious tone, clearly wanting to get some clearer details. "How strong and fast are we talking? Any sort of measurements you guys made?" Anderson would take a short moment to think about it, before finally coming with a response. "We don't have exact measurements for her strength. She is certainly in the upper echelon, being capable of lifting boulders, denting steel with her punches, stopping vehicles with her bare hands. Stuff like that. Her agility, we have measured! She can easily sprint at about 20 meters per second, and may be able to go even faster in the right circumstances."

20 meters per second was nothing to scoff at. She could outrun you and anyone you knew with ease. Chasing after her was going to prove difficult. That is, if she tried to run away to begin with. If she was content with everything, she'd probably not try to escape. Though this also made you wonder what her temperament was like. You'd immediately ask Anderson, wanting to know if she would be easy or difficult to manage. "She may be a little shy at first. It can take a while for her to get out of her shell and interact with those around her. Though, when annoyed, she can certainly stand her ground and be a lot more vicious. But, so long as you respect her boundaries and don't treat her terribly, she will be a wonderful girl to look after!"

It seemed a little odd that a combat subject would be shy and reluctant to interact with folk. You'd expect a subject like that to be far more outgoing, confident and unbothered by other people. Though considering that she could get annoyed and 'vicious', it did sound like she had a more dangerous side to her as well. "Define vicious, Anderson." Kiros soon said in a deep voice, after which Anderson would look around a bit. "So, she is quite aware of the dangers of her abilities. And if she feels people around her are causing trouble, she is not opposed to using her abilities to resolve things. This doesn't happen often, but I do remember a previous caretaker stating her venom wouldn't be too bad. Lono was more than happy to prove him wrong though, and he ended up switching subject after he discovered just how much pain Lono can deliver." It was becoming more and more difficult to say for sure if Lono was just a gentle bug girl, or someone a bit more serious and potentially dangerous.
>>
Still, you felt it was good to ask if there was anything else you had to keep in mind with Lono. Just in case there were any other behaviours you really shouldn't show to her. "Hmmmm, maybe don't ask her about her relation with Roraima. She sees that as private matters, and prefers not to bring it up with folk she doesn't know well." This actually got you and the others rather curious as to what this relationship entailed. Though before you or any of the others could ask for those details, Anderson would check his tablet again. "So, I'm afraid I am going to need to leave the four of you here for the time being. Just gotta bring these last four to Haina!" He sounded particularly excited about this 'Haina', to which Sylvio asked: "I presume this Haina is another subject of yours?" Anderson nodded, before responding. "My pride and joy, you could call her. In any case, I will check up on you later today. For now, just wait here and Lono will be brought over soon enough!"

>Check your surroundings to see if there were any other subjects nearby, or anything else of interest you had to keep in mind.
As Anderson left you, Sylvio, Lara and Kiros in front of the overgrown chamber, you would look around to see if there was anything else of note nearby. There was break room not too far from here, as well as some smaller rooms which presumably had fancy equipment to monitor stuff, or to use for all kinds of research. More importantly, you noticed plenty of empty chambers beside you. The next closest chamber which seemed to have any life in it was a bit of a distance away from you. Though from the distance you were at, you couldn't tell if it was just a chamber with some plants in it, or if it was a chamber with a subject in it. You didn't see any guards near it, so maybe the subject which inhabited was away as well.

After Anderson left you be, Kiros would keep looking at the chamber in mild awe. Lara seemed a little anxious, yet also clearly tried to appear disinterested. Maybe she just didn't want to show fear at the fact that you'd soon meet a potentially dangerous subject. Meanwhile, Sylvio would've quickly gone over to the kitchen to get all of you something to drink. Once he returned, he'd offer you a cup and some tea and coffee. "Think this ought to help us during our wait." Sylvio would say, Kiros happily accepting some coffee. "Thank you, Sylvio, right? Just wanna make sure I remember all of your names properly, haha." Sylvio nodded understandingly, before speaking more amusedly. "Well, we'll be spending a lot of time together, so I wouldn't worry too much about forgetting them too much." Kiros let out a hearty chuckle, as Sylvio soon also offered Lara a coffee which she accepted. After taking some sips, she'd speak up casually. "Ugh, all the stuff we’ve done today has left me pretty goddamn tired. I hope we don't have to work an entire day now before we can return to our sleeping chambers."
>>
File: AM-24, Lono Attacus.png (418 KB, 564x797)
418 KB
418 KB PNG
This made Kiros chuckle again. “Tired already? We have just walked around and looked at subject chambers so far! And given how fast Lono is gonna be, it sounds to me like this job could be waaaay more tiresome.” Sylvio nodded along, whilst Lara let out a sigh. “It has been a long couple of days for me, alright? Travelling over to this place, all the security checks, checking everything out and the whole introductory course. I knew it was gonna be intense, but that doesn’t mean I’m not gonna complain about it!” Sylvio didn’t seem to pay too much attention, whilst Kiros just shrugged and shifted the chat in a different direction. “Say, do we also share dorms in the staff areas? I imagine they might do that, just for convenience sake. But, I am curious what the facility does with this.” With that, you’d mention the sleeping chambers you were assigned to. You were shown the place you’d sleep at earlier today, so you’d share the room number and other details. And it didn’t look like you’d spend your sleeping space with these guys.

After a bit of chatting about the job, your expectations, your concerns and your interests, you’d notice a small group of guardsmen approaching from the distance. And with them, they had what looked to be a rather strangely cladded human. She had bushy and wild white-ish hair, two red antennae coming from the crown of her head, and these cloth-like appendages which almost looked like a strange cape. As they got closer and closer, you realised that it was Lono and the other guardsmen. You also noticed a rather relaxed and carefree guy walking a bit beside her. He wore a labcoat, had short black hair and mildly pale skin. The group got closer and closer, you noticing two important things. One, Lono was taller than all of you. She wasn’t humongous, but she was easily 6 and a half foot in height. More importantly though, you’d saw her glancing over at you before moving behind the guy in the labcoat. “I assume that’s Lono.” Sylvio said mildly excitedly.

“Huh, she looks a lot nicer than what I imagined.” Lara would mumble, which made Kiros glare at her. You and the others would get ready to greet Lono, the guardsman and the other scientist. And once they were close-by, the scientist spoke up with a mildly smug and overconfident inflection in his voice. “Ah, finally, some new faces. Take it Anderson brought you here, huh?” He’d already reach out for a handshake. “I’m Francis Avinoff. Hope we didn’t keep you waiting too long. I was just running some tests on Lono. Isn’t that right, Lono?” Lono gave a quiet and calm nod, not looking right at you as you couldn’t get an exact read on how she felt about you guys. Either she was afraid, shy or disinterested. Regardless, Francis would introduce some of the guardsmen, before speaking somewhat casually. “So, suppose Lono should get into her chamber, and then you guys can maybe… discuss whatever is on your mind with us.”
>>
It didn’t seem like Francis really had plans which involved Lono. He seemed eager to bring her into her chamber, and then to just have a chat with you. Kind of odd, considering you came to this place because of subjects like Lono…

>What do you do next?

>Ask Francis some questions and have a little chat with him. Maybe he’d have some important things to tell you about your job, Lono, his role in this place or the facility itself. (Write in if you’ll ask him anything.)
>Try and start a chat with Lono. You would be spending a lot of time with her in the near future, so it was better to just get familiar with her now. (Write in what you’ll tell or ask her.)
>Observe Lono in her natural habitat. See if she did anything which seemed particularly strange or intriguing. Just make sure you don’t look at her in a weird way.
>Just let Sylvio and the others handle it. You were done asking questions and would just accept whatever Francis would tell you about your job at this point.
>Something else…

(Happy one year anniversary, everyone. Just wanna thank you all for continuing to participate in the quest, and that I hope we can keep it going for a whole lot longer. Hope this moth will make a great start to the 2nd year of this Quest.)
>>
File: sealofawesomeness.png (152 KB, 350x350)
152 KB
152 KB PNG
>>6131169
Fuckin' Anderson, off to bang his spiderfu. We're on a dungeon crawl while dude's playing MGQ.
The fact that our first bona fide mothgirl apparently has urticating (because they 'urt) hairs all over her arms and neck means she will be very difficult to hug properly. This is an unspeakable tragedy and I demand this be immediately rectified with a retcon or a shaver.
>Try and start a chat with Lono. You would be spending a lot of time with her in the near future, so it was better to just get familiar with her now.
While I don't think we'll get much back right now, I just want to state that we're Zeke, Sylvio, Lara and Kiros, new members of her staff, and we'll see her around.

>Ask Francis some questions and have a little chat with him. Maybe he’d have some important things to tell you about your job, Lono, his role in this place or the facility itself.
What's actually our role here? Do we just stand outside the door and glare at passersby or do we take a more active role in her care?
How do you actually approach her? We'd rather not spook or provoke her and would like to be able to establish a positive rapport with her if she's to be our ward going forward. Also, dos and don'ts?
What's the emergency protocol round here if, say, a dangerous subject escapes or the science gets a bit too mad and blows up or something?
What're the highlights on the canteen menu? I heard something about a lasagna night?

Here's to another great year in the Facility. Fun fact, the in-quest time dilation factor is approx. 0.022x.
>>
>>6131244
Supporting. Also, surely giving a hug will be fine with the uniform and armour we have... We have armour and a thick uniform, right?
>>
>>6131169
>>6131244
Backing these votes, but talk to Francis first since he’s leaving soon but Lono will still be around

Also
>We're on a dungeon crawl while dude's playing MGQ.
Uhhh have you played MGQ? There are plenty of horrifying bad ends, it pretty much is a dungeon crawl itself
>>
>>6131350
that seems to fit this facility pretty well rn ngl.
>>
>Ask Francis some questions and have a little chat with him. Maybe he’d have some important things to tell you about your job, Lono, his role in this place or the facility itself.
Before Francis could Lono into her chamber, you wanted to ask some questions to the two of them. Though you decided to first as Francis, since you had a hunch that he'd just leave you be once he had put Lono in her room. So, you'd ask what your role was in this place. You didn't think that just standing outside the door and glaring at people who passed you was going to be all there was to it. You'd ask if there was a more active role to it all, which made one of the guardsmen speak up. "It really depends. Lono, we chat quite often, don't we?" The guardsman looked over at Lono, who nodded calmly without saying a word. "Of course, you can also just stand by and make sure everything goes well. It's a simple and sweet job. Just make sure she is content with her stay, and that nothing out of the ordinary happens." From the looks of things, you had been assigned to a rather easy job.

It was so easy, that Kiros quickly would start questioning it. "So, we don't assist with feeding, or cleaning the place, oooor her training or any of those things?" Francis shook his head and spoke quite smugly. "Training is my duty. Cleaning her chamber isn't necessary. Feeding is also handled by me. You're here to hold up your guns, but... hell, from what I've experienced, you could easily just keep your guns in your lockers and not worry about anything." It seemed a little negligent to suggest something like this. But from the sound of it, this place hardly had any conflict. It wasn't like people could easily break in and wreak havoc. And Lono hardly seemed like a troublemaker so far. Given the fact she came here without bonds or some sort of restraints showed that she wasn't likely to cause trouble. However, since she hadn't really said much, you decided to ask the most important question of all.

You'd ask if there was a specific way she preferred chatting with folk, or if she would have to approach you to chat rather than the other way around. You saw that Lono did actually glance at you for a moment, rather than looking away. Though she didn't say anything, as the guardsman who was presumably her closest friend spoke up instead. "Just... treat her like you'd treat other people. If she doesn't feel like talking, she'll let you know. She may be a subject, but she's still human!" This made one of the other guardsmen speak up more teasingly. "To be fair, Juniper, that's easy for you to say. You've spent the most time out of all of us with Lono." Juniper didn't seem to mind the remark, whilst Lono herself clearly was bothered by it but didn't speak up about it. "Yeah? That just means I am the best at giving advice for these questions!" Juniper responded confidently to the other guardsman, before turning back to you.
>>
"Anyway, the point still stands. Just be nice to her, treat her as an equal and know she can be a little bit shy. Respect those boundaries, and I'm sure she'll open up to you soon enough! Right, Lono?" Juniper said calmly, Lono giving a quiet nod. You did hear one of the guardsmen grumble a little bit. "Not that that advise helped us out too much." Juniper opted to just ignore it, whilst Lono clearly did not enjoy the remarks. Then again, you didn't know how much time these guardsmen had spent with her here. For all you knew, Lono had only ever opened up to Juniper, leaving the other guardsmen with little to do in terms of conversing with Lono. Perhaps you could break that streak and learn to befriend the sweet moth girl?

Not wanting to focus too much on this topic, you'd ask about the emergency protocol. You imagined that there were dangerous subjects which could escape, or scientists causing some issues with their wild experiments. The guardsmen and Francis all laughed softly when the scientists point was brought up, with one of them casually saying: "I wouldn't worry about that latter part. Most of the explosions which are caused by scientists happen in other sectors. You know, the R&D sectors or the training sectors." One other guardsmen stepped in, doing so with an amused tone. "Though, you do have to watch out for escaped subjects, yes. If it happens, it tends to be announced over the intercom and comms devices. Their codename, appearance, general location as well as some recommendations are given. Just follow those, try and shoot them if they are dangerous and try to keep calm, and you'll be good." It seemed that dealing with escaped subjects sort of just happens on the fly down here. At least you'd be informed of the locations and how dangerous they are. Though this did make Sylvio bring up a pretty anxiety-inducing question. "Aaaand, how often are people injured during the job?"

The guardsmen looked at each other, unsure what to say. Though Francis was able to give some proper statistics. "Well, it depends on the subjects. Some subjects, like FE-09 or PR-1001, can be pretty nasty when it comes to the injuries they cause. Fortunately, they're in a different sector, so I wouldn't worry about them injuring. As for Lono over here? Well, she has on occasion injured folk and sent them to the hospital with her venom. But, she's not exactly malicious with it. Isn't that right, Lono?" That last question seemed to upset Lono quite a bit, as you saw her freeze up and not respond. Juniper was quick to step in, doing so with a more stern tone. "Francis, don't say that. You know she doesn't like being reminded of that." Francis didn't seem to care, even responding in a perplexed tone. "What? It's something to be proud of! It just goes to show what a fantastic combat subject she is! Isn't that right everyone?" The other guardsmen all nodded, whilst you saw Lono looking more and more dour.
>>
Having heard enough about the dangers of this job and the protocol, you would ask about the canteen menu. You had heard some things about the food which was served here, which made some of the guardsmen quickly speak up. "Ironically, I'd suggest going for vegetarian and maybe even vegan options only. The cultured meats are disgusting." "Nah man, the beef can be real good. Just avoid anything with eggs in them." "I would also recommend vegetarian options. Not because the meats are bad or anything, but because the fruits and vegetables are surprisingly good!" "Oh yeah, don't try any of the milk either. I don't know where they get it from, but it tastes extremely off." You'd bring up the lasagna night, which made Francis scoff. "Oh yeah, Lasagna is pretty good. Mostly because they get it from off-world." "There's also a special day for off-planet foods. Maybe you can find some of your own planet's delicacies on there?"

The only person who wasn't really saying anything was Juniper, who mostly just stayed beside Lono. Though you saw Lono soon whisper something to Juniper, after which Juniper would turn around and head to the entrance of the containment chamber. "Hey, where are you two going?" One of the guardsmen asked, Juniper quickly responding: "Lono wants to go back to her chamber. I'll let her in, if that's okay with you guys."

>Try and start a chat with Lono. You would be spending a lot of time with her in the near future, so it was better to just get familiar with her now.
You hadn't really had much of a chance to talk to Lono, so you would tell her and Juniper to wait for a moment. Lono did thankfully wait for you, turning around and watching you approach. You'd quickly introduce yourselves, as well as the rest of the folk who were going to be working with her. You also calmly told her that you'd see her around, which made her nod silently. "Hope we can take good care of you in the future, Lono. I'd love to hear all about you." Sylvio would say as he got beside you. He'd even reach out for a handshake to Lono, who immediately took a step back. "Ah, sorry." Sylvio said awkwardly, Lono thankfully seeming to understand that it was a small mistake.

With that, Lono would return to her chamber, you able to see Juniper bring out a small card with which she could open up the main door. Lono didn’t hesitate to enter, first entering a smaller space before a second set of doors let her into the jungle chamber. You saw her spreading her wings, before flying upwards and disappearing into the foliage. “Well, I’m gonna go do my own research nearby, since today’s tests have been wrapped up. Tengri said I could help out with coding some subject genes for one of his future subjects, so I’ll go do that now.” Francis said proudly, as the other guardsmen didn’t seem to care too much. “Alright. Good luck with that.” One of the guardsmen would casually remark, Francis not hesitating to just abandon you and the other guardsmen.
>>
The guardsmen hardly seemed to care though, as they would immediately go back to discussing the important matters you had brought up. “So, the place will close up in thirty minutes. Andrew, you and Janos were gonna be on night duty tonight, right?” One of the guardsmen said, to which presumably Janos and Andrew responded tiredly. “Ah shit, you’re right.” “Hey, maybe we should let some of the new four take over those duties? Get them nicely acquainted with the night duty?” You saw Lara looking real irritated by the suggestion, Kiros and Sylvio appearing more intrigued. However, one of the guardsmen would shake his head and say: “Nah man, don’t force them into the worst part of the job right away. Let them get used to the place first!” Whilst the guardsmen discussed amongst each other, you’d see Juniper looking into Lono’s chamber. Kiros, Sylvio and Lara seemed unsure what to do, just listening to what the other guardsmen were saying. You could tell that the three of them didn’t think they would be closing up shop this early.

>What do you do next?

>Ask if you can get a taste of that real guardsmen job by staying here a while longer and seeing what usually was done whilst the subject was in her chamber. Could give you an idea on what was expected of you and how ‘intense’ the job could be.
>Tell Janos and Andrew that you wouldn’t mind taking over guard duty from them. The quicker you found out what your job entailed, the better it would be for you. Besides, you had plenty of energy left to do a bit of work now.
>Ask the other guardsmen if they could lead you over to the cafeteria so you could get there early for some good food. Didn’t wanna end up stuck with the gross cultured meats, or whatever other gross things might be in store for you.
>Ask the guardsmen for some other important details. Maybe something related to Lono, the job or what the general schedule was. (Write in your questions.)
>Go over to Juniper to chat with her. Given she was close to Lono, maybe she could tell you more about her? (Write in what you’ll ask her.)
>Something else…

(Aight, hoping to get some quick responses here, so I can make another 2nd update early-ish in the night. Either way, in 6 to 7 hours, I'll write something if I got at least 2-3 votes in.)
>>
>>6131531
>Tell Janos and Andrew that you wouldn’t mind taking over guard duty from them. The quicker you found out what your job entailed, the better it would be for you. Besides, you had plenty of energy left to do a bit of work now.
HOWBADCANITBE

>>6131350
At least he got a waifu out of it. All we got was a gang of unique and wonderful friends. Lame!
>>
>>6131688
You my good sir, are trying to jinx us. However, I shall support you on this endeavor.
>>
>>6131531
>Tell Janos and Andrew that you wouldn’t mind taking over guard duty from them. The quicker you found out what your job entailed, the better it would be for you. Besides, you had plenty of energy left to do a bit of work now.
How bad can it be indeed
>>
>Tell Janos and Andrew that you wouldn’t mind taking over guard duty from them. The quicker you found out what your job entailed, the better it would be for you. Besides, you had plenty of energy left to do a bit of work now.
Seeing that the guardsmen were busy arguing about night duty, you would chip in and tell Janos and Andrew that you'd gladly take over for them. "Oh wow, look at the new guy taking initiative!" One of the guardsmen said in a genuinely appreciative and impressed tone. "Ah, thanks dude. I'd be more than happy for you to take over." Andrew would say, after which Janos looked at the rest of the guards. "Anyone wanna take over for me?" Seeing the opportunity arise, Sylvio was quick to capitalize on it. "I'd not mind it. Might as well get some first-hand experience right away." You saw that Kiros was also eager to join in, whilst Lara was a bit more reluctant. "Is it limited to just two soldiers? Or could me and Lara also join in?" Kiros said, after which Lara scoffed. "I'd rather not join in today. I am absolutely knackered and need some rest."

Fortunately for Lara, Andrew would quickly confirm what she wanted to hear. "Well, good thing is that you just need two people here. Though, I do think having one of us around to help out would be useful. You know, help you figure out what to do and what to expect of the job." Suddenly, Juniper would bud into the conversation to offer herself up. "I'd not mind doing it. Can maybe help them get acquainted with Lono as well, whilst we're at it." It didn't seem to surprise the other guardsmen. They did seem rather pleased though, nodding approvingly as it looked like everything was settled. "Well, that's good to hear! So, you three can be on night duty today. Guess tomorrow, we can have someone else assist the two of you, huh?" The guardsman would say to Kiros and Lara, as they would seemingly accept the offer.

For the time being, the guardsmen would mostly just chat with each other, introducing each other to you and the others. You'd quickly find out all the names of the people there. You already knew Andrew, Janos and Juniper, but there were also Carl and Salvador. They seemed to all be quite used to working with subject, some mentioning having worked with a couple before this as well. Most had worked with other Anderson subjects. Carl had worked with LMP-160, some kind of electric fly or butterfly subject. Andrew had worked with IB-79, him not sounding too excited about his previous subject. Janos had worked with someone entirely different though, having worked with a thunderbird subject called 196-TB. Salvador had worked with this RM-1720-c subject, though he was reassigned after she was taken somewhere secretive by her creator Roraima. Asking Salvador for further details didn't really explain what had happened. As for Juniper, she hadn't worked with anyone else before this, having spent all her time looking after Lono.
>>
"So yeah, what about you guys? What were you doing before this? I presume security or military work?" Andrew would ask, after which Kiros spoke up confidently. "I was a bodyguard for quite some time. I protected important politicians and made sure nobody got a chance to hurt them." It seemed pretty surprising, with Janos curiously asking: "Huh, what made you switch jobs to this place? I imagine that being a bodyguard is pretty profitable, even compared to this job." Kiros crossed his arms and spoke a bit more disgustedly. "Lets just say that I saw a lot of shit. Corruption, bribes and people screwing over normal folk like you and me. It made me sick to my core. But given how much I knew, I feared switching jobs away from government institutions, so I decided to do this instead. I suspected that it'd be a lot less sketchy and nasty than my previous job, and I feel like my suspicions are pretty correct so far, haha."

Afterwards, all eyes went over to you, as you explained that you had worked at the headquarters for an important weapons manufacturer. You had done all sorts of weapon tests and had also served as a member of security there, both of which impressed the others. Afterwards, the attention went to Sylvio. "Oh, I was part of the police corps on the capital system. I was given this job opportunity after some government official suggested it to me. I mostly took the job because of the increased pay rate, but also because I hope it can help me get even more future job opportunities, you know? If I can work well at a super secret government facility, they'll hire me anywhere in the future! Hell, maybe I'll learn some things down here which will help with other job opportunities." The guardsmen seemed to somewhat understand where Sylvio came from. Though whether there'd be government organisations more lucrative and secretive than this one existed, was something you'd really have to think about. Lastly, there was Lara, who would quickly and straight up say: "I used to work for the armed forces for some time. I was lucky enough to be picked for this job when the offer was given, since I was pretty much done being a soldier for the government."

It seemed all of you had come from actual positions under the government. Apparently, illegal death squads and non-government individuals weren't allowed down here. Not surprising, but at least meant you could safely talk about the varying anti-government forces as you saw fit. Not that you'd be inclined to do that just yet, but at least it was one thing to discuss whilst you stood guard. Regardless, the next half an hour of chatting would mostly just be about your previous jobs, family life and other small details to get to know each other. It wasn't anything too exciting, but at least it helped pass the time. Though at one point, Kiros would ask: "Say, do you guys chat like this with Lono as well? Or do you not really hit her up for a chat too often?"
>>
It was already established by Juniper that Lono wasn't the type to really enjoy people approaching her for a chat. And sure enough, Salvador would essentially repeat that point. "Naaah, we only approach her if she makes herself visible and clearly wants to chat with us. Right now, she's just in her little hiding spot to do whatever it is she does." It was a little sad that the first subject you'd work with wasn't the talkative type. But you had all the time in the world to learn to befriend her! Especially considering you'd spend the night looking after her.

Eventually though, you'd hear the intercom go over, hearing the voice of the green lizard gal you had seen during some of the introduction courses. "To all staff members. It is currently 6 o' clock. Please wrap up all testing and return the subjects to their chambers. Testing chambers will close within half an hour." With that, Salvador, Janos, Andrew and Carl would start heading out. "You guys coming? It's time for dinner!" This made Lara speak up in confusion. "Wait, don't we need someone to stay with Lono to watch over her? What if something goes wrong?" Kiros also brought up something quite important. "Will Lono also get fed? Do we need to help with her feeding?" To this, Carl shook his head. "Naaah, she'll get food from other staff members who will be here in a bit. Most guardsmen just head out now to get to the cafeteria early. Subjects usually don't cause much trouble around dinner time." Perhaps food was a strong incentive for the subjects to not misbehave. Then again, it did seem a little sad that Lono would be left alone like this. Juniper actually stayed back a tiny bit, looking over at Lono's chamber.

"I mean, if you guys wanna forfeit dinner, you're allowed to. Just know that you'll miss out on... Andrew, what day was today again?" Salvador said smugly, to which Andrew said: "Think today there'll be tacos. Or was it pizza?" Afterwards, Carl confidently said. "After dinner, you guys can return for the night shift, if you really wanna spend more time with Lono or something. For now, just come along! You won't miss much here anyway!"

>What will you do next?

>Stay here a bit longer, just to see how dinner service would go for Lono, or to maybe even try and converse with her a bit. Afterwards, you could get some food with the other guardsmen.
>Ask Sylvio if he could try to take some food with him for when he returned for night duty. That way, you could get something to eat whilst staying here.
>Join the guardsmen for a chat over dinner. You could get to learn them a bit better and maybe figure out more about this place as well. (Write in what you'll chat about with the guardsmen.)
>Just join the guardsmen for a quick dinner. You could just quickly eat whatever the cafeteria served, then return here right away to do your job.
>Something else...
>>
>>6131817
Tough choice. I'm fine with going for a quick dinner to maybe eavesdrop and learn more about other subjects or just ask for some food to be brought over when they return. I'll support either or if anyone else votes on it.
>>
>>6131817
>Stay here a bit longer, just to see how dinner service would go for Lono, or to maybe even try and converse with her a bit. Afterwards, you could get some food with the other guardsmen.
We could also ask the staff who handle feeding subjects what the most bizarre thing they've ever served was.
>>
>>6131817
Disregard that vote >>6131963 I meant to vote for
>Ask Sylvio if he could try to take some food with him for when he returned for night duty. That way, you could get something to eat whilst staying here.
It seems a little rude to stick around just to watch her eat like some circus animal before moving on.
>>
>>6131817
>Ask Sylvio if he could try to take some food with him for when he returned for night duty. That way, you could get something to eat whilst staying here.
can you guys get a takeaway for us kthnx

Oh God. Does the pizza have that rank local "cheese" on it? Because I ain't seen no cows round here. Except one. And I don't really wanna drink her "milk".....
>>
>>6131817
>Join them for a quick dinner
What could go wrong
>>
>>6131817
>>Ask Sylvio if he could try to take some food with him for when he returned for night duty. That way, you could get something to eat whilst staying here
>>
>Ask Sylvio if he could try to take some food with him for when he returned for night duty. That way, you could get something to eat whilst staying here.
You wanted to stay with Lono a little while longer, but also didn't want to miss dinner. So, you'd turn to Sylvio and ask him if he could take some food along once he returned. He thankfully didn't seem to mind it, as he gave a quick nod. "Take it you wanna stay here just a bit longer? Well, I'll try and see what I can do. Just don't complain if I come back without food, because there was none left or I wasn't allowed to take it along." He said in a rather straight voice, wanting a little disclaimer in case he did not manage to get food for you. Fortunately, Andrew would quickly confirm that it was in fact possible to get takeout. "Just say it's for someone working overtime. Usually, the people working at the cafeteria will understand, and give you some takeout." It was nice to hear that the facility wasn't extremely strict with its food policies. Though after you were told about this, Juniper would step forward and quickly ask: "Can you also get me some? I'll stay here with Zeke, if that's alright." The others quickly nodded, accepting the offer before they started heading forward. "I'll see you two in a bit!" Sylvio said happily, whilst the others would all wish you good luck with the night duty.

Thus, this left you with Juniper, who quickly turned to you and spoke up calmly. "I hope you don't mind me staying with you here a bit longer. I just want to make sure Lono is okay with you staying here and that everything goes well." You told her that you weren't just going to watch her eat like a circus animal, and that you were more interested in having a chat with some of the folk who brought food. "Guess you wanna get familiar with the other personnel you'll be working with, huh? Or do you wanna hear some of their horror stories about this place?" She said a little teasingly, her not being entirely wrong.

Still, Juniper would walk back a bit to the containment chamber, speaking up softly. "Lono, we won't head out for dinner and will be staying here for a while, just so you know." She'd comment, before looking over at you. "Just wanna make sure she's aware of our presence. Glad that you're treating her with respect and kindness. I was worried that you and the other new folk would all just... see her as a novelty or an animal, instead of an actual person." You obviously weren't going to treat the subjects like that anytime soon. Still, hearing that subjects were being treated such a way was rather saddening. It begged the question if other subjects were treated similarly by the guardsmen who watched over them. Hopefully, such negative treatment wasn't commonplace with other subjects. Regardless, you'd sit back and wait for a while, Lono remaining hidden as Juniper just got her comms device. "It'll take a few minutes for food to arrive. Hope you don't mind the wait."
>>
It thankfully didn't take too long, you just watching until a large transport vehicle would come over. They large vehicle levitated as it came closer, before stopping right in front of the chamber entrance. From it stepped three facility members, one with a tablet and the other heading to the side of the vehicle. "Ah, guardsmen. Is something going on?" The one with the tablet would say right away, Juniper shaking her head and saying: "Nope. We just decided to stay here because of having to guard her through the night." The staff nodded understandingly, before one of them near the back of the vehicle spoke up. "You guys have kept in mind that you also need to get food now, right? Just asking, since we do have some food available if you guys are hungry." You and Juniper nodded and told them that you would essentially get takeout. With that out of the way, the staff would get to work with the food. "Okay, so this is subject AM-24, right?" The guy with the tablet said, Juniper nodding quickly.

After doing some stuff on the tablet, the staff member would look over to the two near the vehicle. "Alright, so she needs organics." The two at the transport vehicle nodded, opening up a section of it and getting a food tray. They'd start filling the tray with various foods. It didn't look half bad, containing vegetables, meats, a metal bottle containing water, as well as some bread. Once the food tray had been filled up, one of the men would head over to the main door, tapping on a small touchpad to the side of it. And after a short moment, the door would open up again. The staff member entered the chamber at the entrance and placed the food down, speaking up as he did so. "Dinner is here, AM-24." After putting the food down, the staff member would retreat and close the main door, opening up the second as to let Lono get to her food. Though in the meantime, you would decide to ask some questions to the staff members, asking them what sort of stuff they usually served subjects. "Huh, why do you wanna know?" One of them asked casually.

You mentioned how you had heard that some subjects fed on unique things which weren't exactly easy to provide. Not to mention, the fact subjects were based on existing animals, which may eat 'unique' items. So, you wanted to know what sort of niche food items there were. The staff looked at each other, before one signalled you to come over to the transport vehicle. "Here, you can take a look." As you approached the transport vehicle, you saw that it had quite a large number of trays containing food. It was basically a transportable all-you-could-eat buffet. Most of it looked like regular food. Though, there were also some... unique items in there. For one, you'd see that one section was excluded from the others, it containing carcasses of animals and raw flesh. "Plenty of subjects feed on raw meats and carcasses." The guy who showed it to you would say.
>>
He then pivoted to an even stranger section, which contained a bunch of scrap metal. "There are at least a couple of subjects who eat literal metal. It's usually not too much, but we still need to deliver it on occasion." Things got even weirder, as you saw them showcase a tray containing literal tree bark, leaves and other items you'd more associate with compost. There was one tray containing literal batteries and other electrical equipment. More insane was the large container of blood. The amount of blood meant that there were at least a dozen of subjects who'd feed on that. More amusing was the large container which clearly contained some kind of alcohol. "There's an oni subject who requires a lot of beer."

One particularly nasty container had a bunch of water with decaying organic material. "There's two subjects who feed on this. Don't open it up, because it bloody reeks." There were also a few containers which had aquatic plants in them, which seemed oddly specific but at least wasn't gross. There was another tray which had a bunch of rocks in them, which seemed somewhat amusing. You could already imagine some subject grabbing the fine looking stones and just chewing on it as if it were candies. "Aside from these things, there are a few things we can't really provide to subjects. There's a lot of subjects which require... uhhh, pleasure to grow. They're mostly Elbrus subjects, which means we thankfully don't need to interact with those sick fucks. Aside from that, plenty of subjects require light, heat and a few even only feed on the cold itself. How subjects can survive on those things and how those things are provided, I don't know. But hey, it means less work for us." He'd let out a smug chuckle afterwards, before the one with the tablet stepped forward as well. "Don't forget that one subject who feeds on literal chemical waste. Am I glad they didn't ask us to bring those things to the subjects."

This was all very interesting to learn about, though also implied quite a few things which you could ask about. Might as well ask, now that they were here and willing to share info with you.

>What do you do next?

>Ask them about the feeding process, the subjects they've brought food to, or other things related to their job. These guys probably knew a ton of subjects, so they could most definitely tell you about all sorts of encounters. (Write in what you'll ask.)
>Ask Juniper some questions. Maybe she could tell you a bit about feeding, or some other things which were on your mind. (Write in your questions.)
>Thank them for showing how things worked, and let them continue their job. You didn't want to leave other subjects waiting for food after all.
>Something else...
>>
>>6132179
>>Thank them for showing how things worked, and let them continue their job. You didn't want to leave other subjects waiting for food after all.
>>
>>6132257
Support. We aren't exactly here to talk about feeding methods. Lono is more interesting anyway.
>>
>>6132179
>There are at least a couple of subjects who eat literal metal. It's usually not too much, but we still need to deliver it on occasion." Things got even weirder, as you saw them showcase a tray containing literal tree bark, leaves and other items you'd more associate with compost. There was one tray containing literal batteries and other electrical equipment. More insane was the large container of blood
Was it a literal container of blood?

>Ask them about the feeding process, the subjects they've brought food to, or other things related to their job. These guys probably knew a ton of subjects, so they could most definitely tell you about all sorts of encounters. (Write in what you'll ask.)
Ask why they’re badmouthing a visionary like Elbrus, who’s revolutionizing the biotech industry
>>
>>6132280
Thats him officer, this man right here. Send him to Elbrus' office and have him on permanent Vinella duty.
>>
>>6132280
>Was it a literal container of blood?
Nah, it was more like... a trough worth of blood. Not a giant container, but enough to feed plenty of subjects.

>>6132318
Welp, guess that anon is gonna get a taste of the freshest milk in the facility, whether he likes it or not.
>>
>>6132179
>Thank them for showing how things worked, and let them continue their job. You didn't want to leave other subjects waiting for food after all.
>>
>Ask them about the feeding process, the subjects they've brought food to, or other things related to their job. These guys probably knew a ton of subjects, so they could most definitely tell you about all sorts of encounters.
After hearing about the various feeding methods the subjects employed, you grew curious about the Elbrus subjects they mentioned. How they grew from pleasure was still a mystery, but you were more interested in finding out why they were badmouthing him. Surely, someone creating life in such a revolutionary industry would be treated with more respect? You'd bring it up, which made the one with the tablet raise an eyebrow before speaking sternly. "I guess you have yet to meet Elbrus or any of his subjects, huh? Well, consider yourself lucky. The guy is a bastard who I wouldn't wanna spend even a single minute with in my life." Obviously, you wanted to know more about Elbrus and what he and his subjects were like. What sort of screwed up things had he done to cause so much derision to be levelled towards him? "Well, he basically views subjects as tools to help him indulge in his fetishes. Now, finding subjects cute or attractive is one thing, but the bastard basically codes all his subjects to be just as perverse and depraved as he is."

Already, this sounded quite bad. But it got even worse as the staff member who had dropped off the food would give another account. "It isn't helped by the fact that several of Elbrus' subjects have abilities to fit his kinks. Most are just... powerful and domineering to a rather disturbing degree. However, there are also several some subjects of his which can release pheromones, aphrodisiacs and other chemicals to fuck with your brain. He made this scorpion girl with Anderson, who has escaped on several occasions. And each time, she envenomated several innocent folk and raped them." The conversation quickly went from 1 to 11, as you could tell that the staff were genuinely pissed off.

"I can't name a single subject of his that isn't screwed up in some way. And worse, for some reason he hasn't been reprimanded by any staff. The bastard is just allowed to get away with it and indulge in his filth!" The staff member continued, after which the one with the tablet sighed. "The good thing is that most of his more depraved subjects don't need ordinary food to survive. They need pleasure, and that job is thankfully left to the insane folks who are willing to accept the chance of having their brains turned to mush." Well, you could be thankful that you weren't assigned to any of Elbrus' subjects. Though given how he still was a person here, perhaps there was more going on with him? Maybe not all of his subjects were horrific degenerates who needed to be executed? That, or he had a lot of dirt on this place and wasn't gonna go down without revealing it to the world. Either way, you at least knew who to avoid for the time being.
>>
>Thank them for showing how things worked, and let them continue their job. You didn't want to leave other subjects waiting for food after all.
You'd thank the three of them for showcasing how things worked here, and that you also appreciated their little chat. "No worries. Always nice when folk show interest in what we do. It's not an intense or respected job down here, but someone has to do it." One of them said, another afterwards adding: "The three of us or another group of staff will be back in an hour from now to come pick up the tray and such." Juniper and you nodded, after which the transport vehicle would start levitating again, before disappearing down the hallway. "Well, suppose that just leaves us with Lono, huh?" Juniper said happily, looking at the chamber. The food had thankfully been picked up already, Lono having gotten the tray and sitting on a large tree branch. She'd eat cleanly, not focusing on you or Juniper at all.

Juniper would however approach the glass and wave at her. "Enjoying your dinner, Lono?" Juniper said happily, Lono nodding before responding a bit quietly. "It's okay, I guess." She was still not the talkative type, though that would hopefully change once she had had something to eat. "She usually becomes a whole lot more talkative after she finished eating." Juniper said calmly, you nodding before looking away a bit. You didn’t want to keep looking at Lono as she ate, still not wanting to look at her as if she was some sort of zoo exhibit. Not that there was much if anything to see anyway. She just ate the food with some small cutlery she was given along with the tray. And after a bit more time, she'd be finished and flew down to put the food tray back in the small chamber leading into the room. Afterwards, she'd look over at you and Juniper, before looking away awkwardly after seeing you. "Um, Zeke, right?" She'd ask carefully, you simply confirming that it was indeed you.

After some more silence from her, she'd give a nod before flying up again and disappearing in the tree foliage. "Lono?" Juniper asked in confusion, before looking over at you. "Eh, she's... she's a little shy. Just let me handle this." She'd look up at where Lono flew off to. "Lono, Zeke her would love to learn more about you! Maybe you can teach him all about your amazing combat skills?" You could tell that there was a bit more going on than Lono just being 'a little shy'. Whatever was wrong with her, it was going to take a bit more effort to get her down from her perch to talk with you.
>>
>What do you do next?

>Let Juniper sort this out. You didn't know Lono yet, and you didn't wanna put pressure on her. And if that didn't work, there would always be tomorrow.
>Try and tell Lono what you wanna chat about to maybe get her down from her hiding spot. Maybe she'd be a bit more motivated if you asked the right questions? (Write in your questions)
>Ask Juniper if you could enter the chamber. It might be a bit intrusive and risky, but it could also be seen as a gesture of respect, as you'd no longer be talking to her from an entirely different space. Obviously, you’d also have to ask Lono, but maybe she’d prefer it that way?
>Just leave Lono be for now and wait for Sylvio to return with dinner. Maybe you could get some more tea, or chat with Juniper about other matters. (Write in what you’ll discuss with Juniper)
>Something else...
>>
>>6132443
>Try and tell Lono what you wanna chat about to maybe get her down from her hiding spot. Maybe she'd be a bit more motivated if you asked the right questions? (Write in your questions)
Forget questions. Tell her you're a big fan of professional wrestling, and you could teach her a few moves to improve her combat capabilities.
>>
>>6132443
>Just leave Lono be for now and wait for Sylvio to return with dinner. Maybe you could get some more tea, or chat with Juniper about other matters. (Write in what you’ll discuss with Juniper)
I don't really have a good handle on Lono right now to have any ideas about what would catch her interest. If she wants to talk, she'll come to us in her own time. This is, after all, our first and maybe last, if it's the Dawn of The Final Day for the Facility day.
What's up with Lono? Is the usually like this? How'd you break the ice with her anyway?
So, less about who is Elbrus and more about why is Elbrus? What possible use could making crazed murderous rapists be to GalGov to even tolerate it, much less fund it? Just how much dirt do you think he has on his bosses?
How are subjects treated in general? I can't imagine the hostile ones have many friends, but by the sounds of it even the nice ones aren't given much affection. Lono seems all right and I hope she lets us reverse that trend a little bit.
So, how long you been down here? Place seems like it's on the up and up pretty fast and hasn't been operating for a really long time, though they didn't tell us the specifics.
What are the entertainment options like round here? Any good places to go hang out, shoot the shit or get plastered when we get off duty?

>>6132468
Our new boy Zeke needs some character. I propose he's a huge fan of lucha and competed in some minor league lightweight matches when he was younger under the name El Mosco and he still has the mask somewhere. The notion that he can spin 360 degrees and turn into a bombastic masked wrestler really tickles me something.
>>
>>6132468
This sounds like a disaster begging to happen. Support.
>>
>>6132468
Considering her venomous arm fluff, that seems unwise.

>>6132506
Supporting. I blame Tengri for apparently being a spineless coward and refusing to reprimand the greasy little freak.
>>
>Try and tell Lono what you wanna chat about to maybe get her down from her hiding spot. Maybe she'd be a bit more motivated if you asked the right questions?
After Lono disappeared and Juniper tried to get her to talk, you decided to use one of your own interests. The ancient Earthen art of Lucha Libre from the American continent. You were quite fond of wrestling, having fought in plenty of competitions when you were young. Juniper seemed surprised and a little put off by what you said, giving you a soft bump in the shoulder as she mumbled to you. "I'm not entirely sure that talking about combat moves is something she really wants right now. Besides, isn't professional wrestling like that... some old form of theatre?" Whether it was theatre or not didn't matter. It meant you had fought plenty of folk in hand to hand combat. And you were more than eager to teach her some moves to improve her combat abilities. Unfortunately, this really did not seem to land with Lono, as she remained hidden within the foliage. Afterwards, Juniper would put a hand on your shoulder and spoke a bit more sternly. "Listen, Zeke, I appreciate your efforts to talk with her. But she really doesn't like the idea of hurting folk like you, especially given..." She'd look around before whispering softly. "She has had some bad experiences with her venom and hand to hand combat." As much as you adored the art of Lucha Libre, it seemed that you weren't gonna be able to use it to impress or intrigue Lono. At least, not yet anyway.

>Just leave Lono be for now and wait for Sylvio to return with dinner. Maybe you could get some more tea, or chat with Juniper about other matters.
Having failed to talk to her, you decided that leaving Lono be was probably the better option. You would apologise and tell Lono that if she wanted to talk, she could always come downstairs to talk to you. Juniper seemed to approve a lot more of that comment, giving a gentle smile before nodding approvingly.

With that in mind, you decided to ask some important questions. First, you'd softly ask if Lono was always like this, also asking for some proper ice breakers you could use. "It's a long story. But, I'll try and explain. Lono was made by both Roraima and Anderson. Now, whilst Anderson is very caring and gentle towards his creations, Roraima is extremely stringent with his and goes for more of a tough love approach. He can be terribly ruthless towards his creations if they don't perform well enough. And unfortunately for Lono, she did not really manage the pressure and stress he put her under. It wasn't helped by the fact that Roraima essentially disowned her after she didn't do well enough during an important combat test. Thankfully, Anderson has helped out a ton since then, and helped her feel a lot more comfortable. However, you can still see that she isn't fond of people because... well, she worries she'll be seen as a failure or that they'll punish her for making mistakes."
>>
Juniper's explanation explained a lot about Lono, though also showcased that there were other fucked up scientists besides Elbrus. Still, at least you now knew how you could help Lono feel more at ease. You just had to avoid bringing up her insecurities or whatever it was which made her doubt herself. It seemed simple enough. Still, you did want to know how else you could break the ice with her. Combat was not an option, nor was asking her about her performance down here. So, what could you bring up to get her to cheer up? "Well, there's a couple of things. She loves learning about the outside world, especially insects. Maybe discuss the type of wildlife from your home-planet with her? That will certainly catch her interest! Aside from that, maybe you can discuss your planet's culture with her? So long as it isn't related to combat, since... yeah, not her thing." It was ironic that a subject dedicated to combat was this reluctant to speak about it. Then again, maybe that was the reason Roraima abandoned her?

With that out of the way, you wanted to know what subjects were treated like in general. This made Juniper cross her arms and let out a deep breath through her nose. "Well, I'm not the best person to ask that to, because I've only ever cared for Lono. But, from what I've seen in passing, it can vary a lot. Some scientists are well aware that subjects are pretty much people like us, whilst others view them as animals who can help humanity out. It's pretty bleak and... I hope things will improve as more folk like you start working here." You mentioned that you wanted to reverse the apparent trend of subjects being treated poorly, which made Juniper smile brightly and pat you on the back. "That's what I'd love to hear! Hopefully, the other new folk can do the same and make this place a whole lot nicer for everyone!" You still were curious about the aggressive ones, wanting to know how some of them were treated.

"Well, from what I've seen, it depends on why they're aggressive. Some are quite literally created with the sole purpose of being aggressive. They are usually less intelligent and are treated particularly poorly, being viewed as animals and getting abused in a variety of ways. The ones who are more intelligent can be treated a whole lot better, but I have heard there is a lot of mocking behind their back with them. I've heard that one slime gal who kept escaping was particularly hated by her caretakers, which just sounds sad to me." Things really seemed bleak here, you wanting to know how long Juniper had even been here to experience all of this. "Well, I've been here for about a year and a half. The place was pretty small at first, but has heavily expanded for the last two years as more and more scientists are invited over, and more subjects are made. Though I must admit, I fear that this rapid growth and lack of security is going to cause troubles sooner rather than later."
>>
On the topic of problems, you wanted to know a bit more about Elbrus. From what you had heard from the various staff, he seemed to be the biggest cause of trouble of them all. You wanted to know why he was like this, and how on earth someone like him was allowed to work in this place. You even suggested the guy had to have a lot of dirt on the government to let him work here. This last remark made Juniper scoff and let out a soft chuckle. "You know, you might be right with that last part. I've not heard a single good thing from Elbrus, aside from some of the creepier guardsmen who are into the same sick shit he's into. My personal theory is that he was here early enough and has made enough 'tolerable' subjects that terminating him now would just be counterproductive. He had his hand in the creation of at least a dozen subjects now, so he clearly has a talent."

It still sounded extremely risky to have a crazy degenerate filling such an important position in this place. Though after bringing that up, Juniper sighed. "It'd be a lot easier to replace him if it weren't for how secretive this entire place is. Not to mention, how few people can effectively create subjects and are allowed to even do such a thing." She'd look around before speaking a bit more softly. "Then again, it could also just be your usual government incompetence, nepotism or corruption." It was reassuring to know that even in the most remote, well guarded and secretive government locations, government incompetence was still a regular occurrence. Regardless, you'd ask about entertainment options, wanting to know if there was anything to do when you get off duty. You'd even ask about alcohol, which made her shake her head. "The only person here who's allowed to drink alcohol, are the subjects who feed on it. Aside from that, alcohol is not something you'll be able to get here, I'm afraid."

Whilst it was understandable that alcohol was prohibited in such a risky workplace, it was still extremely disappointing. At least the other things which Juniper would say were a lot less disappointing. "As for entertainment, well, there's a whole section in the west dedicated to entertainment and leisure. It's designed for humans and subjects to enjoy, and you can certainly go there if you ever get a day off. I've only been there a couple of times, since it's not something you can just go to every day, but it's still a lot of fun there! It has shooting ranges, large cinemas, arcades, pools, exercise space and a whole bunch more." Maybe you could request the higher-ups to also add a bar there. A ban on alcohol near the containment sectors was understandable, but surely they could add a small place for beer in a place designed to help you unwind? Still, it was interesting to hear that subjects also used it, making you wonder what sort of crazy stuff happened down there. Maybe you and Lono could go to the gym there to do some lifting?
>>
After she finished talking, Juniper would let out a soft sigh. "For the time being though, I would try and forget about leisure and breaks and remember that you'll be doing a whole lot of work here. And unfortunately, it will often times be just standing here, patrolling or doing other mindless stuff. Hell, I'd say more people quit the job as a result of boredom than they do of subject-induced injury." This did beg the question how many people quit this job, and if such a thing was even possible. Your contract stated that this would be a highly secretive job and that you could only really quit if there was a serious reason for it. Boredom would likely not be part of said reasons.

Then again, how quickly would you get bored down here, given all the chaos which was surely going to unfold?

>What will you do next?

>Just quietly watch Juniper's chamber and wait for Sylvio to return. You would have plenty of time to ask Juniper questions later anyway.
>Continue your chat with Juniper about the facility. Everything she had told you only made you wanna ask more questions about this place, after all. Besides, she hadn't told you about this combat 'incident' Lono experienced. (Write in your question.)
>Try and break the ice with Lono based on what Juniper suggested. It'd probably not work all too well, but there was no harm in trying, right? (Write in what you'll try and tell her.)
>Something else...

(Just wanna take a moment to ask if this little side-story has been enjoyable so far. I'll have a bit of a timeskip to later in a few updates, so that you guys can have a bit more conflict. Then again, if you guys are enjoying the little chat between Zeke and Juniper, and learning about the facility before the disaster, do let me know as well.)
>>
>>6132819
>Try and break the ice with Lono based on what Juniper suggested. It'd probably not work all too well, but there was no harm in trying, right? (Write in what you'll try and tell her.)
Loudly tell Juniper that any subjects unable to hold a conversation are failures, and as soon as you have the authority you’ll start punishing subjects who don’t talk
>>
>Continue your chat with Juniper about the facility. Everything she had told you only made you wanna ask more questions about this place, after all. Besides, she hadn't told you about this combat 'incident' Lono experienced.
Obviously, we should ask about the incident, along with what other subjects Juniper knows about, if much given they only really have been with Attacus. Also ask about the other scientists if they know much about them.

>>6132878
Since someone's already been sentenced to Vinella duty, I guess Hapi duty will have to do as punishment. Specifically for feeding her.
>>
>>6132914
Since someone's already been sentenced to Vinella duty, I guess Hapi duty will have to do as punishment. Specifically for feeding her.
That someone is me
Dynamic IP
No worries, I can handle both
A quick surgical correction and I’ll have my eight foot tall U cup cowgirl waifu
>>
I'm gonna go sleep now, since I need to get up relatively early tomorrow. I also wanna make sure that more people give their input, considering the interesting proposition made by the first anon. Either way, that means it'll just be this update for today.

Will try and get 2 updates out again tomorrow, but can't promise anything unfortunately.
>>
File: why.png (56 KB, 500x500)
56 KB
56 KB PNG
>>6132819
It's a nice change of pace from the main story and helps frame a few things

>>6132914
This plus also if we might be able to get some interaction with other friendly subjects (it sounds like they need frens and could even help with coaxing Lono out), if there's anywhere to hide a hooch still around here, if we can get clearance to get outside if we get a free day (I bet the surf's up) and also just talk about everything and nothing - swap some stories of our homeworlds and younger years, discuss the new Final Fantasy LVIII, air conspiracies about the recent death of the UHGP President, recent travels and previous careers and so on.

>>6132878
I cannot countenance this abominable bullying of the cute moth

Hm, I wonder if we could lure the möth down with a låmp?
>>
>>6132914
I'll support this.

>>6132878
Trying to use a person's insecurities and fears to manipulate them into doing what you want isn't very nice, anon. And probably wouldn't work.
>>
>>6133136
>isn't very nice
You misspelled based and hilarious
>>
>>6133312
I hope you're being sarcastic since it's unironically a jackass thing to do, could seriously damage our first impressions and is out of line with the sentiment thus far. It's not even very funny.
>>
>>6133536
> it's unironically a jackass thing to do,
True
> could seriously damage our first impressions
Could also cement us as a natural subject handler
> out of line with the sentiment thus far
Yeah the half dozen updates have really completely locked in our one off side story character
> It's not even very funny.
False
>>
>Continue your chat with Juniper about the facility. Everything she had told you only made you wanna ask more questions about this place, after all. Besides, she hadn't told you about this combat 'incident' Lono experienced.
You still had plenty of questions for Juniper about the facility. Lono could hopefully come down on her own whilst you discussed these things. Though what you'd ask about next would probably not be the most fun thing to have Lono listen to, as you asked Juniper what this incident was she had mentioned. Juniper did say Lono had bad experiences with her own powers. Juniper let out a soft sigh, before speaking with a hushed voice. "Okay, don't bring this up with Lono, because she hates having made this mistake. Understood? Basically, one of the previous guardsmen who looked after her whilst Roraima still ran tests with her... wanted to give her a hug to support her after she messed up a bunch of tests and got yelled at. He was somewhat new and forgot that it was against procedure and... well, he got stung by A LOT of her needles. It was so bad, the guy practically ended up in a coma because of it."

Well, that was definitely a reasonable explanation as to why she was so reluctant to be with new folk like you. And since this was during the time she was still under Roraima's care, you could only imagine what sort of repercussions there were for this thing she wasn't even responsible about. At least you now knew that hugging her was not the smartest idea. You'd even ask if you could use some special gear to hug her, to which Juniper shook her head. "Maybe you can find some sting proof clothes. But even then, it will dislodge a ton of those hairs and make them fly in the wind, causing harm to others who may touch them in passing." How she didn't accidentally dislodge her needles whilst scraping against plants was definitely a mystery. Then again, maybe they only really got loose when a bunch of pressure was put on them?

Whatever the case was, you'd try and shift away as to not accidentally be heard by poor Lono. Thus, you'd ask about what other subjects Juniper knew about. She had spent a lot of time here, so surely she knew a few. "I know a couple of Anderson's subjects, as well as some from Roraima, since those were the ones I got most chances to interact with. I've met LMP-160, with whom Lono can have a lot of fun with. Lono also enjoyed spending time with MM-3. Probably because MM-3's skin is metallic and hard to really be irritated by the hairs. I've also heard a bit about BC-887 and EM-33 from random chats, but I don't know too much about them. From Roraima's side, I am somewhat acquainted with TS-55-76. She's a lot of fun to be around, knowing a shocking amount about guns and other weapons. She also loves training with guardsmen like us, so we could maybe at some point train a bit with her! Aside from those, I've heard of and seen plenty of subjects in passing."
>>
It was more than you'd expect from someone who had literally spent the past while with just Lono. Still, she did bring up Roraima, about who you wanted to know more. "Alright, just don't tell anyone I told you this, okay? I personally really do not like Roraima! He's arrogant, rude, sadistic, cruel and... a whole lot of other things and none of them are positive! He believes that being ruthless and cruel is necessary for subjects for some godforsaken reason. It's like subjects are a tool to him who can only do wrong whilst he can only do right. He looooves talking about his success stories and how he makes the greatest subjects, yet side-lines such sweet and gentle subjects like Lono for no valid reason except 'oh, they're not worth it'. I really hope that one day, he ends up getting his due from the very subjects he created. Now that would be some delicious irony." Juniper clearly sounded extremely agitated and upset. Hopefully, this wasn't a commonality amongst the facility staff.

Of course, you wanted to know about the other scientists, her speaking calmly. "Well, aside from Roraima, I know Anderson pretty good. He's a normal guy, but a little bit neglectful at times. I've heard on several occasions now that he just... abandons some of his subjects for whatever reason. I think it's because he has a bias towards his favourite, who I am eager to meet to see what makes them get all that attention. Aside from those two, I've met Cerro on a few occasions. He is rather friendly and nice to be around. Maybe a bit too fascinated by lizards, but at least he speaks passionately of all his subjects. I've also seen Tengri on a few occasions and he seems like a decent guy as well. Maybe a bit confusing as to why he hasn't fired folk like Roraima, but he must have a good reason to keep them around. At least I hope. Aaaand, that's all of them I've met. I have heard some things about Jabal, Catherine, Elbrus and some of the others, but I can't say a whole lot about them I'm afraid."

Considering her familiarity with some other scientists as well as subjects, you wanted to know if it was possible to interact with other friendly subjects. "It is allowed sometimes, but it's sadly not too common. Sometimes, you may get lucky and find some scientist or caretaker requiring your help. But, the only real way you can really interact with other subjects is if you pass by their chamber, or Lono is invited to meet another subject... which sadly doesn't happen all that often." It seemed that the only way you'd interact with other subjects, was the same way you tried to interact with Claire when you first got here. Perhaps you could try and do something in the future for Lono's sake, but it seemed like things were going to be rather tough regarding socialization. "Of course, maybe on your days off, you can walk through the facility and maybe meet some new faces. That's what I've done a couple of times myself." Juniper would softly add onto that.
>>
It seemed like a decent suggestion, but you weren't going to spend what few days off you had just looking at subjects. You wanted to relax on your days off, even mentioning that you wanted to get outside on said days. And after asking if it was possible to get clearance, Juniper spoke a bit more optimistically. "There is a designated staff section at one of the beaches, yes. Though you may wanna ask far in advance if it's possible, since there are tests in and around the island from time to time." What sort of tests those involved was hard to really decide. Perhaps training and combat practice was done on the island as well. Regardless, you'd soon after quietly ask if it was possible to hide beer anywhere, which made Juniper wheeze a little. "Damn, are you really that desperate?" She let out a little chuckle, before sighing. "I'll leave that to you to figure out. I am not really the type to enjoy that sorta stuff, so I wouldn't have a clue."

With that, you'd decide to just talk about how the job at the weapons facility was ironically less strict about alcohol consumption. This got Juniper to talk about how her job working with military logistics was also rather strict in terms of alcohol. You'd ask her all about said job, her explaining it mostly just entailed ascribing materials to certain planets where there were conflicts. This made you wonder what her home planet was, her stating it was rather close to the edge of the government's reach. She even mentioned that planet actually was somewhat of an important FOB for government forces dealing with insurgency groups further away from the core. You'd also tell about your home planet and your own past, eager to discuss it in detail. The conversations kept going all over the place, eventually shifting towards president Fictamor. Juniper didn't have too many strong feelings towards the guy, though did admit that his predecessor's death was extremely suspicious. And after you mentioned how you felt it was a conspiracy, she let out a deep breath. "The sad thing is that I can't really confirm or deny what you think. Either way, I doubt the guy will find any success in his somewhat jingoistic diplomacy with rebelling planets."

As you kept talking about these random things, you'd soon see Sylvio return with a plastic container. He'd happily approach, speaking the moment he got close enough. "Turns out they had tacos today. And they are real good! I got you some Birria, Al Pastor and Tinga which I think you'll enjoy." Opening up the box, you were pleased to find plenty of the good stuff. "So, what did I miss?" Sylvio said, after which you'd start discussing things together. The conspiracy theories, things you'd hope to do in the facility, and your own personal lives all came up. All the while, you got to enjoy some actually decent food. Yes, the meat did taste a tad bit fake at times, but at least it was prepared well enough that you could enjoy it.
>>
After some time, Sylvio did look at Lono's chamber and spoke up softly. "So, uhhhh, should we maybe try and involve Lono as well? Or do you two just intend to leave her be for the time being?" Juniper tilted her head from side to side, seeming rather hesitant. "I'd love to chat with her, but I also know she's probably not too into the mood to chat right now. But hey, you two will spend a lot of time with her tonight, so I'm sure you'll get plenty of opportunities to chat with her!" Sylvio did seem curious, soon looking over at you and expecting you to say something.

>What do you do next?

>Just continue your chats about whatever it was you were talking about. You could turn your brain off and just chat about whatever until it was time to start guard duties properly.
>Discuss something in particular with Sylvio and Juniper. Maybe there was something else which jumped to mind which you'd love to talk about. (Write in what you'll discuss.)
>Try and hit up Lono one more time. Perhaps you could tease her that you'd be really disappointed in her if she didn't come down to chat with you? Just... don't suggest it in a way where she could view it as a serious remark.
>Something else...
>>
>>6133567
>Could also cement us as a natural subject handler
More than one way to skin a cat, and I'd much rather be willingly followed rather than have to drag someone like most people around here seem to do. Making enemies right from the start just ain't necessary, and it's premature to be getting out the stick before we've managed to find the carrot. It's an unhappy job, having to be around someone who resents you.
>Yeah the half dozen updates have really completely locked in our one off side story character
True, but it's heading in a particular direction that's not this.
>False
False^2.
>>
>>6133312
>>6133567
Ten thousand years Vinella and Hapi duty.

>>6133578
So Juniper knows Ano. Nice. Also seems to know the jagwar and Ano's friend. I think this is the first time we have heard of 3-MM, she isn't on the list. Same goes for LMP-160 but she was mentioned earlier. Given Juniper seems to know about these two, maybe we can ask about them?

>Discuss more about Lono's subject friends with Juniper.
>Fill in Sylvio on what we've been talking about.
>>
>>6133582
support, and then we can move onto the brainrot once we've finished the serious talk.

I've had an idea. If guard duty is really boring, how about we take up a hobby we can do on duty? Learning to draw could be fun, and sketching Lono and her environment could be a really great way to ease her into interaction with us. Or else we can annoy everyone else by learning to play the guitar.
>>
Oh fuck, forgot to ask something important.

I plan on making a new MG every day this month. Just as a challenge and because I thought it'd be fun to add a few more unique subjects. So, my question is: are there any types of Monster Girls you folk would love to see in the story? I've already created a new bird subject who will make a rather sweet encounter. But I'm sure there are some exotic choices you guys may wanna see made into characters.
>>
>>6133605
Tough question. More lamia could be good. Maybe a lamia eel girl of some kind? A shark is fine too. Annie is still best girl. For personality, a tomboy or a kamidere could be fun. Body type...Don't think we've seen any somewhat muscular girls yet. A more athletic physique on a few would be good.
>>
>>6133605
A year in and we've still only met a fraction of the known cast in the main story (curiously, all but one of which has been friendly though that might be about to change), much less the constantly lengthening list of unknown ones you already have in your back pocket (we've had interactions with 11 subjects in total versus 45 documented in the MGE, 9 from Andrei and one unknown for a total of just 20%). In light of that, proposing even more ideas like shouting into the void somewhat since the odds of meeting any of them are slim but may as well.
We haven't seen much in the way of representatives from outside the animal kingdom. I think a radiotroph with fungal features would be really cool, as would a plantgirl able to utilise and weaponise pollen, spores and pheromones. Or maybe a ninja catgirl for the classics.

>>6133629
Don't forget Kiyo. I'm pretty sure Morgan is a brick under that armour too.
>>
>>6133578
>Just continue your chats about whatever it was you were talking about. You could turn your brain off and just chat about whatever until it was time to start guard duties properly.

>>6133605
Scylla
Shapeshifter
>>
>Fill in Sylvio on what we've been talking about.
After Juniper told the two of you that you'd spend a lot of time with Lono, you would tell Sylvio a bit about what he had missed. You mentioned that Lono was rather shy, and that it mostly came due to Roraima's influence and a certain accident. Juniper did elaborate on the accident, to which Sylvio did look genuinely disheartened. "Poor thing. Has she ever received a hug?" To this, Juniper nodded a bit more thankfully. "Fortunately, she has had a couple of hugs from a few subjects who weren't harmed by her hairs. Though even then, it's something which needs to be done gently for the others who are nearby. Don't want them accidentally ending up fluttering in the air and into the eyes and lips of some poor bystander." Afterwards, Sylvio also wanted to know more about Roraima, you telling him all about the scientists who Juniper knew. Sylvio did seem intrigued in Roraima, wondering what the logic was behind his cruelty and if there was more to it than just 'being strict'.

You also caught him up with the free days you could get, the possibility of heading up to the beach and the chance to work with other subjects. It all seemed to really interest Sylvio, with him even responding: "I honestly wondered if it was possible to go to those dazzling beaches, when I saw them whilst travelling to this place. They look like the type of beach you could find on a resort planet." To that Juniper would smugly add: "That, or the type of beach you'd find on a military planet for training purposes." Sylvio didn't really care much about the military aspect of the beaches, just wanting to enjoy a free day there just like you. He also was clearly interested in helping out other subjects, though he made it known that he first wanted to get familiar with the other subjects which piqued his interest.

>Discuss more about Lono's subject friends with Juniper.
Speaking of which, you wanted to know a bit more about the subjects Juniper mentioned being friends with Lono. "You mean as in, what they're like with Lono, or what they're like in general?" You'd tell her to just say whatever came to mind, beginning with LMP-160 who she mentioned being decent friends. "So, LMP-160 is called lucy Lampyre. She's this moth girl who can generate electromagnetic charges through the flapping of her wings. With these charges, she can essentially create miniature EMPs, which she has used to brick all sorts of electronics. She's contained in this specialized chamber with thick walls and light created from non-electric sources." Sylvio already looked most fascinated by Lucy, speaking up in a somewhat amazed tone. "So a living EMP. Is she nuclear in some form, or is it something else which causes it?" Juniper shrugged and seemed a little unsure what to say. "I doubt her powers come from radioactive sources. But whatever causes it, you shouldn't ask me. Just ask Anderson or Logan, since they both created her."
>>
You still wanted to know a bit more about Lucy, what she was like and her appearance. "So, she's a bit smaller than I am, sooooo 5 and a half feet, I think? She got these glowing pink wings, red-ish skin, yellow eyes and black hair. She's dressed in strange armour, which I guess might have something to do with her powers? As for her personality, she seemed rather relaxed and friendly. Though I do recall her being rather snarky and sarcastic towards those who slighted her. Hell, at one point, she bricked the tablet of her caretaker. And not even like, at a time where it didn't matter. Lucy specifically bricked it after a long day of testing, right after her caretaker complained to her about how long it took to get tests done. So yeah, don't irritate her or show impatience around her, or she'll delete all your work with little to no effort, hehe." Given your lack of electronics aside from your comms device, Lucy would hopefully not be too much of a problem for you. Though perhaps she had some other electricity related powers to worry about.

For now, you wanted to move on to the next subject: MM-3. "Well, MM-3, who's first name is Sibilia, is this mosquito subject made by Elbrus and Anderson. She is pretty small compared to most subjects, being about half my height. However, she is EXTREMELY durable due to her skin literally being metallic. She can also rapidly regenerate from drinking blood, which isn't exactly an ability I imagine getting much mileage, unless if Elbrus and Anderson had something special in mind for her. As for her personality, she can be a little brash, self-centred and eager to get into arguments. Hell, I saw her literally mock her caretaker and not do her tests out of pure spite. However, I can tell she isn't a bad person. She's a little bit attention seeking and egotistical, but the fact she comforted Lono tells me enough about what she's like deep down." It sounded like MM-3 an interesting subject. Especially considering it was made by Elbrus, who had so far been described as mostly a cause for trouble.

You also wanted to knore more about BC-887 and EM-33, even if Juniper didn't know much about them. "Well, BC-887 is a large centipede called... Erika or something? I've heard she's really sweet and loves to dig, but I don't know much else about her. As for EM-33, I know she's a giant mosquito girl who people find rather boring to be around. Apparently, she isn't the brightest and doesn't do much, so... I can understand why people don't find her that riveting." There was one more subject which Juniper mentioned about whom you wanted to know more, and that was TS-55-76. And Juniper seemed to know a whole lot more about her. "Oh, Dhabus! Well, she is this... big cat monster girl, who is basically a super soldier. When she picks up a weapon, she instantly knows how to use it. She also is resilient to all kinds of explosives, and even manages to jump using grenades and rockets."
>>
The idea of a cat monster girl explosive jumping seemed awfully difficult to make real, but it also sounded like a rather fun thing to see. Still, you wanted to know more, asking about her personality and how one could do tests with her. "Well, during combat practice, she often times joins in with random cadres of guardsmen. Mostly so she can get an idea of what it's like fighting at the side of other soldiers. She joined us several times, which worked out very well. As for her personality, imagine a drill sergeant but with a lot of heart and respect for their soldiers. She's honestly a ton of fun to be around, and I think most guardsmen agree that she is pretty fun to be around. The only flaw with her is that she can sometimes take things a bit... too seriously? Like, she often times creates rivalries with other good guardsmen, trying to one-up them and prove superior to them. It is amusing to watch, but also can be a little bit overbearing at times."

Whatever the case was, Sylvio already was sold on the idea of working together with her. It was definitely something you could also see yourself joining in with.

>Just continue your chats about whatever it was you were talking about. You could turn your brain off and just chat about whatever until it was time to start guard duties properly.
For the next ten or so minutes, you'd just listen to some of the random chats between Sylvio and Juniper. You'd also join in on occasion, but it was mostly just casual chats between the three of you. Stuff like what weaponry they found fun to use, what sort of combat experience they had, their hobbies outside of the facility and other unrelated things. Eventually though, Lono would show herself again, flying down with the empty tray of food and placing it in the small entrance chamber. She'd glance over at the three of you, before flying up again into the foliage. "I really hope we can chat a bit more with Lono soon. I'd love to get to know her a bit better." Sylvio said, to which Juniper patted him on the shoulder. "Give it some time. It took a while for her to get used to me as well. And hey, you guys got a head start already, since I vouched for you two, hehe!"

A short while later, the food transport vehicle returned and three different members of staff would grab the empty tray. And a few minutes later, Juniper looked at the time and would speak optimistically. "Well, I think I'll go ahead and leave you two to your duties." To this, Sylvio would ask the obvious and most important question of all. "Uhhh, don't you need to tell us a bit about what we're supposed to do now?" To this, Juniper scoffed and spoke reassuringly. "Well, if Lono for some reason breaks out of her confines, there's an emergency lever nearby to alert everyone. If you see something else funny, you can grab the nearby emergency communication line and contact other staff for help. Nothing really happens during the night duty, so I really wouldn't worry too much about it."
>>
With that, Juniper would wish you two good luck, as she headed for the sleeping halls. Thus, you were once more left with Sylvio, who looked at you and spoke in an amused tone. "Well, guess we just sit here and keep our eyes open for anything bad." The next ten minutes or so would be quiet and not too interesting. You'd eventually start chatting again to pass the time, the silence throughout the place being somewhat deafening. You wondered if Lono was asleep or not, which was answered rather soon as you heard rustling in the leaves. You'd look into the chamber, and saw Juniper looking at you from behind some leaves. She was trying to hide herself a little, looking at you rather anxiously.

"Um, you... why do you two wanna... guard me?" She'd ask quietly, Sylvio looking surprised before calmly responding: "Excuse me?" Lono looked away again, before raising her voice just a tiny bit. "I wanna know why... ummm, you two wanna guard me... you... you don't know me... right?" Sylvio was surprised by the question, not saying anything as he looked to you to hear what you'd have to say.

>How do you respond?
>>
>>6133629
>More Lamia
I'll note em down.
>Sharks
There are a few shark subjects, ironically. Some of which are quite athletic and muscular. Still, I'll keep it in mind as well!
>>6133635

>A year in and we've still only met a fraction of the known cast in the main story
>In light of that, proposing even more ideas like shouting into the void somewhat since the odds of meeting any of them are slim but may as well.
I can get that, tbf. I do wanna intensify the usage of MG's more and have you encounter more to fight or escape from, but I don't wanna just drop all the subjects onto you at once. Especially since there are other groups of death squads hunting 'em down as well.

>A radiotroph with fungal features
I am shocked by the fact I am yet to create any subject who is a radiotroph. Hell, I haven't even made any subjects with nuclear-based powers! Definitely gonna get on with that. There are thankfully already two fungal subjects, one of which you saw in this very sidestory.
>A plantgirl able to utilise and weaponise pollen, spores and pheromones.
Elbrus beat you to the punch with this particular idea. Definitely gotta add more plant girls though.
>Ninja catgirl for the classics.
Ironically, there is something very akin to that already.

>>6133639
>Scylla
There is one in the aquatic sector. Still, I'll def try and add more.
>Shapeshifter
... Oh, I'm already very much ahead of you with that idea. Given that admitting this already tells you enough, I won't spoil much more aside from this.
>>
>>6133952
>How do you respond?
Tell her the government is paying us fat fucking stacks of cash to be guards here, so even though we don’t know her we’re still willing to guard her.
>>
>>6133952
I'm going to assume you meant to say Lono and Juniper has not snuck back in through a back door and hidden in the shrubbery to prank us
>How do you respond?
Well, it is our job that we're employed to do, you know? But you seem like a good girl and we'd hate for anything to happen to you.
As for why we took night duty? Because we wanted the opportunity to learn some more about you, get accustomed to each other early and hopefully start off on the right foot.
>>
>>6134011
Yeah, my friend pointed that error out to me as well. Just pretend that it says Lono instead of Juniper for now. Just like how I pretend I am okay, but this mistake will haunt me for the rest of the day.
>>
>>6134014
>pretends that this wont haunt him for the rest of his life
>>
>>6133952
>How do you respond?
She seemed like a pushover we could slack off on guarding
>>
>>6133952
>you seem nice
>>
>>6134011
>>6134166

Supporting. It's our job, but you seem nice and we kinda wanted to learn more about you and get to know you.
>>
>How do you respond?
There was a bit of silence between the three of you, Lono and Sylvio waiting to hear what you'd say. Eventually, you'd calmly tell her that the current reason mostly came from it being your job. You were assigned to be a guardsman here, so you were going to do your job and act like a proper guardsman. Lono seemed to understand, but also looked a little concerned and disappointed. However, you'd also quickly say that she seemed like a rather sweet and nice girl. You wanted to get to know her more, so doing night duty now would help out in learning more about her and getting to know her. You also added that you didn't want anything bad to happen to her, which made her look away and speak softly. "Well, n-not much happens around here, so... you don't HAVE to protect me." Obviously, she would likely be able to defend herself, and probably wouldn't be a cause of trouble for herself. Still, there were plenty more subjects which could escape and cause trouble.

Lono looked away again, before giving an understanding nod. "Still, thank you for... wanting to get to know me and being so nice. Aside from Juniper, I... don't talk with too many of the guardsmen." Sylvio would speak up a bit more reassuringly. "Well, hopefully we can change that! I guess you're our duty right now, so we ought to make sure we can guard you without a hitch!" Lono nodded again, before rubbing the back of her head and smiling timidly. "I should... also apologise for not talking too much. I'm not really too good at conversations, but I'll... try and chat more with you two." Sylvio would then make a decent suggestion, as he looked over at you as well. "Suppose you could just do what you usually do with Juniper? Pretend we're just like her to make things a little easier." It was obviously not the strongest of suggestions, but it'd help decently enough with getting her more comfortable. And after that, Sylvio would simply ask: "So, would you like to tell us more about you?"

The suggestion was maybe made a tiny bit too early, Lono looking rather anxiously before shaking her head. Clearly she needed a bit more time before she could really get comfortable with you two. Still, she did listen as you and Sylvio would tell a bit about yourselves to her. She didn't ask too many questions just yet, simply listening to everything you had to say. Though as you brought up your previous jobs and your home planets, she did start asking some smaller questions. "What is it like? The outside world?" It seemed that Lono's training hadn't really gotten her into contact with the outside world. It made some sense, but it was also saddening to hear that she really knew of nothing else outside of the chamber she was in. Hopefully, that could be changed by you two, going outside of the facility to maybe train with her or just relax. This actually got Sylvio to ask another pretty important question, as he calmly asked: "So, what do you do outside of training and testing?"
>>
Lono would ponder to think, before shaking her head a little. "Not much else." She mumbled softly, Sylvio raising an eyebrow and looking over at you before looking back at her. "So, you don't have fun activities, or have days off where you're able to relax and follow your own hobbies?" This made Lono think again, before shaking her head and revealing something quite sad. "I don't... have any hobbies. I just do tests, then go back here and wait for the next tests. I don't think there's much else for... me to do aside from that." Unless if she spent the entire day training, there was no way that she could stay in her chamber for this long a period of time without a hobby. Didn't she have any games to play, or subjects to talk to, or other activities she could follow? "So, what do you do inside your chamber most of the time? Do you just sit and wait?" Lono nodded softly, before taking a bit of an embarrassed stance. "Well, I sometimes... practice my punching and fighting on rocks. Ummm, some staff are nice enough to... put new rocks in the chamber whilst I'm away, uhhhh, training." At least there was some folk out there trying to help her bide her time.

Whatever the case was, it was dreadful to hear her she had nothing else to do. Surely, you and Sylvio could help her find something to do whenever you guarded her? Hell, how did nobody else help her find something to do to kill the time in her chamber?!

>What do you do next?

>Ask for a demonstration of her power. She didn't seem all that strong physically, so you were curious to see just how powerful she could be.
>Suggest something fun she could do right now. Her chamber was filled to the brim with plantlife and other materials with which she could maybe do something to pass the time! (Write in what you'll do with her.)
>Contact some staff to see if they could bring you some supplies to maybe do some fun things with Lono. Alternatively, look around some of the nearby storage rooms to see if they had any supplies. (Write in what you'll ask staff for or look for yourself.)
>Ask her questions regarding her current situation. Was it facility policy to leave subjects bored to death, or was there some other reason as to why she had no particular interests?
>Something else...

(So, just curious how people are feeling about this little side-story so far. I imagine that in a nearby update, I'll do a little timeskip to some of the more... fun happenings around the facility, perhaps even related to the disaster that started this whole shitshow.)
>>
>>6134690

>Ask for a demonstration of her power. She didn't seem all that strong physically, so you were curious to see just how powerful she could be.

>Ask her questions regarding her current situation. Was it facility policy to leave subjects bored to death, or was there some other reason as to why she had no particular interests?
Has she tried asking for recreational activities
>>
>>6133635
I hope so. The art Kiyo had didn't seem muscular but that's probably just because it was among the first of the QM's drawings. As for Morgan, I'd like confirmation. Her distaste of guns matches the lack of meat on her arms, at least from the look of things.

>>6133957
Don't forget the Kamidere. Looking forward to seeing those subjects.

>>6134690
Regarding the pace of this side story, it's a bit slower paced and had Lono remained quiet a few more posts it'd probably be a bit too slow, but as it stands it's a peaceful pace that works with the circumstances. Especially with a timeskip not too far off from now.

>>6134842
Supporting.
>>
>>6134690
>Contact some staff to see if they could bring you some supplies to maybe do some fun things with Lono. Alternatively, look around some of the nearby storage rooms to see if they had any supplies.
A deck of cards, a folding table and some chairs. We are teaching this moth how to play poker right the hell now. Should be safe enough.
Also if we can scrounge up a cheap e-reader from somewhere and load it up with books (she seems like the sort of type that's be a bookworm if given a few to read). Imagine all the copyright-expired literature that's on Project Gutenberg by now.
>>
>>6134880
If the oni doesn't look like she could thrash everyone at caber toss, something's gone catastrophically wrong.

QM can you confirm whether Kiyo and Morgan are sufficiently jacked
>>
>>6134880
>>6134975
So, Morgan does not have any art of her without her armour. But believe me, she does have a decent amount of muscle hiding below her armour.

As for Kiyohime, I suggest looking at the shared doc with subjects. It may not be entirely visible on the official art due to her clothes, but at least her arms and legs show a decent amount of muscle.
>>
>>6135021
Damn, she bricc.
Clearly we have to get Morgan out of her armour so we can force you to comm art of her in silks.
>>
>>6134959
Supporting.
>>
>Ask for a demonstration of her power. She didn't seem all that strong physically, so you were curious to see just how powerful she could be.
Given all the practice she must've had, you imagined she probably had a powerful punch. And you wanted to see that punch yourself, asking her if she could give a quick demonstration. She would rub the back of her head and look away. "Ummm, if you really wanna see it..." She said nervously, before looking around. She'd disappear into the folliage for a bit, Sylvio speaking curiously. "What is she doing?" Afterwards, she returned with a rather strange little creation. It looked like a scarecrow made of natural materials. Its skeleton and frame were made out of large branches, whilst its head was a pretty sizeable rock. Its torso was filled in with a bunch of stones clumped together via vines. She'd not have much trouble carrying the thing around, planting the thing in the ground.

"Huh, did you make that by yourself?" Sylvio asked amusedly, Lono nodding before taking a few steps back from it. "I sometimes train my punches with it." It seemed a little redundant to do a bunch of tests outside her containment chamber only to then also train in said chamber. Still, at least it was useful now, as you could get a good idea of her strength. She'd take a step back, taking a deep breath before looking at you and Sylvio. "Alright, here I go." She'd take another breath, getting in a fighting pose before she delivered a single jab. It happened within the blink of an eye, you seeing the large rock which represented the head snapping into a dozen shards and chunks. The body of the scarecrow was knocked down as well, you hearing the snap of the large branches alongside the cracks of rock breaking. The rock fragments which flew away would cause a bunch of dust to form, as well as damaging some of the foliage behind it. It was safe to say that her punch could easily kill a person with a single hit.

"Holy shit." Sylvio said, after which Lono looked over at you and had a mild smile. "It's... somewhat strong, I think. Most of my combat ability comes from my venom though." She'd say in a somewhat humble tone, Sylvio looking at you before scoffing. "I don't know about you, but that is a bit stronger than 'somewhat strong'! You just disintegrated a rock the size of a bloody football!" Lono would become a bit prouder of her achievement, though wouldn't really comment much more on it. She'd just look at her hands before speaking softly. "I guess my punches are pretty strong. Still can improve a lot though, for sure." Either all her training sessions had made her doubt her own ability, or she was comparing herself to some of the other potential heavyweights in the facility. Regardless, it begged the question if maybe Lono should be protecting you from threats within the facility, rather than you protecting here.
>>
>Ask her questions regarding her current situation. Was it facility policy to leave subjects bored to death, or was there some other reason as to why she had no particular interests?
As Lono put away the now broken scarecrow, you'd ask her if she would be able to mend it, her nodding calmly. "Yeah, I will. Don't have much else to do aside from that." Since crafting things with her hands didn't seem too out of the ordinary for her, you asked if she had ever tried to ask for recreational activities from the staff. She'd immediately shake her head, before responding: "I did ask once, but Roraima said that testing was far more important than recreational activities. I did wanna ask again, but I don't think there's much for me to do in terms of activities. Maybe I could find something to do at the leisure centre or testing range, but I doubt I'd just be allowed there." Obviously, she had to maybe give it a try to participate in some fun activities. Then again, given her shyness and the venom and punches she could deliver, maybe she understood that she could be kind of dangerous to be around.

>Contact some staff to see if they could bring you some supplies to maybe do some fun things with Lono. Alternatively, look around some of the nearby storage rooms to see if they had any supplies.
However, that didn't mean you couldn't have some fun here. So, you'd tell her that you'd help her gain a talent in something safe, fun and relaxing. You were gonna teach her poker, and you'd do it tonight. "Poker?" Lono asked calmly, you explaining that it was an old card game which lots of people played. She seemed intrigued, as you'd look for the main comms device to ask for help. You'd tell Lono you'd handle this, before heading to the nearby device and using it to contact the higher ups. You'd tell them you wanted a deck of cards, as well as a folding table and chairs for you to sit on. The request did confuse the men on the other end, but they fortunately did not decline the offer. They'd tell you to wait a few minutes for the items to arrive, you also asking for an E-reader. Something which you could hopefully give to her so she could read some fun books on her own.

With that, the men hung up and you returned to Lono and Sylvio. And after telling them what you had gotten for her, Lono appeared thankful and sombre. "Thanks, Zeke... I'm... I'm very thankful that you... wanna help me out... I hope it's not too much trouble for you." You doubt this would cause any issues, you soon deciding to tell her some of the rules of poker. She'd listen intently, taking note of all the rules and asking questions whenever she didn't understand things. And as you explained things, you'd soon see another guardsman approach you with some of the items in hand. He'd hand over the folded chairs and table, as well as the deck of cards. And after unfolding the chairs and table, you realised there was one minor issue.
>>
You didn't really have a way to give Lono her cards all that easily. She still had a glass wall between you and her, after all. Thankfully, Lono would quickly point out that you could just place the cards in the entrance chamber where she could pick them up. This would absolutely slow the game down, but you had plenty of time to kill anyway. You'd also figure out that you needed some chips for poker, you opting to just use some small pebbles and rocks from Lono's chamber. There was an inherent risk to using them, since they could contain Lono's needles, but you didn't worry about that too much. And soon, you'd tell her all about the types of hands you could get, the betting aspect and various other parts of the game. Lono did seem to enjoy the game, but she also clearly was a novice at it. At least she was trying her best to do well.

>What do you do next?

>Play the fool and give her some wins to make her feel better. Maybe Sylvio would catch on that you were throwing to make her feel happy.
>Play a serious game of poker. Nothing teaches a person better than to have them fall on their face and learn from their mistakes.
>Chat a little bit during the game. Maybe discuss some things with Lono or Sylvio now that you were enjoying a casual game. (Write in what you'll talk about.)
>Something else...

(Alright, unless if you guys really wanna keep going with the current pace of interactions, we'll do a lengthy timeskip to when the fun really starts after this update. I promise.)
>>
>>6135197
>Regardless, it begged the question if maybe Lono should be protecting you from threats within the facility, rather than you protecting here.
Wait, are we protecting her? I thought we were here to make sure she doesn't escape.

>Play the fool and give her some wins to make her feel better. Maybe Sylvio would catch on that you were throwing to make her feel happy.

>Chat a little bit during the game. Maybe discuss some things with Lono or Sylvio now that you were enjoying a casual game. (Write in what you'll talk about.)
What does she do during tests? Does she still have any contact with Roraima or has Anderson fully taken over?
>>
>>6135198
>Play a serious game of poker. Nothing teaches a person better than to have them fall on their face and learn from their mistakes.
Though we shouldn't just hand her wins, maybe lower the difficulty a bit to ease her in and give her some practice, especially as a reward for her being smart about it. A few less well hidden tells, some less than optimal plays etc and we can also give her rundowns on what mistakes she might have made and things she did well. I would pay money to see the faces of the others as they come round the corner in the morning to see us playing cards with the subject that supposedly doesn't talk to anyone (and the CCTV guy is probably finding it very amusing). In the future, we can also borrow all sorts of board games from the leisure areas for some variety and maybe bring some more friends - a regular group games night or movie session might even help ease her into being a bit less shy and introduce her to more of the staff in a relaxed and controlled manner. Though Monopoly might be too sadistic even for the Facility.

>Chat a little bit during the game. Maybe discuss some things with Lono or Sylvio now that you were enjoying a casual game.
Have you met any of your sisters? Were there any you liked seeing or got on well with?
And I guess we could spin her a few tales of the outside. Don't suppose they hear much down here.
>>
>>6135259
Supporting this. Even if we are the best poker player in the world she could still win, so really I think just being casual and lessening our foot on the gas so to speak if she struggles is fair and help ease her into being quite adept at this.
>>
>>6135198
>Play a serious game of poker. Nothing teaches a person better than to have them fall on their face and learn from their mistakes.
>Chat a little bit during the game. Maybe discuss some things with Lono or Sylvio now that you were enjoying a casual game. (Write in what you'll talk about.)
>Ask her if there's any kind of topic she's particularly interested in. She seems to be interested in the world outside the facility, for instance.
>>
>Play a serious game of poker. Nothing teaches a person better than to have them fall on their face and learn from their mistakes.
Even if she was a novice, you weren't going to give her a bunch of free wins. But, you would be a little less competitive. Just to help her get some practice and learn some things on her own. You'd also reward smart plays, wanting her to also feel some satisfaction of making the correct plays. You also told her that you'd gladly tell her what mistakes she may have made, which would hopefully get her to improve as well. You'd also tell her what correct moves she made, which definitely made her more cheerful and eager to keep playing. And as she got more familiar with the game, you'd start playing a bit more evenly to keep it fair. She did still make plenty of mistakes, but you weren't some professional so she still did well. Sylvio also caught on rather quickly, making several pretty obvious mistakes which you noticed real easily. Lono didn't notice, so it didn't matter all that much fortunately.

>Chat a little bit during the game. Maybe discuss some things with Lono or Sylvio now that you were enjoying a casual game.
Whilst the three of you played the game, you decided to ask Lono a couple more questions. You'd ask her what she did during tests, her looking at her cards before giving a quick response. "Well, usually they just test my endurance, my flight speed, my punch strength. All sorts of tests designed to see if I maintain my strength and where I need to improve. Sometimes I have to run for a while, or run through an obstacle course. That I do quite like. Uhhhh sometimes they make me fight drones, which is I find a little wasteful. Aside from that, it's nothing too special." It didn't seem all that exciting. Though perhaps the training section had some fancy machines and devices to help test her abilities. Or she was maybe underselling some of the training exercises she got.

Given her simple training, you did wonder if maybe there was a connection between it and her lack of contact with Roraima. This would get you to ask a somewhat sensitive question, asking if she still had any contact Roraima. You saw her freeze up when you asked that question, her struggling a bit before shaking her head quickly. "N-No." Sylvio looked at you with a more confused look, before asking: "So, you just have Anderson to look after you?" He presumably wanted to help Lono out by switching the topic towards someone she felt more comfortable discussing. "Well, yes." Lono quietly replied, at which point Sylvio spoke more optimistically. "Well, we did meet the guy today, and he seemed like a nice person! I'm sure he's a wonderful guy for you as well!" Lono nodded a little, but didn't really elaborate further. It almost seemed like she didn't really wanna discuss the topic of her caretakers. At the very least, you could say that Lono was positive and trusting towards Anderson.
>>
Up next, you wanted to know if she met any of her sisters, which made her raise her eyebrow. "Sisters? You mean... sister subjects? Or did Anderson make a sister subject to me?" You obviously meant the former, but it was intriguing to hear that there were perhaps 'sister subjects' in a more literal term. Regardless, you'd tell her it was the former, her thinking about it. "Well, I met Sibilia and Lucy. They were pretty nice." You'd ask if she got along well with them, Lono thinking about it before softly saying: "I think I get along well with them. I don't know if they feel the same way. I worry that Sibilia doesn't really find me that interesting, but Lucy was very kind to me." She'd ponder for a bit longer, before saying: "I'd like to meet more of my sisters. But, I can imagine it being dangerous, given my... well, these." She'd point to her hairs, which definitely could be a cause for trouble with other subjects in the future.

You reassured her that the chance would come for her to meet her other siblings, before switching topic to the outside world. You'd tell her all about your homeplanet, its culture and what made it so special. This seemed like it really did intrigue her a ton, her listening to everything you had to say and asking so many questions. Some were rather depressing, such as how the sun felt or what the oceans were like. But others were far more positive, such as if humans would like her or if she could also help humanity out in other ways than fighting. Sylvio would also tell her all about his world, as the two of you would tell her whatever came to mind. It cheered Lono right up, her no longer seeming so worried about her creators or how she could hurt other folk.

>Ask her if there's any kind of topic she's particularly interested in. She seems to be interested in the world outside the facility, for instance.
A while after talking about the outside world, you'd ask her if there was anything she found interesting or wanted to know more about. This didn't surprise her too much, her thinking for a moment before speaking softly. "I wanna learn more about human colonies and how they travelled the stars. I was told that humans all came from this old planet called Earth which is sadly no longer inhabited. I wanna know more about what made humans travel away from Earth and where they all went to!" It was a sad story, what happened to earth. It truly fell apart after space travel became a thing, with so much being lost after the planet entered some sort of civil war. So much history, art and culture was lost. Still, she could learn all about the things which hadn't been lost, as well as the many innovative things which the planet had brought to humanity. You'd tell her all about the E-reader you had gotten her, and how she could use it to read up all about earth. She looked at the device, before starting to smile very brightly.
>>
"So... that's why you gave it to me?" She'd ask, you explaining it was more for her to put an end to her eternal boredom but that it could also definitely teach her all about this. She'd smile very brightly, you even noticing a single tear in her eye before she responded softly. "Thank you, both of you." Sylvio put his hand on your shoulder. "Hey, all credit goes to Zeke here. He was the one who thought of getting you one!" Lono let out a soft chuckle, her looking at the reader and carefully putting it away. And with that, you'd continue your game, talking more about the outside world, human history and all sorts of topics which would hopefully interest Lono...

It was a rather successful first night, you certainly managing to crack through Lono's shyness and starting to befriend her...

...

...

...

Of course, you'd quickly figure out that it wasn't all sunshine and rainbows for you and Lono. For one, the E-reader was quickly taken away from Lono by staff, you being reprimanded for putting electronics in subject chambers. The main reason had to do with the fact that some subjects could feed on electronics or manipulate them in some ways. It was a strange reason considering the fact that Lono literally had no electricity powers, but perhaps it was just a precaution put in place for any and all staff. A type of rule which was designed for some subjects, but was applied to all to prevent confusion and mistakes. The other sad thing was that you weren't ever allowed to go into her chamber to play games. At least you were told it could be discussed with higher-ups so that maybe you could set up specific times where you could enter her chamber.

What really was most bothersome ended up being the job itself. It wasn't that it was a difficult or scary job. If anything, it was too simple, safe and plain. You only really spent time around Lono's chamber, or taking her out to the training sector, where you'd wait for her to finish before returning to her chamber. It was all very samey and simple, you thankfully being entertained by Sylvio, Juniper, Lara, Kiros and the various other guardsmen. Even then, you all agreed that the job wasn't nearly as intensive as what you had expected. Though based on what Juniper and the other guardsmen suggested, it could all be WAY worse, since you could've been assigned to some genuine sociopath subject. Still, the days would pass, you at least getting closer to Lono as she really started trusting you a lot. Not nearly as much as Juniper, but she did enjoy talking to you and learning more about humanity's history. Things seemed to all be going very nicely, up until... that day.

It started like any other day, you waking up early, getting food at the cafeteria, before heading to Lono's chamber. Things seemed pretty normal, up until you saw an unknown scientist approach you. "Excuse me, are 'Juniper Lee', 'Hashim Ibarra' and 'Cruz Murillo' here?"
>>
The three guardsmen you were decently familiar with now would look at each other, before looking at the scientist. "Um, that's us?" Hashim said, after which the scientist signalled over to them. "You've been assigned to special guard duty by Tengri due to your previous work experience with him. Come along now." The three seemed rather confused, Juniper stepping forward and speaking in a calm voice. "Well hold on now, who do we have to guard? And why do you tell us this now?" "Is this a permanent reassignment?" "This sort of news usually comes pretty early on. Why are you coming to us with this now?" "And why us three specifically? Aren't there other guardsmen who've worked with Tengri before?" The three guardsmen all asked rapidly, to which the scientist remained stoic as he spoke up. "I'll answer these questions later. You have to come NOW or there will be problems for you, understood?" You saw that Juniper and the other two were VERY sceptical of this, clearly not happy to be forced along.

Unfortunately, they didn't have much of a choice, Juniper looking at you before calmly saying. "Tell Lono that we'll be back later, alright? It won't take long!" The three quickly left, after which the other guardsmen started mumbling. "Who do you think they've been reassigned to? Maybe one of Andrei's subjects?" "Well, it was a Tengri subject, so probably not. Unless if they only said that as a ruse." "This isn't like the ordinary special jobs. They'll DEFINITELY be away for a long time." It all seemed rather strange, Kiros looking over at the older guardsmen and asking: "So, what's going on exactly? Why did they take those three?" To that, Lara also asked: "Has this happened more often?" The older guardsmen all seemed unsure what to say, one of them stepping forward and responding hesitantly. "I've never seen anything like this happen before. I cannot imagine this being a good sign." "At best, they'll indeed be back sooner rather than later and can tell us about what happened. At worst, something major happened which they're trying to keep under wraps."

Whatever the case was, you'd have to head over to Lono without Juniper by your side. And whilst you were indeed friends with Lono now, she would not take this news well at all. Especially if it turned out this would be permanent.

>What do you do next?

>Contact Anderson or some other higher up staff member for info. Maybe Lono's caretaker would know what was going on? (Write in who you'll contact and what you'll ask them.)
>Head over to Lono to just bring the bad news. Try and be calm when you tell her all about it and reassure her as well. You didn't wanna risk her getting emotional, after all. (Write in what you'll tell her.)
>Sneak off to try and see what was going on. Maye you could find out what was going on here on your own? (Write in where you'll sneak off to.)
>Ask the guardsmen for further questions. Maybe they could tell you more based on previous experiences?
>Something else...
>>
>>6135776
>Head over to Lono to just bring the bad news. Try and be calm when you tell her all about it and reassure her as well. You didn't wanna risk her getting emotional, after all.
Juniper, Hashim and Cruz were sent on for a special assignment for Tengri. Where they went and for how long, we don't know, but hopefully they'll be back soon. We'll do our best until they come back.
Hopefully we got a means of staying in contact with J like a phone number or facility e-mail address.

We are getting Lono her literature even if we have to copypaste it into MS Word 2328 Edition, physically print it out in dense font on A4 paper and clip it together with Treasury tags, or even get a projector and read along with her. Probably can't borrow paperbacks for her since they might get contaminated with hairs, so we'd have to get some to stay in there if we did that. Either that or Movie Night.

Also, I notice nobody's mentioned Andrei before now. How common is knowledge of him among the staff?
>>
>>6135776
>Head over to Lono to just bring the bad news. Try and be calm when you tell her all about it and reassure her as well. You didn't wanna risk her getting emotional, after all. (Write in what you'll tell her.)
Tell her Juniper found another subject she liked more and left this group to guard her instead
>>
File: If only you knew.jpg (85 KB, 711x813)
85 KB
85 KB JPG
>>6135776
I knew the facility was bad to subjects but this is just excessive. No entertainment outside of tests and the occasional meet up with other subjects. Guards not allowed to enter her chamber (which in this case is somewhat understandable but I have a bad feeling it applies to all subjects). And this is one of the better off subjects who has guards and at least one creator who gives a shit about her. Imagine how bad things are for subjects who's caretakers don't care and who's guards are similarly apathetic, or even are outright malicious like that IP switching anon. Really, it's amazing more subjects didn't end up like Vinella or at least come to hate humanity.

MFW finding all of this out.

>>6135783
Support. Though I have a bad feeling this is the day of the disaster and Juniper and the other guards going with her are about to become a statistic.

>>6135786
The bait is getting stale... Plus I don't know any other terrible subjects that being forced to work with is akin to a fate worse than death and/or likely to result in it. Well, some in the big government list would probably be bad but I don't know much about any of them and they've hardly been mentioned.
>>
>>6135776
>Head over to Lono to just bring the bad news. Try and be calm when you tell her all about it and reassure her as well. You didn't wanna risk her getting emotional, after all. (Write in what you'll tell her.)
Uuuuh
Tell her that Tengri needs them for a bit for some super secret subject
You don't know when they'll be back but they should be back soon
>>
File: lono.png (145 KB, 810x516)
145 KB
145 KB PNG
>>6135786
Im coming out of the eternal slumber just to call you a fucking cunt and also based as fuck for bullymaxxin.
>>
>>6135776
Oreas really did get lucky having Laura assigned to her. And RIP Juniper, I guess.
Supporting >>6135783
>>
>>6135942
Anons...
I dont care about the poison.
I WANT TO PET AND HUG HER
>>
>>6135942
I see you are also a gentleman and a scholar
>>
>>6136076
As we survive together after the disaster, we will find a hazmat suit and we will hug her. Or maybe we can find a shaver instead. Or maybe even a friendly subject who dgaf.
>>
>>6136248
>hazmat suit
Im not wearing a rubber
>shaver
No, she is perfect as is.
>>
>>6136259
>hug the moth
>(beat)
>AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA
>>
>Head over to Lono to just bring the bad news. Try and be calm when you tell her all about it and reassure her as well. You didn't wanna risk her getting emotional, after all.
You already mentally prepared on what to say as you left for Lono. you thought you could bring this in a decent way to Lono, praying she would at least take the news well. Thus, you'd soon reach Lono's chamber. She would calmly appear from the foliage, appearing well-rested and pretty relaxed. Though as she looked at you and the others, she quickly took notice of Juniper's absence. Her face became more concerned, her walking up to the glass and looking at you. "Where's Juniper?" She immediately asked, you telling her that she, Hashim and Cruz were sent on a special assignment for Tengri. You saw the light fade in her eyes, as she had an anxious smile on her face. "S-Special assignment? W-What kind of assignment?" You told her you didn't exactly know, but that you hoped she'd back soon enough. You also promised to stay with her for the time being and to keep her happy in the meantime. You'd even suggest using a comms device to maybe keep in contact with her, Lono nodding anxiously at the suggestion.

In the meantime, you'd try and chat with Lono to keep her distracted. You'd look around for Francis, hoping to see him soon enough to start the testing. Though, you didn't spot him anywhere either. Given all the chaos, you just assumed he was late as well. Thus, you'd bring up the idea of getting her more literature, wanting to get her SOMETHING to enjoy in her containment chamber. Normally, Lono would've been most pleased with such a suggestion and your willingness to get her something to entertain herself with. But right now, she remained more tense than ever. She didn't even respond much to anything, just giving 'yes' or 'no' answers to most of the questions, or very short responses which didn't tell much.

A short while later though, you'd see Francis thankfully approach. Though his expression was rather dour to say the least. "Good morning, Francis. So, ready to get testing?" Kiros would ask calmly, Francis looking at all of you, before speaking unsurely. "I guess? Today has been weird. Some tests were cancelled, and other sections were said to be off limits today. Plenty of scientists were also told to stay away from the high level confinement area or the deeper parts of the facility, with lots of guards heading that way for some reason." Immediately, everything went quiet as you realised that something far more serious was going on. "Is this a test or something?" "No, we'd be informed of that." Two of the guardsmen already said, Francis looking around before saying: "Where are Hashim, Cruz and Juniper?" You'd explain that they were taken along to join Tengri for something, which made Francis look very concerned. "This... something bad must've happened. Maybe a subject escaped? Then again, we would've been informed about that."
>>
"Whatever the case is, we should probably just run some tests right now. It'll help us get our mind off of whatever is going on." Lara would say quickly, which seemed like a decent idea. Though some of the guards looked more unnerved. "I... think we should sit it out. If you said that some tests were cancelled, Francis, we can say the same about our tests, right?" To this, Kiros scoffed and spoke in amusment. "Why do you wanna sit this out? Just because there's some weird stuff going on elsewhere, doesn't mean we should cancel our tests, right?" The guardsman shook his head, and took a firm pose. "Listen, I'd agree, were it not for the fact that some real weird shit's going on. This isn't like anything we've ever seen. This is something BIG, and I'd rather not be stuck in the testing sector away from safety. Especially when parts of the testing sector could be the very parts which are unsafe right now." All eyes turned to Francis, who thought about it before saying: "Look, lets just go there and see what happens. If something bad happens, we'll take notice or will be alerted to it. It'll be fine."

Francis would head to the entrance to Lono's chamber, opening it up and speaking to you as he did such. "I'm sure we'll get an update soon enough. Maybe it's something related to Titania, or some other large subject? Maybe Vinella caused a bit of trouble again?" The guardsmen who had spent a lot of time in the facility did not look optimistic. Still, as the door opened, Lono would leave quietly, looking more down than ever before. She'd at least follow you still, but you could tell her mind was racing with all sorts of dark thoughts about what was going on. It wasn't helped by the constant theorizing from the rest of the guardsmen. One suggestion was that it was just a test run for something which would later be introduced throughout the facility. Another suggestion was that Tengri just needed a lot of guardsmen to help out with a large subject in a special kind of test.

Though as you headed further, you'd soon hear an alert over the intercom from Agami. "Attention to all staff. We are hereby declaring a state of emergency. Please cease all testing and return the subjects back to containment. Stay away from the central sections of the facility at all costs and seek shelter at a nearby bunker immediately!" After this announcement, a soft alarm would start going off, some emergency lights flickering as the alert was repeated. "Oh shit." Francis said, at which point you saw the already reluctant guardsmen stepping away. "Alright, lets go the fuck back and find shelter, NOW!" However, you'd also see Lono stepping away from you and the guardsmen. You could see her starting to panic, breathing heavily as she looked around frantically. And after glancing at you, she'd speak up. "I-I need to find Juniper!" The other guardsmen didn't seem to care or listen much, as Francis simply ordered everyone to head back to where you came from.
>>
You could tell that Lono was moments away from leaving you. And given the current situation that was unfolding, you knew that her leaving on her own would result in her being seen as a threat.

>What do you do next?

>Reassure Lono so that she doesn't run away soon. The last thing you wanted was for her to find whatever was causing this huge emergency and getting killed in the process. (Write in how you'll reassure her.)
>Ignore Lono and focus on the survival of those who wanted to stick together. If you stuck closer together, you'd be safer than if you just ran away on your own.
>Just run the fuck away. You weren't going to stick around and find out what the hell was going on today. You wanted to be somewhere nice and safe!
>Tell the others that you and Lono were gonna go find Juniper. If Juniper was anywhere close to this emergency area, that meant she was in danger and need of saving.
>Something else...

(>>6135942 Holy fuck, that is adorable. Goddamnit, now I also wanna hug her like the other anons... if only I wouldn't die from pain after hugging her...)
>>
>>6136372
>Tell the others that you and Lono were gonna go find Juniper. If Juniper was anywhere close to this emergency area, that meant she was in danger and need of saving.
Onwards to adventure and death!
>>
>>6136372
>Reassure Lono so that she doesn't run away soon. The last thing you wanted was for her to find whatever was causing this huge emergency and getting killed in the process. (Write in how you'll reassure her.)
Tell her we'll go find Juniper. She needs to stay safe, all subjects were required to return to containment just now so there's no telling how other groups will react if they see her out and about.
>>
File: redalert.gif (825 KB, 499x269)
825 KB
825 KB GIF
>>6136372
It would appear that the solid organic waste has just come into contact with the rotary impeller and the clock has struck Zero Hour.
>Reassure Lono so that she doesn't run away soon. The last thing you wanted was for her to find whatever was causing this huge emergency and getting killed in the process.
We don't know where she is! She could be anywhere in this whole facility, and it'll take us years to search it all. So let's wait a minute instead of running off with no plan and she'd hate for us to get ourselves hurt like that. Tell you what - if we can't get hold of her on the pager which we definitely won't and the situation gets worse which it definitely will, we'll go look for her together. Deal? Hopefully we won't have to go through with it and go on an adventure through the shitshow~!
See ya soon, guys. Get to the bonker, we'll stop Lono having a meltdown out here and we'll be fine with her. Probably safer than you lot will be in the bunker, especially if has a big foundry section.....
>>
>>6136391
Supporting. As much as I want to charge after Juniper, best to have a plan and do things calmly and rationally.
>>
>>6136372
>Ignore Lono and focus on the survival of those who wanted to stick together. If you stuck closer together, you'd be safer than if you just ran away on your own.
I don’t even need to write anything in this time
>>
>>6136391
Support
>>
>Reassure Lono so that she doesn't run away soon. The last thing you wanted was for her to find whatever was causing this huge emergency and getting killed in the process.
Seeing Lono so stressed, you'd carefully approach her and told her that you couldn't tell where she was. Obviously, this made her freeze up and look even more horrified. Still, you told her to calm down and to think carefully before she ran around. After all, there was a way you COULD maybe track her down. You'd show your comms device, telling Lono that you'd contact Juniper to see if she could be reached and was okay. Lono nodded understandingly, though you'd soon hear Francis speak up. "Zeke, Lono, whatever you two are blabbering about, you can do it on the way back!" You told them that you wanted to contact Juniper and search for her if she didn't respond. "Are you nuts, Zeke?!" One of the guardsmen asked, after which Sylvio also spoke up. "Look, you can try that as we move back, okay? But, I wouldn't rush out of here when there's clearly something big going on." You'd reassure them that you'd first see if she could be reached before trying anything brash.

To this, Francis scoffed and spoke up in a more smug tone. "Zeke, I admire your optimism, but there's no goddamn way you're gonna be able to reach her with that. She's likely out of range and can't be reached." However, Lara would then speak up in a more serious tone. "Well, why don't you let them use your tablet to try and contact her then? Our comms devices may not work from that great a range, but your tablet sure fucking does!" Lara's suggestion was definitely a good one, Francis groaning before shaking his head. "Okay, fine." He'd start heading back to where you came from, grabbing his tablet and fiddling with it. Lono would get quite close to him, causing him to hiss back at her. "Hey keep your distance. I don't wanna end up getting stung by you!" (edited)

Lono looked extremely anxious, her almost looking like she was in tears from that comment alone. She didn't respond though, stepping back and waiting as she followed Francis. You and the others would quickly head back, Francis soon sighing. "Okay, it's linked to her comms device now. You can try and call her and maybe it'll reach her." Immediately, you'd grab the tablet and tried to reach Juniper. Unfortunately, you'd quickly hear a voice which wasn't Juniper's. "Hello! The communication line you're trying to use is currently unable to be set up. Please contact the engineers or other staff for help, or ask for help at a nearby staff space!" You'd turn off the automated response, looking at the other guardsmen before telling them that you were going to go search for Juniper. "Well, it's your funeral, bud." One of the guardsmen said, after which Francis spoke up as well. "I really suggest keeping Lono here. She might get shot if other guardsmen spot her." You told them that you'd still do it, since you made a promise.
>>
However, mid-sentence, you'd see Lono speeding up and already starting to run forward. You'd tell the others to be careful and to head to the bunkers ASAP. "Good luck." "Yeah, good luck." Kiros and Lara would say, the others just giving a calm and understanding nod before you rushed after Lono. You'd tell her to slow down a bit, her continuing to go rather quickly down the hallway. As you did so though, you'd find that Sylvio also joined you, clearly wanting to help out. "So, what's the plan?" Sylvio asked, to which you said that Lono had to stay behind you somewhat and stay out of sight. You didn't know what groups were out there and how they'd react to her being out of containment. Therefore, you wanted to reduce the chance that she'd end up getting shot. Lono didn't seem to listen, continuing to look ahead as you'd pass some of the other chambers. Some still had subjects in them, who all looked curious and cautiously at what was going on.

"Alright, that makes sense. What about finding Juniper? You got any idea on how we'll find her?" You were obviously not entirely aware how you'd find Juniper here. All you knew she was assigned somewhere with Tengri's subjects, which could be practically anywhere. You'd ask Lono if she knew where to go, her shaking her head. "I think if we head north, we may get there." Considering that you were just south of the centre, that would put you right on track of the very area which the intercom system warned you about. Still, you didn't have any other options for the time being. Unless if you could find a map nearby.

>What do you do next?

>Ask Lono if she could give more details about where Tengri's test chambers were, or where Juniper and the others might be located. Maybe she could tell you a bit more about the location you were heading for? (Write in what you'll ask.)
>Search for a nearby office, break room or some other storage space. Surely, it'd have something you could use to navigate your way around this place. (Write in what you'll try and look for.)
>Just keep heading forward blindly. This place was massive, but Juniper and the others couldn't have gotten too far. Besides, heading northward now was easy enough.
>Think of a different plan. Something a bit more elaborate which could help you either find Juniper, or get a clue on where she went. Maybe also cover the plan with Lono, so she could give input as well. (Write in what you'll plan.)
>Something else...
>>
>>6136826
Welcome to Ms. Attacus' Wild Ride!
>Think of a different plan. Something a bit more elaborate which could help you either find Juniper, or get a clue on where she went. Maybe also cover the plan with Lono, so she could give input as well.
Ask the subjects! Surely one of Tengri's has to be around here, or any others who might know things or who/where to ask further. Where is he? Where are his subjects? Where's his usual testing grounds? Where's his office?
And if anyone stops us to ask what the hell we're doing, it's above their paygrade. Maybe name-drop Tengri (he'll be too busy being dead to fire us).

Also, I think Lono is right, since the centre of the facility is also conspicuously the centre of the crater, ergo likely the epicentre of whatever shitfuckery went on and we know his usual haunt was the middle areas. Also, time's a-tickin - we're in a window where the shit has already hit the fan, but right now it's still flying through the air and while we might not have been splattered yet it's just a matter of time until we get covered too. While we know Tengri dies during the disaster, we don't know when or how (all we heard was that he was "found dead outside the main building", whatever the "main building" is) and if Juniper is in the centre, our only chance to haul her arse out of the fire could be to get in and out before much of the central facility gets sent into low orbit. While I trust Lono to protect us from most marauding subjects once all hell breaks loose, if we get it wrong in the next [short period], we could all die together as everything explodes so let's get our skates on here.
>>
>>6136885
Supporting. I can only hope Lono and friends survive this.
>>
>>6136826
>Ask Lono if she could give more details about where Tengri's test chambers were, or where Juniper and the others might be located. Maybe she could tell you a bit more about the location you were heading for?

>>6136885
How would we know which subjects are Tengri's though? If we're asking subjects we might as well ask Lono first. Others don't know us and might not answer as a result, it was hard enough getting Lono to open up.
>>
>>6136896
We won't but there's a small chance we might recognise a designation, Lono might know some and there's always more subjects to ask if they clam up or aren't the nanite constructs we're looking for. A lot of Tengri's projects turned out to be reasonable enough people
>>
Gonna skip out on an update today, and maybe also tomorrow. Today was rather busy, and I know tomorrow evening will be pretty tight. I'll still try to see if I can manage something during what times I got where I can type stuff out. Hope it isn't too bad of a timing, considering the current situation of the side-story.
>>
>>6137337
Yer killin' us here, Andy.
By the way, how long is this sidestory planned to be? While it's great, I don't want to risk it wearing out its welcome if it goes on for too long.
>>
File: Spoiler Image (2.52 MB, 1200x1600)
2.52 MB
2.52 MB PNG
>Ask Lono if she could give more details about where Tengri's test chambers were, or where Juniper and the others might be located. Maybe she could tell you a bit more about the location you were heading for?
As you ran into the unknown, your first question to Lono was if she knew where Tengri's chambers were. She once again softly said: "To the north of here.", which showed that she wasn't entirely confident. You'd ask for more details, her pausing to think a bit about it. "Okay, I know that Tengri has a large section close to the staff areas. If we just head there, we can maybe find his office and the subjects there." It seemed like a decent enough hint, though that also meant having to find the staff area. Sylvio would ask: "So, are all of Tengri's subjects there? Aren't some of them also around here?" Lono didn't have an answer to that question. Though you had a potential solution which could make things a bit easier.

>Think of a different plan. Something a bit more elaborate which could help you either find Juniper, or get a clue on where she went. Maybe also cover the plan with Lono, so she could give input as well.
You'd tell Sylvio and Lomo that you should pause to ask some of the nearby subjects. Even if they weren't, they maybe know where those subjects were, or would have knowledge on where you had to search. "Alright. Let's ask the next one we pass. Hopefully, they aren't too far away." Sylvio remarked as Lono kept quietly moving forward. Eventually, you'd find a subject to your left, more specifically some sort of small harpy. She looked confused and concerned, you approaching her and asking if she was made by Tengri. "Uhhh, no? I was made by Mona and Catherine. Are they okay? What's going on?" You told them that something big was going on and that you were looking for Tengri, or subjects related to Tengri. You'd also ask if she has any idea where he was, where his subjects were, his test grounds and his office.

And to the absolute shock of both you, Lono and Sylvio, she'd respond to all of them. "He is currently convening with some of the other high ranking scientists. His subjects are stored on the 72nd floor, north of the staff section. His testing ground is close-by, being just east of the containment section. And his office is in the staff area." You could tell Lono and Sylvio were mightily impressed. Sylvio would calmly ask: "How do you know all that?" To which the subject softly yet happily responded. "Mona and Catherine taught me a lot, hehehe! My name is Patty, by the way. Can you tell me what's going on? Where are all the guards going? Why hasn't Mona visited me yet?" She sounded a little sombre with that last question. However, none of you had an answer to that, Lono even saying. "I'm very sorry, Patty, but we don't know. We're trying to find one of my friends fo help them, since they might be in danger." Lono clearly still wanted to hurry up, even though doing such may not be the smartest move.
>>
After all, this little harpy girl knew a huge amount all by her head. And it was highly doubtful that she knew it all based on what her creators once taught her. Despite that, Patty did seem okay with you leaving her be. She just softly responded to what Lono had to say. "Well, good luck with saving your friend. If you see Mona or Catherine, can you ask them to come over? I'm worried that bad things will happen." Lono looked at you and Sylvio, waiting to head if you had anything to say. It didn't seem like she had any response of her own, meaning you might just have to make an empty promise you could never really fulfil.

>What do you do next?

>Promise her you'll try, and then just go the directions which she gave you. They seemed reasonably clear to you.
>Ask for further details about the location. Given that this little harpy knew so much, you could easily get further details before leaving. (Write in what you'll ask her.)
>Break her free from her containment. You couldn't save Mona or Catherine, but you could definitely let the harpy out so she could try s herself. It was only fair you did such after she helped you out so much.
>Break her free and ask her to lead the way over to wherever Tengri's chambers were. She knew things by head, so she could definitely help lead the way.
>Something else...

(Bit of a shorter update. But after this interaction, I can see things either going really fast or a bit slower. Hope this also answers your question, >>6137375)
>>
>>6137847
>Promise her you'll try, and then just go the directions which she gave you. They seemed reasonably clear to you.
>>
>>6137847
>Break her free and ask her to lead the way over to wherever Tengri's chambers were. She knew things by head, so she could definitely help lead the way.
Screw it, we're already so fucking fired and need every advantage we can get. We'll see if we can't find your friends as well even if Mona is doomed (or is she?) by canon.
That and having another friendly MG on our side later on when our employment status is the least of our concerns will be great. Given her parentage, I trust her to be a good birb.
>>
>>6137845
>Break her free and ask her to lead the way over to wherever Tengri's chambers were. She knew things by head, so she could definitely help lead the way.
Peregrine, huh? She must be fast.
>>
>>6137926
Support. What's the worst that can happen?
>>
Oh hey, Patty has materialised in the MGE. The behaviour comment is concerning though. Are we about to be shot at?

I also wonder what kind of nat 100 we rolled on the encounter table to get someone who knows exactly what's going on. Assuming she's not bullshitting, that is (I don't think she is).
>>
>Break her free and ask her to lead the way over to wherever Tengri's chambers were. She knew things by head, so she could definitely help lead the way.
After Patty wished you good luck with finding Juniper, you decided that she could serve you better if she was freed from her chamber. You'd quickly look for a way out, stunning Sylvio and Lono. "Zeke, what are you doing?" Sylvio asked, as you explained you might as well free her to help you out. "Won't that get you in major trouble though?" Lono asked in concern, you stating that it wouldn't matter anyway if things were already this chaotic now. Hell, the fact you were running around with Lono was enough of a reason to get you fired, so it wasn't like freeing one more subject would get you fired even harder. Sylvio looked shocked, before softly saying: "Well, so long as you tell Anderson and Francis that this was your idea, not mine." You'd fiddle with the door, Patty looking quite curiously at what you were doing. And after struggling to open the door to the chamber, Lono would step forward.

"Patty, stand out of the way." Patty would accept, hopping up and into the trees of her containment chamber. Lono would move towards the main door, before delivering a couple of hard punches. And after giving a potent kick, the door would break open somewhat. She'd tug on the opened part, pulling the door open and giving enough space for Patty to escape. Patty looked stunned, you telling her that you wanted her to lead the way. She'd nod slowly, before stepping out of the chamber through the destroyed door. After stepping foot outside her chamber, she'd look around, before flapping her wings. "Follow me!" She'd say more excitedly, as she'd start flying forward. As you followed her, you would tell Sylvio that you were pretty damn lucky to have met the one subject who seemingly knew all the locations. "Let’s just hope she actually knows, and that this isn't just her remembering things wrong."

Sylvio would soon after turn to Patty and speak up more curiously. "So, what is your ability? Just flight, or do you have some super mind powers?" Patty would keep on flying, speaking up softly as she explained herself. "I have an incredible memory. I was created to be an informant subject, who can quickly move between positions to bring intel around. At least, that is what Catherine said about me." It didn't seem like the most effective thing for a subject to be, as online communications were a thing. Then again, maybe in war zones without active comms, it would be useful to have her around. You did feel safe keeping Patty around, you already finding her to be a precious little bird girl. Lono also appeared optimistic, closely following Patty as you'd take numerous turns and followed several paths. You'd eventually leave the large subject containment zone you were in, going down a long hallway which was far more dimly lit.
>>
"I wonder if there's a reason for shutting all the lights here. Maybe it's to alert folk not to come here?" Sylvio asked, to which Patty eagerly spoke up. "It's maybe done to ensure folk don't go down here, and to make it so they head into directions with actual light and what not." It seemed like an okay-ish explanation. Though you couldn't imagine it being comfortable being in this dimly lit hallway during an emergency situation like the one you were currently in. Still, you could at least see enough to walk forward, passing by several transport vehicles which were still on but unoccupied. You'd keep moving, until reaching the main staff area. "We have to head down a few floors, I think. And the-" You'd hear a loud bang in the distance, followed by the lights flickering and the floor shaking slightly. "What the hell was that?!" After the lights returned, Lono spoke up a bit more confidently. "Lets hurry up!" You and the others agreed, Patty speeding up as she'd lead you through the staff area.

You saw so many fancy spots to relax and unwind. Plenty of smaller laboratories and personal offices. You passed by dozens of food courts and other areas intended for relaxation. Though everything was empty, devoid of life. You saw plenty of screens still flickering with light, many showcasing news which hadn't been updated. Some did showcase warnings and footage of Agami on repeat, but her voice was the only thing you still heard throughout this place. After wandering the abandoned space for some time, you'd reach some elevators which Patty tried to activate. "Crud, they don't work." She'd say, at which point Lono looked around before signalling you to come. "There's a stairwell here! Which way do we head?" Patty flew over, confidently saying: "We have to go down! I'll let you know which floor we should stop." Thus, you'd quickly rush down the stairs, you hearing more and more bangs in the distance. Though as you moved deeper, you realised that the bangs were coming from below you, as the noises were getting louder. That, or the source of the sound was getting closer to you, which was equally concerning.

And after Patty told you you had reached the right floor, you'd take a right turn and keep rushing forward. You'd keep rushing towards the location Patty had in mind, up until you'd see some guardsman approach. "HEY, STOP!" One of the guardsman said as he brought out a machine gun. Lono and Patty froze up, Sylvio raising his hands. "Woah, hey! Calm down, we're just passing through here!" It was a group of 5 guardsmen, two approaching you as two others seemed to be carrying one of their men. "Are you reinforcements?!" One of them said in an urgent tone, you and the others shaking their heads. "Then... what the hell are you doing here?!" Looking closer at the person they were carrying, you noticed that they were missing some limbs and that parts of their body had suffered visible chemical burns which had turned their skin a burnt black hue.
>>
"We're looking for a guardswoman! She was taken here to help out with one of Tengri's subjects!" Lono said in a more anxious voice, as Patty also spoke up. "Would you guardsmen also know where Mona and Catherine are? We're trying to find them as well." The guardsmen seemed stunned, before one spoke up in a more concerned voice. "We have not a single clue. But if they are anywhere down there, then... I cannot guarantee that they're still alive." That single comment made Lono's eyes widen in horror, Patty looking equally disturbed. "What?! What are you on about?! What is even going on?!" Sylvio asked in bewilderment, the other guardsmen looking to his men before sighing. "We have no clue either. And we're not sticking around to find out. Whatever is down there is NOT a subject and... I highly suggest just abandoning your search and getting somewhere safe." The guardsmen would signal his men to follow, as his words had left Lono, Sylvio and Patty unsure what to even say.

>What do you do next?

>Tell Patty to continue leading the way. You weren't going to be deterred by some random threat they couldn't even really describe in a solid way. Besides, you definitely were going to need to hurry, if the sounds were any indication.
>Ask the men if they can at least tell you a bit more about what the hell they saw and what was causing this chaos. That way, you could at the very least avoid it if you spotted it down there. (Write in what you'll ask about this threat.)
>Follow the men's advice and retreat. If their injuries are anything to go off, whatever was causing trouble downstairs were not worth messing with whatsoever. (Write in where you'll head to instead.)
>Give Patty, Sylvio and Lono the option to retreat. Maybe they didn't wanna go further downwards and preferred just hiding for the time being. Their help would be appreciated, but you weren't going to forfeit their safety to save someone for Lono.
>Set up some kind of plan of action. Sure, you could rush down and you'd potentially be fine. But maybe it was smart to think of what you'd do and how you'd get out of whatever shitshow you may just find yourself in. (Write in your plan.)
>Something else...
>>
>>6138619
>Tell Patty to continue leading the way. You weren't going to be deterred by some random threat they couldn't even really describe in a solid way. Besides, you definitely were going to need to hurry, if the sounds were any indication.
We are committing to this. They have no clue what the threat is so asking them for details is likely a waste of time that will only risk Juniper. The fact they have chemical burns while also mentioning how whatever is causing this isn't a subject has me concerned, however. What if it was a death squad attacking this place? Earlier it was mentioned there's a deathsquad that specked into chemical warfare called Earthling. What if those guys played a part somehow?
>>
>>6138619
>Ask the men if they can at least tell you a bit more about what the hell they saw and what was causing this chaos. That way, you could at the very least avoid it if you spotted it down there.
What did it look like and what did it do?
Where is it and is it going a certain way?
>Give Patty, Sylvio and Lono the option to retreat. Maybe they didn't wanna go further downwards and preferred just hiding for the time being. Their help would be appreciated, but you weren't going to forfeit their safety to save someone for Lono.
All right people, last chance to back out. While any help will be greatly appreciated, you can choose to turn around now and seek what safety you can find given this whole place is clearly going to hell in a handbasket. But we're going in because we won't leave someone behind. If needs be, alone.
If The Thing(s) is down this stairwell, I recommend we cut through the floor and change over to a different stairwell - if not, we continue with the plan. Patty continues to lead if she comes with, if not ask for some directions first.
>>
>>6138619
>Ask the men if they can at least tell you a bit more about what the hell they saw and what was causing this chaos. That way, you could at the very least avoid it if you spotted it down there. (Write in what you'll ask about this threat.)
What is it, if not a subject?
How can we stay as safe as possible if we continue to descend?
>>
>Ask the men if they can at least tell you a bit more about what the hell they saw and what was causing this chaos. That way, you could at the very least avoid it if you spotted it down there.
Despite the rush the men were seemingly in, you still wanted to ask them about the thing they saw and how you could stay safe. As you asked them about what the thing looked like, they'd look a little annoyed. Fortunately, one of them did respond quickly. "It was massive, and looked like smoke or something. It moved over us as if it flew by us, rather than stepping over us. It had hints of purple or pink, and it burnt anything it touched." It seemed very odd, but it could maybe be some kind of chemical subject? You wanted to know what it did, which elicited a more snide response from one of the men. "It flew past us, killing folk and causing THIS to people, and then disappeared." He'd point to his injured friend, before speaking more agitatedly. "Let's get the hell out of here. I don't wanna stay here any longer." You weren't done asking questions though, as you quickly would ask what they think it was. They didn't have an answer, the more aggressive guardsman loudly proclaiming: "We don't bloody know! Whatever it is, it's the most vile thing this place has ever created! And we're not spending any more time just standing around where it can appear at any time!"

You'd ask one of the men how they'd recommend staying safe if you did chose to go in its direction. To this, one of the more calm guardsmen did respond with reason. "My suggestion is to just take the small side routes. Don't follow the huge hallways in which it can move. Just take the small routes. And whatever you do, don't let it touch you." By now, the injured guardsmen was already being brought away by the two who carried him. The other guardsmen would also leave, the calmer and more reasonable one even saying: "Good luck finding your friends. I pray they won't have confronted whatever this thing might be."

>Give Patty, Sylvio and Lono the option to retreat. Maybe they didn't wanna go further downwards and preferred just hiding for the time being. Their help would be appreciated, but you weren't going to forfeit their safety to save someone for Lono.
With the guardsmen leaving you behind, you'd turn to Sylvio and Patty. You'd tell them that they could leave now if they so wanted to. Their help would be appreciated, but you could understand they may prefer safety over whatever was down there. You'd also offer the option to Lono, saying you would be fine heading in alone. "I'm not leaving you now, Zeke. You've helped me so much a-and I am not abandoning you either!" Lono said determinedly, Patty also stepping forward. "I wanna keep helping you as well! It may be scary, but I don't wanna leave you now!" This left Sylvio, who put his hand on your shoulder and casually spoke up. "You know I won't abandon you at this point. Let's go save Juniper and Patty's caretakers."
>>
With all of your men still willing to help, you'd state what your plan was. Given the suggestion from the guards and what was going on, you felt that it was still safe to just head further downward. Whatever the thing was which caused all this chaos, it seemed like it was moving all over the place. And since it seemingly had passed through here quite recently, it was surely not too dangerous to go down directly. Thus, you'd keep heading forward, Patty still leading the way as you'd pass by more containment chambers. As you passed by some, you realised Patty and Lono weren't the only subjects outside of containment, as some chambers had been broken out of and were empty. You didn't try and focus on that though, continuing to move until there was a particularly loud bang and the sound of metal ripping. Once again, the lights flickered and things went dark, before some returned. "Attention all staff! Retreat towards the bunkers immediately! I repeat, retreat towards the bunkers immediately!"

The voice over the intercom would loudly say, as you no longer heard Agamk speaking over it. This was clearly an emergency, yet you didn't stop going. Until finally, Patty spoke up. "Over here! This is where Tengri keeps most of his subjects!" You'd rush down the hallway, immediately discovering that all the chambers were empty. Some had been opened up by people, whilst others had clearly been broken out of by the subjects in question. "Oh no. Where is everyone?" Patty said, flying around each chamber. "Toyotama, Kiyohime, Shesha, even Nandi is gone!" Her voice sounded worried, as the others seemed unsure what to do. The entire place looked abandoned, the entire containment area being devoid of life. And since Patty didn't see anyone you hoped to find, chances were that Juniper wasn't nearby either.

"No no no no, this can't be. They have to be nearby! They can't just be gone!" Lono said worriedly, as she'd already look around. "Maybe they headed for the bunkers as well, and took some of Tengri's subjects along?" Sylvio reasoned, as you'd suddenly hear several soft thuds coming from far above you. It sounded like cannon fire, you soon after hearing a different kind of alarm further in the distance. "Attention all staff. Please keep your distance from 1851-GG's containment area!" A distant announcement went as you felt a rush of cold air flying through the hallways. "They're letting Titania out of her chamber? Why?" Patty asked, before you heard further bangs and thuds coming from above. "How far is Titania's chamber from here, Patty?" Sylvio asked, Patty quickly responding. "It's close-by! Only a five minute walk from here!" You'd soon after hear another announcement over the intercom, hearing the more panicked voice again. "Attention all staff! Do not head to the surface! I repeat, do NOT head to the surface!"
>>
Whatever was causing trouble, maybe it had somehow moved over to the surface of the facility? That, or something else was going on which you couldn't begin to understand. Either way, things were getting louder, and you had no clue where to head to to find Juniper, let alone Mona or Catherine...

>What do you do next?

(Decided to have a little bit of fun, and let you guys think of something completely on your own this turn. Not because of a lack of actions, but because I am curious what you'll do seeing that Juniper is nowhere to be found and given the news you were shared. If you guys really need some pointers though because you can't think of anything, I'll maybe create a little prompt for you guys to choose with.)
>>
I'll hazard a guess that the advice to not go topside is because the Big Bang is imminent and anyone on the surface would be sent into the stratosphere by the blastwave along with much of the facility.
>>6139084
Hey, we should be much closer by Juniper's location now than we were earlier. Let's try our communicator again and see if we can't get a hold of her if we're within range if there might have been issues connecting with the tablet earlier.

Let's analyse the situation a bit. Some of the doors have been willingly opened, I recognise two of the names in the list as good girls and there are apparently no bodies or bloodstains around. The two that I do recognise were latter spotted in the south-west quadrant, albeit alone. So, my interpretation of the scene would be that the staff broke out some subjects and booked it together to the south-west. However, we wouldn't know the latter part in-character right now, or if that was indeed Juniper's lot. For all we know, she could have been assigned to Titania herself and be trapped up there with her. Since we're so close to Titania, this place is going to be toast when the Big Bang happens.

I'd like some other opinions if you got em.
>>
>>6139084
Free all the subjects you see

Also yeah check comms for Juniper
>>
>>6139084
>Check comms for Juniper
>If we can't call Juniper then ask Patty where she thinks Catherine and Mona could be
If we can't find Juniper here then maybe we'll just have to shift focus and hope Juniper makes it. She could be anywhere at this point. Where are we in the facility anyways?
>>
File: SATANCOWRAPEMADNESS.png (328 KB, 1000x1042)
328 KB
328 KB PNG
>>6137845
>>
>>6139461
Artgod sama I kneel
>>
>>6139461
I wonder if Elbrus made her for himself or so he could watch her rape his other subjects. Or maybe she was created to "feed" some of his other subjects that sustain themselves through sex.
>>
>>6139461
Drawfags continue to outdo themselves. That's basically how I imagine our bumbling duo, and I see the ahoge.

It's occurred to me we haven't actually proposed a course of action beyong ringing Juniper again. I say we should look around for something that might tell us which way they went like opened doors, cleared rubble etc. We don't really have much to go off here in terms of clues to their whereabouts.

Also, QM, I have more Very Important Questions:
Lono versus Hapi, no-holds-barred, all-out catfight to the death. Who wins?
What are Lono, Patty and Juniper's cup sizes? C'mon, a friend of mine wants to know. Said his name was...Albus? Erebus? Something like that.
>>
>Check comms for Juniper.
Seeing that you were stuck without an idea as to what to do, you decided to take to the comms. If you probably were closer to her now than ever, so you could very well reach her with it now. You'd turn it on, before trying to get Juniper to hear you. You'd not hear any response, just hearing static from the other end for a while. As you were about to stop though, you'd hear her voice slowly coming in through the static. "Ze-... ... at y-... ... ... Ho-... ... -ou-... -ting... ... ... Whe- ... ... -re ... ... -ing?" The contact soon went to static, as you tried to contact her again. However, you'd hear a bit more rumbling and soon found some of the power going off around you, as the wind kept blowing around you. "We have to get out of here, Zeke!" Sylvio would say, as it was clear that staying here any longer would be dangerous. Lono appeared a bit scared, looking around and just wandering around you. "But what about Juniper?! W-We haven't found her yet! We can't leave!" Lono would even say, after which you said that you couldn't find her and that she probably was elsewhere given the lack of easy contact. Lono was visibly terrified, yet would keep looking around.

>Ask Patty where she thinks Catherine and Mona could be.
"We have to hurry, guys!" Sylvio said as he already would start going the other way the wind came from. You'd look towards Patty, who didn't appear too bothered by the rush of air, and asked her where Catherine and Mona could be. "Somewhere in the staff area, maybe? Or maybe they are with their subjects? Maybe they also headed to the bunkers. I'm not sure." Obviously, Patty had not a clue as to where her caretakers were. Though hearing of the bunkers, Sylvio seemed most ready to head that way. "Let’s go over there then! Maybe it'll have emergency lights, unlike this place!" Given the lack of light aside from emergency lights, it was probably smart to head elsewhere which did still have power.

Thus, you'd let Patty lead the way towards the staff area. Lono still seemed unsure, you insisting she came along. And as Patty and Sylvio were about to leave you behind, Lono thankfully would follow right behind you. The four of you would start hurrying up, as you heard more rumbles and thuds coming from above. However, the wind did soon die down, and you heard a fading rumbling noise. Things seemed to calm down, though the power was still down. "We just need to keep going for ten or so minutes, then we'll reach one of the bunkers, I think." Patty said in a hopeful tone. Whilst you ran, you planned to open up as many subject chambers as you passed by. However, you found that pretty much every chamber was broken out of or abandoned. There were a few clearly inhabited chambers which didn't look like they were broken out of. However, you couldn't really see any occupants so you unfortunately left them without knowing if they had been emptied out.
>>
You'd keep rushing forward, the place being eerily quiet aside from your footsteps. "How much further is it, Patty?" Sylvio asked calmly, to which Patty spoke more optimistically. "If we run now, we might be able to reach it in a few minutes! Can you guys see things well?" Things were pretty dark down where you were, but it was not impossible to get around. You still had emergency lights to illuminate some of the walls and ceiling. You did stumble into some transport vehicles a couple of times, but it seemed like peace had returned to the facility for the time being. Though that would change as you kept heading forward, you starting to feel the ground shiver a little. A distant rumbling noise could be heard. Though it became more and more powerful as the seconds pass. "What the hell is that noise?" Sylvio asked, Lono starting to panic. "S-Something bad is gonna happen... I-I can feel it." Patty didn't appear too scared, her continuing to fly ahead as she took a more chipper tone. "We're almost there. Just keep on running!" The sound grew more and more intense, the ground really starting to shake. You'd call out to the others as the noise became unbearable. A few seconds later, you heard a sound like a whistle or something speeding by you.

For a second, you'd look at Sylvio, Lono and Patty in the darkness. You couldn't see much of them, up until a blinding light came from right behind you. For but a tenth of a second, you could see their expressions as if it was a picture. Sylvio still looked determined, Patty remained optimistic and you saw Lono looking at you with fear in her eyes.

It was the last image etched into your mind, before things went to hell...

The flash of light became blinding, as you heard a sound which reminded you of a nuke or a volcanic eruption. Unlike such events though, the deafening volume remained intense throughout, deafening you as windows shattered around you. The sound was met with you feeling an agonizing pain throughout your body, as you were flung forward as if you were a ragdoll. You felt heat burning your armour and soon even your body. Rocks, rubble and metal was pelted at you at unfathomable speeds, piercing parts of you as things quickly faded into darkness from the short second of pain...

...

...

...

...

When you woke up, you'd feel so many things all at once. Your peaceful rest was met with the sensation of an aching pain across your body. You felt deep, sharp sensations throughout your entire body, which was somehow contrasted with a lack of feeling anything on your skin. You tried moving an arm, it feeling cold and as if it barely moved. Opening your eyes, your vision was blurry and you couldn't hear a damn thing. You'd groggily look around, seeing mangled steel, concrete and some small fires around you. Lono, Sylvio or Patty were nowhere to be seen, as the place was eerily quiet. Unfortunately, as you woke up more and more, you felt your body hurting more and more.
>>
You’d try and move more of your limbs, but found that it was barely possible to move around. Though you soon heard a bit of movement from some nearby rubble, watching Lono crawl free from it. She was highly injured, her wings having been scorched off and her entire body having burns all over. Some of her soft fuzz was gone, and she had plenty of puncture wounds. Yet, she was still capable of standing, her thankfully spotting you. “Z-Zeke!” She’d limp over, holding onto her injuries and soon crouching beside you. “N-No… No, don’t… Z-Zeke…” She’d tear up, moving her hand closer to your body before pulling back. She knew she couldn't touch you. But honestly, you couldn't even feel anything anymore from your skin, so there really was no point in her holding her hands back now.

She’d start sobbing more and more, her sniffling and shivering. “I-I’m sorry… I-I’m so sorry! Z-Zeke, I… I didn’t want you to… I-I just wanted to…” She started breathing heavily, looking over your injured body and panicking more and more.

>What do you do next?

(>>6139461 Goddamn, drawanon, that is once again perfect. It would've honestly been really funny if you did pass by Hapi and I gave you guys the option to rescue her. It wouldn't have ended well, but it would've been pretty funny.)

(>>6139650 Oh god, why must you ask such perverse questions right as I am about to post such a sad update? Well, since you asked nicely. Lono would have less defensive abilities and less agility than Hapi, but her needles would probably make Hapi wanna kill herself, so I think I'll give Lono the win. As for their cup sizes, I'll... figure that out tomorrow. It's getting late here and I am NOT going to judge even more booba sizes, especially with this update.)
>>
>>6139669
>>What do you do next?
It's over for us, but not to her and the others, tell her to save herself and anyone else she can once she gets a little better.
>>
>>6139669
>Ask her why she dragged you here instead of staying safe in her chamber. Now you’re going to die in agony, light years away from your friends and family. Does she hate you so badly?
One last bully
>>
>>6139669
>What do you do next?
We are going to die anyways, just grab her hand.
>>
>>6139669
Well, this is sad...We are alive however, and that's the important thing.

>Ask Lono to find Sylvio and Patty. They can't have gone too far. Patty might know the location of a medical bay that can save us and Sylvio if he's in better shape could help us get there.

>>6139671
>>6139735
It ain't over yet cowards. You want to surrender to death that quickly? Nay. We are awake, and death is far too afraid to claim us in such a state due to the fight we'd put up! The fact we woke up means we aren't dying yet and can survive as long as we are smart. We just gotta hope our friends are doing better than we are.
>>
>>6139669
>"How's it look doc? Will I still be able to become a professional lucha libre?"

>>6139748
>The fact we woke up means we aren't dying yet and can survive as long as we are smart.
I dunno about this one
Even if we aren't bleeding out or paralyzed from our injuries, there's very little chance we'll get the care and medical treatment we need to recover.
>>
>>6139748
That's a good point that Patty would probably know and it doesn't seem like we're going into shock just yet, but I doubt Sylvio's doing much better than we are and reckon Patty is doing significantly worse than Lono on account of being small and fragile (hollow bones!) and will be sporting broken wings and a lot of burned-off feathers at the least (though if she's in the MGE with documented later sightings, she'll at least canonically survive). Lono might well be the only one of us still up and moving right now which poses a problem of how she'd move any of us. Might be able to pick us up with a carrier bag over her hands or by our remaining clothing since even if we can't feel her hairs, we really don't need more ouchie right now. Speaking of injuries, by the sounds it it we have extensive second to third degree burns as well as possible internal injuries and broken bones. We're going to need medical attention pretty quickly if we're going to dodge the scythe, or we'll end up like that one scientist from the first thread who survived his initial injuries but died later. We could also ask Lono to call Juniper & Co. again for us and see if they're within range to help. While we may as well see if we can't flip Mr. Calavera the bird, we might not get to say as many cool last words if it doesn't work out.

Rifling through my Metro soundtrack playlist, I'm not sure if I should be playing Don't Forget or Race Against Fate right now.

and if it doesn't work.....
>We don't regret a thing, Lono. We knew the risks, even if it didn't work out. You're a brave girl, you know that? Just think things through a bit in the future, mm?
>You're going to have to leave us, but the others are still out there. Find Sylvio and Patty, if they're alive. Find Juniper for us. Survive this mess for us.
>That old deck of cards is still in our pocket - it's yours now, if you want it. Take our radio and our rifle too, if you think it'd be useful.
>We can't feel pain any more anyway. Do you want a hug at last before you go, as a friend?
>>
File: Poisoned_Moth_Hug.png (582 KB, 783x1672)
582 KB
582 KB PNG
>>6136291
>>
>>6139763
Heavy Price Paid from Halo 2 seems fitting right now.
>>
>>6139767
The fucking TF2 soldier hahahah
>>
File: LonoCoping.png (127 KB, 796x514)
127 KB
127 KB PNG
>>6139748
>Zeke isn't dead yet!
I wonder who is behind this post...
>>
>>6139767
And that, kids, is why you always check where you put your arms! Those girls could have been anywhere, you know.

Also, squinting at the description of the Big Bang, I think that was the sound of orbital bombardment. The source of the fire is a mystery though, since explosions don't generally cause fireballs when Michael Bay isn't filming - perhaps it was rapid-fire plasma weaponry?

>>6140263
I actually think we have a chance to survive this. Not a good chance, not at all, but a >0% chance we may as well take.
>>
>>6139767
I like how soldier from TF2 is just a reoccuring thing in the story now. First with Oreas dressing like her, now with Soldier being the one who broke Lono's spirit.

Also, friendly reminder that Dhabus is immune to explosives and can quite literally rocket jump. Don't question the physics of it. She just can do it and she WILL use it if possible.

Aside from that, I am curious why Annie is watching it. She looks kinda smug to me, so I hope she isn't taking joy in Zeke's intense suffering.

>>6140263
Poor Lono just can't catch a break, huh?

>>6139650
And, since I promised i'd do it...
Lono has C cup breasts.
Patty has A cups.
Juniper has B cups.

Anyway, I know now is maybe one of the most annoying times to do this, but I am gonna refrain from making an update today. Mostly because I am fucking exhausted and need a bit of time off to actually get some rests. Apologies for the delay, especially during such a pivotal moment in this side-story. I promise I'll get to work ASAP tomorrow!
>>
>>6140263
Unfortunately for you, I am not an tall white haired mothgirl capable of crushing a rock with a single hand and who's life is a trainwreck. Instead I am the protector of the one true waifu, that short purple haired foxgirl that's your number one source of disinformation, mocking and laughing at every deathsquad except the one this quest follows.

>>6140413
You forgot Cortina, Lara and Claire.
>>
>>6140413
In the meantime I have meta questions!

What were Patty and Lono's canonical fates before the events of this story? Did they get killed in the disaster, did you have them kicking about in secret as two of many Schroedinger's Undocumented Subjects or did you create them specifically for this story?
What would have happened if we'd gone to the bunker instead of launching the rescue mission? Would we have met a (different) bad end and would Lono have been shot by guards or fatally blown up in the Big Bang wandering around the central facility alone?
How would Lono have behaved in the crisis if we'd kept our distance instead of befriending her?
Were we doomed to get Banged when we set off for Tengri's corner, or did we dally a bit too long somewhere?
Did we actually get really lucky with meeting Patty?

also you know I'm going to request the cup sizes of every future recurring female cast member as well? That reminds me, I need Vinisha's too now she's joined the party.
>>
>>6140413
>I am curious why Annie is watching it.
She gets off to hugging.
>>
>What do you do next?
Seeing Lono sobbing and apologising, you knew your options were limited. You'd tell her you needed some medical help right now if you wanted to survive. It clearly stressed her out, as she looked around through the rubble you were left in. "I-I don't..." She whispered, before you signalled to your comms device. You'd tell her to try and contact Juniper and the others, which would hopefully work given how you were presumably close to their location. Lono looked hesitant, before carefully trying to grab your comms device. She would try not to touch you with any of her hairs, though the chance still existed it wouldn't really do much for you. Once she had it, she'd look unsure what to do. "W-What do I... h-how do I use it?" You'd calmly explain the device, feeling pain with every word you said. Once she got it, she'd try and call for Juniper, doing so with a tearful voice.

"J-Juniper, p-please pick up... p-please, I-I don't want this... I-I don't want this." She sounded on the verge of bursting into tears, her entire body shivering from pain and anxiety. There was no response on the other side, you hearing soft static coming from the other side. And once it became clear there was no-one, Lono would put down the device and sobbed. "I-I'm sorry... I-I wanted t-to save J-Juniper... b-but now, y-you'll die... J-Juniper's also dead. S-Sylvio a-and P-Patty too. I-I... I didn't want... I just..." Her voice increased in pitch, her looking all over the place in fear. Hearing her speak so anxiously about the others, you'd tell her to try and find Sylvio and Patty. Given how close they were to you, they couldn't have gone too far. And if you did find Patty, she could hopefully bring you to a medical bay which was nearby. If one of them even still existed nearby.

Lono did as told, immediately standing up and limping around the place. She'd lift up heavy rubble, clearly struggling under the pain and anxiety. And as she did such, you felt the life in you starting to fade. The pain started getting number, but you felt weakness overtake you. It was impossible to really move most of your body anymore, you soon calling Lono to come over with what little strength you had remaining. She'd stop before trying to rush over. "I-I'll find them, Z-Zeke! I-I'll find them f-for you! I-I promise, j-just... d-don't die. Please, I-I don't know w-what to do if y-you go. P-Please, stay with me!" She could tell that you were dying and that she was helpless to stop it. She'd crouch near you, looking over you and soon grabbing parts of her clothing. She'd rip it free, trying to patch parts of you up which looked heavily injured. You'd tell her to stop, as it was clear that there was no way she was going to save your life now. It was the end of the road for you. It hadn't been a long ride down here, but you had met a lot of good folk and had a decent time working with Lono. And you wanted to reassure her for when you'd be gone as well.
>>
You'd tell her to grab your hand, her looking unsure what to do. She'd stare before grabbing your hand with hers. She'd hold on softly, soon lowering her head as she let out more tears. You'd speak up that you didn't regret what you did, and that it wasn't her fault. You had known the risks of what you were about to do, and you weren't mad at what had happened. In fact, you'd tell Lono that she was brave for going out of her way to find her friend, and that she just needed to be a bit more careful and thinks through in the future. Lono nodded understandingly, you then telling her that she had to go find Sylvio, Patty and Juniper. You didn't want them to survive this entire disaster for your sake. "I-I will, Z-Zeke... I will..." She'd say in a soft yet pained voice. You'd reassure her further, pointing to the deck of cards you had used to play with her. You gave her the option to keep it, her seeming surprised before nodding understandingly. You'd also offer your radio and rifle, her slowly nodding and wiping away some of her tears. "T-Thank you, Zeke..."

She'd sniffle, still looking unsure what she should do. She'd think for a second, before speaking softly. "Z-Zeke... y-you, J-Juniper a-and Sylvio... b-becoming my g-guardsmen... w-was the best thins to e-ever happen to m-me... I-I will n-never forget you..." She tried to hold back her tears, you soon after offering a final hug to comfort her. She'd hesitate for a moment, before moving over to you and gently lifting up your upper half as she hugged you tightly. It did hurt a little bit to be grabbed, but you could manage. You soon also felt a growing warmth around where Lono's body touched yours, which was actually quite pleasant given how cold and battered you felt. It was Lono's venom, it not hurting and instead making you feel warm when you couldn't feel much of anything anymore. She'd keep hugging you tightly, letting out more sniffs and gasps. Though the feeling in your body soon started fading completely, as you felt your vision becoming blurry.

"Z-Zeke... a-are you..." Lono's voice became distant, you seeing her looking at you, her blurry face fading more and more, as your mind felt at ease. It was like you were falling asleep, entering a pleasant and peaceful slumber in Lono's arms...

...

...

...

"Zeke?" Lono would say, as she pulled back from hugging Zeke. She'd see his eyes staring off into the distance, his breathing having faded. She'd hug him tightly, before bursting out into tears. She sobbed and held onto him tightly, almost like she was protecting his body. Though as the minute passed, she'd calm down more and more. Until finally, she'd gently lay Zeke's body down, closing his eyes and soon after grabbing his comms device and the cards. She did also look at the gun, but found it heavily damaged from the explosion as well. Besides, she didn't know how to operate a gun anyway and felt it was better to appear peaceful in case she saw survivors.
>>
She’d slowly stand up, looking at the cards he had given her before putting them away somewhere safe. She thanked Zeke one last time, before looking around and starting her search for Sylvio, Patty and Juniper, trying to remember the words Zeke told her in his final moments. She promised herself his death wouldn’t be in vain, and that she would do as he had requested. She wasn’t going to stop until she had succeeded. She was going to find her friends and ensure they’d live.

She’d do it all for Zeke…







>Back to our regularly scheduled programming.
Day 8
You woke up feeling rather sore all over, as you slowly got up out of your sleeping bag. You’d groan, only to feel a sharp pain in your upper left arm, the bullet wound hurting pretty badly. Immediately, you’d get up and try to find some painkillers, it thankfully not taking too long to find Lars’ bag. As you took the painkillers, you’d hear a familiar voice to reassure you that there still were people standing guard. “Good morning, Mik.” Zaria said, you afterwards hearing Mike speak up in a more concerned voice. “You doing okay? Need some help with painkillers, or something else regarding your injury?” Having taken the painkillers, you presumed that things would start getting better soon enough. “Well, you’re the first to wake up, Mik. Unless if you also count Mike here who I woke up almost an hour ago now.” Zaria said smugly as he gave Mike a prod, who scoffed before responding. “And here I was thinking that I’d maybe get a bit more shut-eye in after the hour mark passed. Oh well.” He let out a soft sigh, before looking around.

“Soooo, yeah... guess we should wake up the others and get going then?” Mike said, Zaria also waiting to hear what you’d say next. It was another day. Another chance to try your luck again and hopefully find Logan.

>What do you do next?

>Wake everybody else up. It was most important that everyone else was awake for you to discuss a plan, or for them to make food and clean up the base a little.
>Check your surroundings for anything of note. Maybe something had changed whilst you had slept. (Write in what you’ll try and look for.)
>Get the radio to listen to Annie to hear if she had anything new to tell you about what was happening around the facility. Maybe she’d even directly talk to you?
>Ask Zaria and Mike if anything special had happened whilst you were out. Maybe they had something of value to report. If not, you could always just chat with them. (Write in what you’ll ask.)
>Something else...
>>
>>6140436
Cortina has A cups
Lara has C cups.
Claire has B cups

Very important to include those as well, yes.

>>6140503
>What were Patty and Lono's canonical fates before the events of this story?
So, Lono was designed a decent while ago, so she was made before this story. Same with Patty, though she was created not too long ago by my friend who loves harpies.

>What would have happened if we'd gone to the bunker instead of launching the rescue mission?
It depends on which bunker you headed to. If you headed to the one near to Lono's chamber, you could've survived it but would've probably been buried under rubble. If you headed to any bunker nearer to the staff area, you would've been toast. As for Lono, she would've probably gone on her own, either getting shot, or blown up in the big bang as well. Maybe even from close enough that it would kill her.
>How would Lono have behaved in the crisis if we'd kept our distance instead of befriending her?
Depends on what kinda distance you put between her and yourself, and what you would've done after it became clear there was some kind of disaster. If you didn't show much care to her but also didn't treat her too terribly, she would've just gone on her own if given the chance without causing much trouble. She could've also stayed with you if you insisted, but she'd escape the moment she felt it was possible. If she went on her own and you had been disrespectful to her, she would've also left but would've done so a lot more violently if need be. Perhaps even attacking you to ensure you couldn't hurt her whilst she escaped.
>Were we doomed to get Banged when we set off for Tengri's corner, or did we dally a bit too long somewhere?
Given that Tengri's office is to the north of the staff area which was largely blown up by the big bang, heading there really was just a guarantee that you'd die, yep.
>Did we actually get really lucky with meeting Patty?
So, I considered which subjects would've been nice enough to stay in their containment chamber throughout this, as well as ones which would make sense to be close to the staff area. And yeah, Patty was easily the best candidate for that, which was why she was the one to help out.

And don't worry. Patty still lives... somewhat.

>also you know I'm going to request the cup sizes of every future recurring female cast member as well? That reminds me, I need Vinisha's too now she's joined the party.
Vinisha is somewhere between B and C. Leaning more towards B though.
>>
Whoever it is chopping onions on my desk, please stop.
Now I shall ramble a bit. I think it was a satisfying ending, storywise at least. MGFQ is not a story of happy endings - it is a dark tale of tragedy and horror where pools of light are few and far between, now one fewer. But we didn't die uselessly and passed the torch into safe hands so now Lono can step up to be the hero of her own story (that last scene is when she went from monster girl to monster woman, methinks) and I'd say that's perhaps the best result we could have gotten, certainly beating being killed hiding in a bunker or trapped and waiting to run out of air or supplies or be found by something nasty. That's a thing I really like to appreciate in crisis fiction, the notion that every character and every lived-in scene has a story to tell, whether that's of heroics, survival, villainy or just quiet mundanity (why World War Z is one of my favourite books and an inspiration for my own worldbuilding). We gave Lono the chance to make her own story a good one even if we didn't make it out ourselves and that's a success in my book. We can only hope for the others.
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TLap-FVCwCQ

>>6140902
So prior to this Lono and Patty were both alive in the present day of the story, just in the general pool of subjects that only sorta exist until you need them?
Did Patty get Queened? If we don't find both Patty and Lono later in the main story and give them well-deserved hugs (carefully with Lono) and if anything truly bad has happened to either of them, you WILL discover a wasp's nest inside your mailbox.
Optimal bob size. Vinnycoin is going up.

>>6140893
>Wake everybody else up. It was most important that everyone else was awake for you to discuss a plan, or for them to make food and clean up the base a little.
All right, rise and shine everyone. See or hear anything overnight? Then, we can discuss our plans for the day and listen to Annie (does she ever sleep?) over some food. Just keep following the directions, though it should be able-bodied people up front, lights off, minimum noise and eyes peeled for movement or medical facilities. Then clear up the base to hide our tracks on the off chance we're followed.

---

I see Caera has finally made an MME appearance. How did GalGov get ahold of her name and codename when we haven't given them any documents about her and Andrei wasn't one to leave any information lying around to be found, especially regarding his leporine secret project. To me, it's as good a confirmation as any that they already know more about Andrei's lot than they are letting on.

Do the girls have biological functions that involve a bathroom? We've got half a dozen of them - some quite large - plus two humans stuffed into a place with no running water. I hope it isn't getting too rank up there by now on top of l'eau de zombie. I assume our team has been shitting into waste paper baskets and pissing on walls like drunks outside a nightclub.
>>
>>6140893
>Wake everybody else up. It was most important that everyone else was awake for you to discuss a plan, or for them to make food and clean up the base a little.


>>6140956
Um everyone knows monster girls don't poop even when it would make sense for them to do so, but it doesn't even make sense here where they feed on light, electricity, metal, heat, alcohol, water(?), pleasure(???), cold(?????). There's nothing to generate waste. For the ones that do feed on organic material, my headcanon is that the first thing MGF perfected with nanobots was near 100% efficient digestive systems.
>>
>>6140893
>Wake everybody else up. It was most important that everyone else was awake for you to discuss a plan, or for them to make food and clean up the base a little.
Gotta get on track to complete Annie's sidequest so we can maybe get the support needed to complete the Regicide swarm bossfight.

>>6140956
Good summery of what I like about these side stories. I'm excited for future ones. They'll be fun methinks. I do wonder just how many subjects QM has in reserve we don't know about though.
>>
>>6141065
I just love alternate points of view, "street level" experiences and shining a light on things that we wouldn't see with only the main cast. As well as fresh PoVs and the Horror Stories, I look forward to reading potential future issues of Ms. Attacus' Wild Ride on her adventures to find her friends. Still want to see a brief interlude into the schizosperging no doubt going on in the /valulori/ general on spacechan's /x/ though.
>>
>Wake everybody else up. It was most important that everyone else was awake for you to discuss a plan, or for them to make food and clean up the base a little.
After Mike suggested waking everyone, you'd quickly agree and head up to the various tents to wake everyone up. Obviously, Zaria and Mike helped out, as you told everyone to rise and shine. Thaddeus, Lydia and Anon would quickly wake up, whilst Lars and Derek took a bit longer to get themselves up. For Derek, that was understandable, but you'd definitely tell Lars to hurry up. Especially since you wanted to start the day with some good rations. And once everyone was up, you'd ask them if they had spotted anything overnight. "Not really." "Yeah, didn't see much either." "We probably would've warned ya if we did." Your men would say, as it seemed you were safe for the time being. Lars was busy preparing a decent breakfast for you, as you turned on the radio to listen to Annie. You were immediately met with some metal, which was definitely a fun way to start the day off. "Are you sure it's a good idea to listen to music right now, Mik?" Anon asked calmly, after which Lars also spoke up a little. "At least ask her to play something a bit more tolerable." Lars also mumbled a bit tiredly.

You kept listening on a decreased volume, you wanting to know if she had any news. Though as the music played, you'd also explain your plan for the day: You were going to keep to the path you knew you had to take, and have everyone who was able-bodied would be at the front. You also weren't going to use much light, keeping down noise and being on the look out for other medical facilities. "Sounds like a solid plan. I take it we'll just look for Logan and avert any confrontation?" Lydia would ask, you confirming that doing as Annie requested was the best plan for now. Though, you were also mentally preparing for the true Feng encounter once you had regained your strength.

As you kept eating, the music soon faded as you once again heard Annie over the intercom. "You're listening to VRCMG Radio with Annie Marconi, bringing you early morning news to help avoid being 'saved' by the 'heroic' and 'brave' death squads the government has hired just for you. It is currently 6:23 in the morning, and it looks like Death Squads are heading eastwards to fight a particularly rough oni gal who was spotted roaming the staff sector. To said Oni, do say hi to the 2 Diamond Dog squads who are heading your way!" Once again, Annie just gave the usual updates. Weather seemed to be a little rougher now, as a mild storm was forming near the island which was causing heavy rain and wind. Aside from that, there wasn't much news which was truly interesting to you. And as you finished your breakfast and Annie switched to her songs again, you'd tell everyone to start clearing up the base. You also insisted on hiding any and all of your tracks, just in case anyone tried to follow you.
>>
You'd watch everyone clean up, it not taking too long until you were ready to get going. Having cleared your tracks, you'd tell Thaddeus and Anon to lead, them nodding before grabbing their weaponry. "Let's hurry up. The faster we go, the faster we can return to the surface and recover." Anon said, to which Lydia more optimistically said: "Or the faster we can find a medical bay!" Obviously, the rest of your men weren't all that optimistic right now. In fact, the mood was somewhat dour right now. Zaria was recovering quite well from her injuries and didn't seem too bothered by it. However, both you and Derek were still pretty frail and clearly needed to find something to help recover faster soon. For the time being though, you tried to ignore the aching in your shoulder and thigh, as you followed Thaddeus and Anon down the halls of the large office space you found yourself at. Lars would take the time to rummage through some of the vending machines you passed, you finding that some had been opened up already by someone. At least Lars could still get some soda and snacks for you.

After wandering for 20 minutes, you'd see the opposite end of the office space you had stayed in. Though by now, you were for sure reaching a more dangerous area, as you heard splashes under your boots from the layer of water you were wading through. It was getting an extra inch deeper, the sound being quite noticeable. "I really hope the water won't reveal us too much. Especially when we get stuck in a cramped hallway." Zaria said a bit less optimistically, which was definitely a concern worth taking into account. Though since there wasn't much you could do, you hoped that you'd just get lucky and that you wouldn't encounter any psychos. Though as you left the office space, the nervousness was becoming rather palpable. "Of all the paths we had to take, it had to be the goddamn flooded one." Mike would mumble, after which Anon responded softly. "Look at the bright side. Anything which tries to approach us will likely make just as much noise as us, so we'll see each other coming."

That didn't stop things from getting more and more tense, as the sound of water splashing about was now the only real noise you heard. Each step you and your men took echoed through the hallway, you feeling the water getting a tiny bit deeper as you walked around. Though soon, you heard Mike gasp and kick something. "What the fuck!?" He yelled out, as everyone got their guns at the ready, assuming it was a threat. "Mike, what happened?" Thaddeus said, Mike looking at where he had set foot. "I just... I just stepped on something weird! It felt... mushy and slimy." It didn't sound like something fun to step in. Though considering that you didn't hear anything trying to escape, it didn't seem like he accidentally stood on a subject. Unless if it was a subject who could flatten herself out to be only a few inches tall and hide underwater.
>>
Looking around with your thermal vision, you didn't see any movement in the water at all. Anon would do the same, looking over at you before saying: "Don't see anything indicating there was a subject nearby. Unless if there's something underwater that has the exact same body temperature as the water." He would respond calmly, Lydia speaking up more cautiously. "Then what could it have been?" She'd look around, Anon soon pointing at the water. "Look." You'd see some strange material lying in the water. It looked almost like a large plastic film, it neither floating nor sinking. You'd all carefully approach, before Thaddeus spoke in mild confusion. "It looks like... some sorta seaweed." He'd crouch down at it, before Mike spoke in a cautious tone. "Be careful, Thad. We don't know what the hell it is for sure, or what it's doing down here."

You could tell that some of your men, specifically Zaria, Lars and Anon, weren't taking Mike's words too seriously. It clearly was just seaweed after all! Though, what was seaweed doing this deep within the facility?

>What do you do next?

>Grab the seaweed and see if it does anything special. Maybe it was just ordinary seaweed which you didn't need to be concerned about.
>Shoot the seaweed. If it was subject related, maybe it'd start moving away if you attacked it. (Write in who and how you'll damage it.)
>Just ignore the seaweed. It was just worthless seaweed. Nothing worth really pausing your travels for.
>Get Lars or Lydia to take a sample of the seaweed along. If it was related to a subject, it could potentially have nanites in it which could be worth researching. (Write in who will take the sample along.)
>Discuss with your men...
>Something else...
>>
>>6140956
>So prior to this Lono and Patty were both alive in the present day of the story, just in the general pool of subjects that only sorta exist until you need them?
Uhhhhh, yep. That's p much it. I do have some more specific ideas related to particular subject encounters. Like, specific regions where you have guaranteed encounters and what not. Though, Lono and Patty were not planned out for such an encounter.

>Did Patty get Queened?
Naaaah, but she is working for a different subject who isn't Lono.

Anyway, glad you guys really enjoyed Lono's sidestory. I think it was one of the best sidestories I've written so far, so I am more than happy to have gone with something different. And yes, I definitely think some more out there sidestories will be fun in the future. I was thinking one could focus on a reporter trying to sneak onto the island to get some coverage. Imagine an Alex Jones type of guy dressing up as a soldier and sneaking in somehow.

Anyway, hope this update is solid. I must admit I wasn't exactly sure what to do with this update, but I think I got things figured out now. I just wanna make sure not to force you guys into another unwinnable battle down here...
>>
>>6141501
Hmm. I have my suspicions about the sussyweed and I'm not liking what I'm thinking. Where are we in the facility now?

>>6141503
I wonder if she serves someone a bit more.....Andrei-y?
I did very much enjoy it and what it showed and look forward to seeing how Lono rescues her surviving friends in the future. Sneaking in as an intrepid scoop sounds fun and like it could have a tangible impact on the quest if we succeed, but also something that would more likely end in a bullet to the back of the head or being written off as a crank albeit the beloved of /x/. Speaking of Alex Jones though, did you hear about what happened to InfoWars yesterday? My sides are still in fucking orbit.
>>
>>6141501
>Get Lars to take a sample of the seaweed along. If it was related to a subject, it could potentially have nanites in it which could be worth researching. After, just carry on.
I'm betting it's probably related to that one plant trap subject Blackstar wants to strangle. So long as we are careful we should be fine.

>>6141503
How many subjects do you have that we don't know about if it's not too much of a spoiler. Even just a rough number that is a low or highball estimate would be appreciated.
>>
>>6141592
I'm unsure if we're still in the right quadrant for her but, to me, it's setting off Plague Shroom alarms. For that reason, I'm really wary of this stuff and think it should be Mike doing this as the one with the hazmat suit. Preferably with the pot taped to a pole or something as well for good measure.
We can use a chair or something to push it out of the way since none of us should be touching it regardless. Even if it's not PS, it could be any number of nasty things and you can never be too careful with the.....lovely creatures down here.
>>
>>6141501
>Consume the seaweed, and benefit from its rejuvenating properties
>>
>>6141501
>Just ignore the seaweed. It was just worthless seaweed. Nothing worth really pausing your travels for.

>>6141503
>Imagine an Alex Jones type of guy dressing up as a soldier and sneaking in somehow
Will he end up becoming Annie's co-host?
>>
>>6141515
>Where are we in the facility now?
Allow me to remind you!

>>6141515
>Did you hear about what happened to InfoWars yesterday?
This is why I try and write some comedy in my fiction. Because often times, reality is way more comical and out there than whatever the hell people write.

>>6141592
>How many subjects do you have that we don't know about if it's not too much of a spoiler.
There's currently AT LEAST 107 subjects. There are some sheets I still need to create, some which won't get sheets and some which will be just used as cannon fodder and therefore won't have much of a sheet.

>>6142404
>WIll he end up becoming Annie's co-host?
If the guy rails against the government and deep state as much as the real Alex Jones does, I can see Annie bringing him on the air on several occasions. Just expect her to be a bit reluctant about letting him run rampant with insane conspiracy theories (unless if she knows them to be true).
Anyway, I'll wait a few more hours before I make the next update. I think that giving you guys the map again with your current location will help you in figure out your next moves.
>>
>>6142448
Right, and where are we headed to exactly?

All right, the 47 publicly known live subjects plus four dead ones plus nine live Andrei projects makes sixty known subjects. Given how many you've alluded to I was expecting more unknown ones than known ones and why I'm surprised we've only encountered three we had no knowledge of at the time out of the twelve we've had some kind of encounter with so far despite them making up not far off half the cast once we add in the ones you're still working on.

I hope our boots are waterproof or it's going to be a miserable day for everyone squelching around in waterlogged boots.

---

The fact that we're in the correct quadrant just makes me more leery of this as potentially PS's mycelium. Treat it with maximum biohazard caution when taking a sample and use a wheelie chair or some snapped-off table legs to push it out of the way if we encounter more of it. Do not touch under any circumstances and I wish we had Alan here in case we needed to burn any we have to unavoidably go through, else we can spray it with chemicals to destroy or disinfect it.
>>
>>6142501
Annie said that Logan was to the south of the cooler section, so just heading east in terms of directions.

Also, since I might as well: 55 of the subjects are not on the tablet, but that might change as more and more are discovered the deeper you and other death squads go.

Also, there'll be maybe 15 new subjects coming in in the coming few weeks. I still wanna keep that 1 new subject thing a day going.
>>
>>6142503
How did I forget about Oreas? That makes 4/12, which is getting there, I suppose. There's also the question of whether we really want to head deeper, since the further down we go the nastier both the subjects and the surroundings will get by the sounds of it with fewer cinnamon rolls and friendly staff. But then again, maybe that's where we'll find answers.

We're already pretty deep down but, if this level is already flooded and there's more levels below us, downflooding must have been steadily cascading down through the complex for weeks already and the whole place is surely flooded to the ceiling, or is well on its way to being so.
>>
>>6142448
>Just expect her to be a bit reluctant about letting him run rampant with insane conspiracy theories (unless if she knows them to be true).
Really? Annie "the government is going to blow up the entire planets that the merc companies have their bases on" Linguine won't allow unproven conspiracy theories?
>>
The comment about more subjects being discovered made me go through the MGE again to check for any new entries other than Caera and Patty. A second White Wolf (ThrLev9) has appeared, extremely similar to the other one. Now I think of it, I suspect one of them (particularly the second one) might actually be Grise from Andrei's menagerie and one I really hope we don't have to deal with now we're approaching the right place for it.

>>6142655
>unless if she knows them to be true
>>
>>6142700
I did say unproven
>>
>Get Lars to take a sample of the seaweed along. If it was related to a subject, it could potentially have nanites in it which could be worth researching. After, just carry on.
Not knowing what the strange seaweed actually was, you felt it was for the best to be extremely careful. It could maybe be from the plant trap subject, or from some of the other lethal subjects down here. You'd tell your men to be careful, before asking Mike to maybe take a sample. "I guess I can try." You felt he was the best option, given his hazmat suit potentially protecting him from whatever chemicals it had. Thus, Lars would give him a little container for the stuff, as he went over to the plan with a knife. He'd start cutting off small pieces, before putting it in the container along with some of the water. Though as he cut, he'd take a step back. "Fuck me, it just moved." He said in shock, as you'd look closely and indeed notice the seaweed pulling back from him. It wasn't attached to the floor, instead appearing to just float in one long strand down the hallway.

Given that it was clearly alive and could move, you'd insist that nobody except for Mike could touch it. And even then, you warned Mike not to touch it too often, lest he finds out it has adverse health effects. "What if it becomes too much to really deal with, Mik?" Zaria would ask soon after, you explaining that you could still push it away with a pole or something else you found lying about. And if that wasn't possible, you also felt that using chemicals was a viable option. "We should be very careful with acid. Given that we're almost up to our ankles in water now, spraying acid around could make it even more dangerous to wade." Derek would calmly respond, to which Mike spoke up more eagerly. "I'll be careful, Derek. Besides, I can assure you it'll be safer with these unknown plants turned to a slurry!"

With that, you'd let Thaddeus and Anon lead the way once more. Though Mike would also stay at the front, him and Anon scanning for more plant matter on the way. You did start spotting more of it, soon going into a side chamber and grabbing a few pipes to help push them to the side. It was easy enough to pull away. Though Mike soon made a curious observation. “It’s… moving out of the way on its own now.” He said in confusion and concern, as he demonstrated by pointing at some of the seaweed in front of him. He’d take a step towards it, the seaweed quickly floating out of the way. “I feel like we shouldn’t be messing with this stuff.” Lydia said in quiet concern, after which Thaddeus spoke up more certainly. “Well, if it was made by some sorta subject, maybe she will know we aren’t tryin’ to hurt it? And if it ain’t made by a subject, we don’t have to worry at all.” Perhaps Thaddeus was right and you didn’t need to worry. Though deep down, you feared this was related to the spore subject. Or an even worse subject which was yet to be discovered.
>>
Still, you kept heading forward, Mike continuing to use the pipe to push away any seaweed which didn’t move out of the way in time. The strands didn’t go on forever though, some being detached from any other surfaces and just floating in the water. Though you did start seeing more and more of it, even as you reached the smaller office space which Derek had spotted on the tablet. “Thank god, we’re somewhere that’s noted on the map.” Derek would say a bit tiredly, after which Thaddeus turned to the others. “Alright, let’s explore this place and try to find some medicine and food.” Looking around, you saw that the place was pretty open. The main space consisted of a few small spaces to get food. There was some food left in there, but most of it had gone pretty bad already. Aside from that, there were some canteen spaces, a few side-chambers clearly designed for people to work in and some bathrooms. There was also a flight of stairs which headed to an upstairs area, which seemed to just be more office space.

“Hey, think this is some sort of First Aid space here!” Zaria said as she’d point to one of the small rooms near the canteen. You’d go over to Zaria, the others also approaching and soon looking into the room. It was pretty small, but had a few places to lie down on and some simple medical equipment to use. “Oh, thank fuck.” Derek said, after which Lars walked over to rummage through the drawers and cabinets. “Disinfectants, pills, bandages… I think we got pretty lucky here!” Lars said happily, after which Mike spoke up as well. “Good that we found something here at least. The food I looked at was… not gonna be any good for us to take along.” However, as you celebrated the victory, things would soon go in a slightly worse direction. “Shhh, guys…” Anon said as he stayed outside of the room. “Don’t move around for a second.” He’d carefully step away from your chamber, looking at the hallway which headed further east. After looking, he’d speak softly through the comms device. “There’s a group of 7 people coming this way! Their armour looks to be guardsmen armour, and they’ve got rifles on them.” He’d try and keep his volume down, soon slowly trying to move his way back to your position without splashing around.

“How far away are they?” Thaddeus would ask with urgency, to which Anon responded softly as he took one step closer. “I imagine they’ll be here within a minute!” Given the short time-span, things were going to be pretty difficult for you. The good news was that Anon had presumably not been spotted by them yet. Either they didn’t have night-vision, or whatever light source they had for seeing around the place was only useful from up close. Whichever was the case, you couldn’t really move around much in the water, lest they hear the splashes of your footsteps. Especially once they were close enough to actually be able to hear your movements.
>>
You had to act quickly and do something. You didn't wanna get in an unprepared fight and end up with even more injured men in your party. Hell, perhaps sitting out a fight could be a worthwhile idea right now, even if you maybe outgunned them.

>What do you do next?

>Tell your men to get their guns ready for an ambush. You’d shoot them the moment they were in the killing zone of your weaponry. (Write in if there’s any way you’ll conduct your ambush.)
>Hide in the First aid space and some of the nearby spaces. Maybe hide behind some of the tables or within the small restaurants and wait for them to move past you. (Write in where you want everyone to hide.)
>Given that Anon didn’t notice any cloth indicating they were Queen forces, maybe try and greet them. Hell, you could tell them not to keep heading west, lest they also wanted to become Feng’s servants. (Write in how you’ll greet them.)
>Immediately shoot them from range to make them run the other way. You had the advantage of thermal vision and potentially even night vision. You could easily shoot them from range and make them retreat. That, or you could incapacitate them. (Write in what you’ll try to do from range.)
>Hide somewhere close-by and wait to see what they’d do and then act. Maybe you could decide what to do once they were close enough to get an idea of what kind of guardsmen they were.
>Discuss with your men…
>Something else…
>>
Sussyweed do be sussy - though it doesn't seem to be hostile, it seems like it could easily ensnare one or more of us if it's prehensile like that.
>>6142757
>Hide somewhere close-by and wait to see what they’d do and then act. Maybe you could decide what to do once they were close enough to get an idea of what kind of guardsmen they were.
Standard protocol for guard encounters; hide off to the side, prepare an ambush just in case and let them pass. If they just look like normal Facility guards, give them a whistle when they're some way past to gauge their reaction and then callout. If they've come from the direction we're going in, they might have important information about what (or who) is up ahead or know what's up with the weeds. I think we're beyond Feng's sphere of influence by this point and everyone here is capable of holding a gun, though Mik and Zaria might need to use their one-handed sidearms.
While extremely unlikely, it would be really fucking funny if it was the green section guards again, what with there being seven of them.
>>
>>6142788
Support. Best not have to deal with them if we can help it. As much as the extra pay would be nice we already have wounded and we best not get more just as we have the chance to patch ourselves up in a less makeshift way.
>>
>>6142757
>Hide somewhere close-by and wait to see what they’d do and then act. Maybe you could decide what to do once they were close enough to get an idea of what kind of guardsmen they were.
Hopefully not Feng thralls
>>
>Hide somewhere close-by and wait to see what they’d do and then act. Maybe you could decide what to do once they were close enough to get an idea of what kind of guardsmen they were.
With the guardsmen less than a minute away from approaching you, you told your men to hide to the side and prepare to ambush them. "We gonna fight em?" Thaddeus asked, you quickly telling him that you intended to let them pass. The ambush would only be necessary if they spotted you and turned to fire on you. "Got it." Anon said, as everyone would find a place to lie low in the water with their guns aimed at body level for the incoming guards. Derek would sit it out, remaining hidden in the room after finding some cover. "Mik, maybe stay next to me. Just in case you need support." Lars would say, after which you and him headed for some cover as well. You unfortunately had to crouch down in a bit of the water, which was rather cold but there weren't many better options. Either way, you heard the splashes get closer and closer, preparing yourself for more of the Queen's forces in the worst case scenario. Their lights started shining into the large open space you were in, before you finally got a proper glimpse at them.

Fortunately, as the guardsmen appeared, you saw that they were dressed regularly and didn't have anything indicating they were part of Feng's forces. In fact, you noticed they looked surprisingly well off. They didn't have many injuries, and what injuries they did have were treated rather well. As the guardsmen passed though, you soon realised they weren't alone, as a shark girl was following them. She looked pretty relaxed and happy, just following after them with their tail wagging gently through the water. You'd keep as quiet as possible, soon hearing one of the guardsmen speak as they pointed the flashlight at the very medical space some of your men were in. "Monique, maybe check if there's some medical equipment which Cirra can use."

The guardsmen turned to a other one of his men. "Landon, Sophie, you check the place for food. We really need to start refilling our supplies." As the three guardsmen headed out, another would calmly say: "Be careful of anything in there. We don't wanna end up getting jumped again by some crazy subject or group of survivors, haha." A part of you had hoped these were the same guardsmen from before, the ones you had encountered in the green section. Unfortunately, these were different folk, based on their voices, names and healthy appearance. Either way, things were getting rather tense, as the guardsmen were actively looking around the place with flashlights and their guns out. You honestly didn't wanna get in another fight, since you already were injured. In turn, you hoped that they wouldn't spot any of you and that they would go past you. More importantly, you hoped none of your men would shoot at them and cause the fight. All you could do now was pray.
>>
The flashlights moved around you, looking over the displays and their rotten food. The guardsmen who entered the medical bay started rummaging around, you having no idea if they would spot Derek. Though as you prayed nobody would be spotted, you'd unfortunately hear a voice from the first aid room. "Shit! Death squad! Injured Death squad member in here!" You'd hear some of the guardsmen hurrying over to the room, you thankfully not hearing any gunfire. "Do we fire?" You shortly after heard Thaddeus whisper, which thankfully wasn't picked up by the guardsmen. However, things took a turn for the worst as one of the guardsmen, Landon, would graze you with his flashlight. And unfortunately, he'd point it over at you fully before yelling. "Shit! Another one!" He would point his gun at you, as you half expected feeling another bullet enter your body. Fortunately for you, the guy held back and just pointed his pistol at you. Given that you and another man had been compromised, you had to act instantly. Thaddeus and the rest of your men were probably seconds away from pulling their triggers, which would mean getting into an fight. The guardsmen hadn't shot you yet, so maybe there also was a way out.

More importantly, you had the benefit of seeing the entire room and knowing most of your men remained hidden. Hell, even Lars hadn't been spotted yet and he was right next to you. However, shooting down everyone would mean risking Derek's life as he was already discovered as well.

There was also the shark subject who was with them. You could tell she was already rather distrustful as she took a step back and hid behind some other guardsmen. Her strength, powers and eagerness to fight were a potential ace for their battle plan.

Regardless of your situation, you had to make the difficult choice of instantly dropping your weapons to survive and potentially be captured, or to face an uncertain battle which could injure even more of your already battered men... Or worse, end up with you dead.

>What do you do next?

>Raise your hands and tell them you mean no harm. Aside from you and Derek, the rest of your men could remain hidden and keep the ambush up for when the guardsmen lower their weaponry.
>Raise your hands and tell your men to also come out of hiding with their hands up. It would give a lot of control to the guardsmen, but maybe they would be merciful if they saw you meant no harm.
>Fire at the guardsmen and hope your men would do the same most effectively. The only issue was that Derek might just die and that the subject would attack, but it was better than taking the loss.
>Tell them that they should lower their weaponry since they are in a dark room with dozens of soldiers surrounding them. Given their lack of vision, you could very well intimidate them into dropping their weaponry.
>Something else...
>>
Low-trust scenario #2 we could have avoided if we had a friendly subject with us (though I know we wouldn't have been able to sneak into Queenbase with one). We should just take Chrys or Oreas around with us as an ambassador in the future where we can.
>>6143241
>Raise your hands and tell them you mean no harm. Aside from you and Derek, the rest of your men could remain hidden and keep the ambush up for when the guardsmen lower their weaponry.
We can't afford a blast-out right now especially with a subject handy and two injured of us made and we can fast-talk our way out of this misunderstanding. While they're unlikely to believe us right now, we're very close to the green section so we might be able to ring up the GSG and see if they can vouch for us. Else we can always ask Annie to help defuse, though it might take her a very tense few minutes to respond.
If they ask where the rest of the squad is, they're off sweeping the area somewhere else right now and we'd like to be able to inform them that we have a truce before they come back.
>>
>>6143241
>Raise your hands and tell them you mean no harm. Aside from you and Derek, the rest of your men could remain hidden and keep the ambush up for when the guardsmen lower their weaponry.
>>6143303
Is a good plan
>>
File: NS-03, Cirra Unami.png (1.12 MB, 850x1189)
1.12 MB
1.12 MB PNG
just realized I forgot to attach the shark monster girl picture to the update. Whoops. Welp, better late than never, I suppose.
>>
>>6143342
how the fuck does she even sit down

This is the first time I've been able to work out that the prefix to the subject code actually means something - Nurse Shark (Cirra = cirratum, the specific epithet of the nurse shark, no luck regarding Unami though). Until now I thought they were just meaningless letters and I'm now going to go nuts trying to puzzle them out. They might not be directly related to the subject herself, like if Annie's codename is short for Long Wave.
>>
>>6143356
She never sits
Like Batman
>>
>>6143303
Supporting. And yeah, we need a small subject to carry with us as proof of us being good in the future.

>>6143356
I thought it was made clear that the prefix or at least lettered part of the code meant something.
>>
>>6143393
We can carry Chrys around with us like a handbag dog, except buggier! Or the.....eugh....."fairy" if she's got enough sense and IQ points, since she could be easily hidden when needed (and could actually be a pretty useful scout and infiltrator if she can be convinced to do it).

I can't recall any comments about the codename letters being made at any point, unless it was in the threads I fell off during or it's just my colander memory again.
>>
>>6122272
So I took a peak at the fanart catbox again and...there's something new there that I don't recall being posted here or anywhere before. I can't believe you've done this to Annie, art anon.
>>
>>6143241
>Raise your hands and tell them you mean no harm. Aside from you and Derek, the rest of your men could remain hidden and keep the ambush up for when the guardsmen lower their weaponry.

>>6143570
Art anon was possessed by the demonic spirit of Elbrus.
>>
>>6143570
That's absolutely terrible! Is there any more?

I see how both of our drawfags have accepted that's how Annie looks even though we haven't actually seen a picture of her yet. It'd be funny if we finally get one and it turns out we all had the complete wrong idea.
>>
File: oops.gif (600 KB, 200x150)
600 KB
600 KB GIF
>>6143570
>>6143591
>>6143608
I have no idea what you guys are talking about.
>>
>>6143643
Don't worry, Art anon! I've disabled all of Annie's signals. She no longer can delete the secret AnnieFans(tm) art from the collection, nor can she imitate you with such fake responses like this one!

Quick, post them again before Annie regains control!

In all seriousness, I am amazed that you decided to draw something NSFW. I'm not complaining though, since it was pretty good and... definitely enticing. I'd like it if you reposted it so I can add it to my personal collection of MG art.

Also, please draw Vinella or Viridian in the nude for... research purposes.
>>
File: Spoiler Image (95 KB, 429x546)
95 KB
95 KB PNG
for those not in the know
>>
>>6143669
The fact that someone's drawn porn of your quest means you've Officially Made It(tm). Now we need someone to write a lewdfic and we're complete.
>>
File: Anniephone.png (247 KB, 766x547)
247 KB
247 KB PNG
>>
>Raise your hands and tell them you mean no harm. Aside from you and Derek, the rest of your men could remain hidden and keep the ambush up for when the guardsmen lower their weaponry.
Knowing that you couldn't afford a gunfight right now, you'd drop the weapon and say you didn’t wanna do them any harm. The guardsmen kept their guns pointed at you though, clearly not trusting you yet. The shark girl also looked particularly distrusting and agitated, poking her head out from behind one of the guardsmen to glare at you. "What the hell are you doing here?!" One of the guardsmen asked, after which you explained that you were here alone after the rest of your squad went away to sweep nearby areas. "What about the other guy in there?" Another guardsman asked sceptically, after which Monique returned without Derek. "The guy in there is somewhat injured. He said he doesn't want to fight." This made the guardsmen look over you again, before the main one scoffed. "So, he’s injured. What about you. Why the hell are you down here?” He’d ask again, you stating that you were injured as well. The guardsmen seemed sceptical still, looking to the others before approaching you. “Well, if both of you don’t try anything fun, we can maybe try and get you patched up. For now though, Yousef, grab his gun and check him for other weapons."

It seemed that the guardsmen were gonna be smart and take away your weaponry. Though obviously, you still wanted to gain their trust and show them you meant no harm. Thus, you'd tell them that you had allied some guardsmen before. This made them pause, you stating that you knew some guardsmen in the green sector who could vouch for you. This made some of the guardsmen scoff, with one even stepping forward and speaking up in amusement. “Really? Guardsmen in the green sector? You mean the green sector which is currently being swarmed by government and other death squad forces like yours, right?”

There were a few chuckles, you calmly insisting that you had allies who could prove that you weren’t a psychotic killer. The main guardsman was quick to speak up as well, doing so quite aggressively. “Alright. Let’s say that there are still somehow guardsmen in the green sector, and that that they could tell you aren’t scumbags. Tell me, how could we reach the green sector to contact them? If we go back the way we came and started heading up north around, we’d just go deeper into the flooded sector. And heading west from here won’t really bring us anywhere closer to it either. Maybe we’ll end up underneath the green sector, but that is about as close as we could get.” Scepticism and distrust seemed rife amongst the guardsmen forces, as your guns and weaponry were taken away. You’d tell them that you could prove in different ways that you were trustworthy. Namely, you could get Annie to vouch for you. This made the guardsmen stare at each other, mumbling to each other before they seemed to come to an agreement.
>>
The one who stood in front of you would soon bring up a fair point. “And why do you think we should believe you on that? Do you have some magical two-way communication device with her?” You’d calmly tell them that you did indeed have a way to communicate with Annie, and that they could turn on their radio and test it out right away. “Alright. Let’s do that whilst we head further west. We wanna get out of these flooded parts, before one of the less sane subjects appear and decides we’ll serve as a great snack.” One of the guardsmen suggested, to which the others were more than happy to agree. Of course, you’d remark that you wanted to inform the rest of your men for when they came back, wanting them to know you had made a truce. This made one of the guardsmen scoff. “It’ll only be a truce once we got proof that you’re not a threat. For the time being though, consider yourself a prisoner.” You’d insist that they let you talk to Annie first. Especially since you didn’t wanna head west AT ALL. The last thing you wanted to do, was to walk back and potentially run into more of Feng’s forces again.

“Do you have some sort of radio device to use?” One of the guardsman asked, another speaking a bit more anxiously. “Look, just chain the guy up along with his injured buddy. We can get this sorted out whilst we head out of here.” By then, you already saw Derek being carefully taken out of the first aide room. Derek was at least awake, him soon being brought beside you. They had still thankfully not taken notice of Lars, or any of the rest of your men who were keeping well hidden. It was good that these guys were so focused on you right now, though you had to pray to god that they didn’t spot anyone else. Either way, you’d tell them about your radio, even mentioning that Derek had it on him. “Alright, check his bags.” The main guardsman said, after which Derek spoke. “Listen, I know my word doesn’t mean much… but I can vouch for Mik here. If it weren’t for him, a lot more innocent lives would’ve died down here. This includes the lives of guardsmen just like you, alright?”

Derek’s attempt to appeal to their better nature didn’t work too well, as the guardsmen just quietly took your radio. “Alright, do you have any sort of specific setting to get Annie to talk to you?” The main guardsman asked, after which Derek looked at you to hear what you had to say. You saw that the rest of your men were still ready to start firing, even if that wasn’t what you wanted at all. You honestly were still willing to reach an understanding without any bloodshed. And Annie most certainly could help assure your safety. The only real issue seemed to be that these guardsmen wanted to get the hell out of this place and towards the area where Feng’s forces patrolled. Either they were unaware of Feng’s presence due west, or the things in the flooded section were worse than Feng.
>>
Whichever was the case, it was extremely worrisome to say the least. You were going to have to intervene with whatever plans they were thinking of following. Not just for your own sake, but also for theirs. You didn’t want them taking you west and ending up becoming thralls. Hopefully, you could convince them before they made any brash decisions. And if not, you could always just tell your men to take the shot.

>What do you do next?

>Ask them why they are retreating westwards? What kind of monsters did they spot which made them retreat? Especially considering that they have a shark subject in their party. (Write in your specific questions.)
>Tell them about the Queen’s forces which are to the west from here, and how they were the ones to cause these injuries to you. (Write in what you’ll tell them.)
>Bring up that you have plenty of subject friends besides Annie, such as Chrysidus, Anofelis, Morgan, Vinisha, Kamara, Oreas, and Viridian. Maybe even bring up some details only a friend of theirs would know. (Write in what you’ll bring up.)
>Convince them in some other way to either not head westwards, or to trust you. You had plenty of evidence to prove that you weren’t a threat to them, right? And if not, some useful intel could maybe convince them that you weren’t a threat to them. (Write in how you’ll try to convince them.)
>Give Thaddeus and the rest of your men the signal to just fire. Hopefully, the guardsmen wouldn’t immediately retaliate and shoot you at point blank range.
>Something else…

>>6143891
(After Annie saw the lewd art of her, I am glad she got her revenge by earraping some folk. Just be careful to everyone who looked at the lewd pics of her. You could very well be the next one to suffer.)

>>6143809
(Welp, if anyone is down to write something lewd, you're always free to. If not, I'll do it myself... maybe. Idk, I'm not entirely in the mood to write a lewdfic for this. At least, not yet.)
>>
>>6143917
Time to read them the riot act. While their attitude is understandable, my patience is wearing very thin and we'll convince better if we speak straight from the heart.

>inhale
Oh, sure, there are nasty things around here and back there. But you know what's that way? Something even nastier - one of Andrei's worse ideas, TIL-84, Feng Zetian. Derek over there has a copy of her file on the tablet [we did photograph them all]. You keep going west, not only are you going to encounter her forces, but you will be shot and/or captured by your OWN enslaved erstwhile colleagues before being bound into her ranks yourselves. We JUST barely escaped from there with our OWN LIVES trying to take her out - we've defied our own government orders at RISK OF EXECUTION and stuck our OWN NECKS out for Facility staff and subjects alike time and time again and tried to talk this out instead of starting a gunfight, and WHAT does it get us? Frogmarched straight back to ALL of our dooms or worse because YOU. WON'T. LISTEN.
>deep breath
Cirra! As well as Annie, we've made a few friends you might know. Chrysidus? Kamara? Morgan? Oreas? Anofelis? Vinisha? Viridian? We've met and had friendly chats with all of them over the last week [if sceptical, provide personal details as appropriate as proof], and the first six we've even brought back with us to safety, as much as Morgan might disagree that she was in need of help. What we've done for any one of them would get us all shot if upstairs found out. We were even on our way to pull Logan's ass out of the fire by direct request of Annie - who told us where he was (just south of the cooler section, by the way) - in exchange for helping us get out of our mess after the snafu with Feng's horde.
So, give me back my radio so I can call Annie and get this little shitshow we've gotten ourselves into defused, possible few minutes delay while she does Annie things aside. We're unarmed, you've got your guns on us, do you think me stupid enough to do anything except exactly what I said I would right now?

-----

I probably didn't need to write a mini-rant but it felt very cathartic to just start thumping the table like that. If we can get hold of our radio, Annie WILL respond since she has a strong vested interest in our mission being successful and ensuring the protection of a subject but the potential delay could be some very tense minutes.

I was mostly joking about the lewdfic. We'll save that one for when we make it happen in story.

Also, to anyone thinking of it, Oreas and Anofelis are not for lewd in any medium. They are over the legal cuteness threshold to permit it and if you do I will find a second wasp's nest and stuff it into your mailbox too. Give Morgan the treatment at your own risk though.

>>6143891
Go get the drawfag, Annie. C'mon. He's right ove---AAAAAOOOOOWWWWW.
>>
>>6143917
Annie is 100% earraping everyone for that art, not because of the obvious Elbrus esc behavior but because of the fact the art anon depicted her as a cutting board.

>>6143954
Honestly this is comprehensive enough to cover just about everything I'd have to say about the situation. Really though I take it Annie would be none too pleased if we failed because of some uppity guards who took us for any other death squad. You have my full support in saying all of this.

Other than this, I agree that picture would be really good as a profile picture. Also, wouldn't Chrys be more on the side of no lewd than Oreas?
>>
>>6143954
I'll support this minus acting like a bit of an asshole. It's really unnecessary.
>>
>>6143980
Chrys is smol and cute, but she acts like an adult and doesn't look like a loli. Borderline.

>>6144103
I'll admit that it's confrontational but I think we need some angry righteous indignation to stop it coming across as something we've made up and to give them a slap upside the head.
>>
>>6143917
>Tell them about the Queen’s forces which are to the west from here, and how they were the ones to cause these injuries to you. (Write in what you’ll tell them.)
That she enslaves guards just like them so they don’t want to go west either
>Ask them why they are retreating westwards? What kind of monsters did they spot which made them retreat? Especially considering that they have a shark subject in their party.
Why’d they pick west
>>
>>6143954
Support.

>>6144103
Anon, that's not being an asshole, that's just is telling like it is, some people won't get it unless you shove right into their faces the gravity of the situation.
>>
>Tell them about the Queen’s forces which are to the west from here, and how they were the ones to cause these injuries to you.
With the guardsmen taking your radio, you finally had had enough. You were going to get your point across and show that your patience was running thin. And the first thing you’d do, was take a deep breathe before telling them that their attempts to head westwards were not going to end up going well, considering you got attacked over there. “How so? Did you get your asses handed to you by some guardsmen or something?” One of the guardsmen would say mockingly, after which you confidently told them that it was because of Feng Zetian. This made some of the guardsmen look a little more perturbed, as it was clear some knew of this subject. You’d even mention that Derek had a copy of her file on his tablet, which could tell them a bit about what they could expect from someone like her. The guardsmen looked over at Derek, seemingly hesitating with grabbing Derek’s tablet.

You would thus opt to just tell them what to expect if they headed west: They were going to discover that she had plenty of other guardsmen under her control. They wouldn’t be merciful or reasonable and would either kill or capture them. “Shit, I was worried something like this was gonna happen...” One of the guardsmen mumbled, after which the head of the guardsman raised his hand and hushed the guy. He turned to you again, before speaking more understandingly. “Okay. So that’s the reason you two were injured?” Derek nodded, you doing so as well and explaining that you and your men barely managed to escape. You’d raise your voice somewhat, telling the guardsmen that you were trying to take her out, and that you weren’t doing it for just a pay-check. You did it because you knew facility staff and subjects alike were suffering under her tyranny. You even told them that the government would kill you for being this reasonable towards them.

You would reiterate that you were NOT going westwards again, since it would get you killed and you didn’t even do anything warranting this kind of treatment. You didn’t start a gunfight. You tried to be reasonable. You were willing to provide proof of your innocence yet they were stubbornly clinging onto the idea that you were just Diamond Dogs-esque sadists. After you finished talking, you took a deep breath to regain your cool a little. And shortly after, you mentioned some of the allies you had made. Chrysidus, Kamara, Morgan, Oreas, Anofelis, Vinisha, Viridian. Not to mention the other scientists and guardsmen you had treated with respect and had friendly chats with. And you had done all of that against the wishes of the government, with the full knowledge that it’d get you killed. Finally, you brought up your current mission, letting them know that you were going to save Logan for Annie.
>>
And with that, you’d demand your radio back so you could call Annie and prove your innocence if they still doubted you. You had hoped that the mention of the subjects would get Cirra to also maybe become more friendly, but she still didn’t seem all too trusting yet. Fortunately, the guardsman who had grabbed the radio would approach you and hand it over. “Alright, but don’t try anything funny.” You’d tell them that you weren’t gonna do anything, considering that you weren’t an idiot. You were unarmed and they had their guns pointed at you, so it wasn’t like you could do anything except for contacting Annie. With that, you’d turn it to hear Annie’s voice again. “… wonderful that they treat the people who work for them with such dignity and mutual respect! If I were a death squad soldier, I would most certainly keep working for the government after this news! Got to keep making some of that honourable blood money, after all! Speaking of which, here’s another request from Layla who’s part of the Diamond Dogs 43th company! It’s ‘Profits’ by ‘Fuchsia Franks’!” As the music kicked in, you’d ask Annie to respond since you needed some confirmation that you were harmless.

The music kept playing for a short moment, you mentioning that you were captured by guardsmen who thought you were up to trouble. One of the guardsman was quick to speak up. “I hope for your sake, that she responds soon enough. If not, I think this might’ve been a smart diversion to try and get your men over here.” However, another guardsman did seem more understanding. “I don’t know. The guy knows about Feng and plenty of other subjects. I wanna hear him out.” Before they could ask more questions though, the song turned more static as you heard a familiar voice. “Oh, this is certainly a diversion. They are diverting away from Feng’s psychotic kingdom and towards Logan.” She responded smugly, you seeing the guardsmen genuinely appearing shocked. “H-Holy shit.” One of them mentioned, after which Annie continued. “Considering how eager I am to rile against the government and death squads, take this as your confirmation that Mikhail is NOT a threat. If any of you dare to hurt him, I promise you that Pelly, Glaucus or Feng will be the least of your worries.”

Annie sounded a mixture of smug and aggressive, clearly enjoying the fact she saved your ass. “W-What the fuck, Annie! H-How the… what led to this?!” One of the guardsman asked, after which Annie was quick to respond again. “Why don’t you ask Mikhail? I can assure you that you can trust his word. Now if you’ll excuse me, I need to sabotage the government some more.” Annie let out a little giggle, as one of the guardsmen once again spoke up in an urgent tone. “Wait, Annie! We need your help! Why-“ Though as he spoke, the music returned and Annie had seemingly left.
>>
There was a moment of silence between everyone, the music being the only noise you could really hear. Thankfully, after that short quiet, the head guardsman let out a sigh. “Alright, uncuff the two of them.” He said, as you let out a sigh of relief. At long last, these bastards weren’t treating you like enemies anymore. Of course, the rest of your men still stayed down and didn’t reveal that you were lying about them being away. Probably because they would get guns aimed at them if they revealed their presence in the room to them. Thus, you were still technically just alone with Derek. And the guardsmen were definitely more intrigued now than before. And given that Annie refused to spend time answering questions since she was presumably busy, the guardsmen would quickly turn their attention to you. As they handed your weaponry back to you, one of them would ask: “So, how the hell did you get the chance to work for Annie? Why the hell isn’t she keeping contact with guardsmen like us?!” Their lack of two-way communication devices was probably one of the biggest hurdles which made you a more attractive group to do her bidding. Though before you could say that and more, another would ask: “Was it related to the subjects you befriended? I remember Oreas and Kamara were made by Cerro, right? Is Cerro also with you?”

Before you had the chance to even explain yourself further, another question was thrown your way by one of the more optimistic guardsmen. “Are there other death squads out there who are noble? The ones we’ve seen and heard of were all cruel and uncaring.” It seemed that these guys had had some experience with death squads, which at least explained their apprehension to trusting you in the first place.

>Ask them why they are retreating westwards? What kind of monsters did they spot which made them retreat? Especially considering that they have a shark subject in their party.
Though as you were being bombarded with questions, you had an important question of your own, as you loudly asked them why they were heading westwards to begin with. This got the guardsmen to go quiet, before one of them spoke up. “Well, because the place is extremely flooded further to the east of here. Not to mention, it being relatively close to some of the high level confinement areas where the worst of the subjects stayed at. We already ran into a couple of the worst subjects, some of which… took some of our men with them.” Some of the guardsmen looked down, clearly not eager to bring this up. Still, you wanted to know why they picked the westwards option specifically, since they could just head south away from the flooded section. “Well, heading eastwards didn’t seem smart since that meant passing through dangerous areas. Heading south would lead us straight to high level confinement, so that was a no-go as well. Really, our only option was to head West, up until you told us that Feng’s over there.
>>
After they gave their explanation, there was a bit of silence after which Derek spoke up. “Would you be… willing to tell us about what to expect to the east of here? We got a map, but it doesn’t state which areas are where.” The guardsmen looked at each other, before one of them gave a calm nod. “We’ll do that. But we still have a lot of questions for you and your buddy. Is there a way you can contact the rest of your men so they don’t come in here and immediately shoot us?” You could tell that Derek was smirking under his helmet, not saying anything as he just waited for you respond.

>What do you do next?

>Ask them for further details about the subjects they had encountered. They already mentioned having lost a few of their men, so maybe there were some subjects you really had to look out for. (Write in your question.)
>Tell your men to show themselves. So long as they did so carefully and gently, there probably wouldn’t be any real issues. (Write in how you want them to show themselves.)
>Answer some of the burning questions they had for you. Both so you could exchange intel and to also create further trust between you and them. (Write in how you’ll answer their questions.)
>Try and converse a bit with Cirra. It could be useful to figure out what kind of powers she had and if she was actually familiar with any of the subjects you had saved. (Write in what you’ll converse about.)
>Ask them for further details about what was to the east of here and what those high level confinement areas were like. Maybe you could prepare for the things you would have to face down there? (Write in what you’ll ask.)
>Something else…
>>
>>6144508
>Tell your men to show themselves. So long as they did so carefully and gently, there probably wouldn’t be any real issues. (Write in how you want them to show themselves.)
>Admit to lying and tell your men to reveal themselves slowly. Offer one hand but arm the other, you know?

>Answer some of the burning questions they had for you. Both so you could exchange intel and to also create further trust between you and them. (Write in how you’ll answer their questions.)
>>
smug annie is smug
>>6144508
>Tell your men to show themselves. So long as they did so carefully and gently, there probably wouldn’t be any real issues.
Yeah, I lied a bit. You were so focused on us that they've been right here, holding fire the whole time. Fingers off triggers, everyone - you can come out now, guys.

>Answer some of the burning questions they had for you. Both so you could exchange intel and to also create further trust between you and them.
We're definitely the exception to the rule but Lodger and sometimes Blackstar have a lot of decent people fed lies by GalGov, so who knows? Considering colluding with the people they're supposed to kill would get them taken out back and shot if GalGov got wind of it, it'd be a secret to literally guard with your life. We do too.
How many groups are there like yours? Thousands? Annie has a lot on her plate already and can't be everywhere - no offence, but we're a lot better equipped, trained and organised than you guys so she presumably focuses on us because we can get more things done. It started subtly when we began rescuing subjects and we've built something of a rapport since. We haven't found any creators yet. We did visit Andrei's office though - you know the paranoid bastard rigged the whole thing to blow? Nearly got us too.

>Try and converse a bit with Cirra. It could be useful to figure out what kind of powers she had and if she was actually familiar with any of the subjects you had saved.
GalGov has been withholding a lot of information from us so we're not familiar with who you are, but you seem all right. Who was your creator? What cool things can you do? Do you know any of the girls we've met?

>Ask them for further details about the subjects they had encountered. They already mentioned having lost a few of their men, so maybe there were some subjects you really had to look out for.
>Ask them for further details about what was to the east of here and what those high level confinement areas were like. Maybe you could prepare for the things you would have to face down there?
These are kinda the same question.
What's the condition of the structures and flooding like eastward?
Is there a path that might avoid places where nasty subjects hang out?
Who is there, anyway? Who did you encounter and what did they do?
What's with all this weed? There's definitely some intelligence behind it.

Also, what are you lot gonna do now? You're a bit stuck, it seems. The foundry section is Feng's lair and teeming with her slaves and thralls including subjects (know anything about a shadowy subject with sleep powers?) and she's encroached on the surrounding areas as well, but you might be able to cut through the next office space and head north and then east to try and find a way upstairs, though Feng has a presence there too. You could help us navigate our own way back through the centre in exchange for an escort. I don't think we could host all of you in our hideout on the top floors thpugh.
>>
>>6144561
Once again you've knocked it out of the park. Support.
>>
https://rule34.xxx/index.php?page=post&s=view&id=11781282
Reposted it
>>
>>6144652
Annie is gonna be maddddd.
>>
File: Bueno-352362629.jpg (50 KB, 546x366)
50 KB
50 KB JPG
>>6144655
I look fowars to it
>>
>>6144508
>Tell your men to show themselves. So long as they did so carefully and gently, there probably wouldn’t be any real issues. (Write in how you want them to show themselves.)
Emerge from the shadows all spooky like

>Answer some of the burning questions they had for you. Both so you could exchange intel and to also create further trust between you and them. (Write in how you’ll answer their questions.)
For other reasonable squads - none that we’ve confirmed yet, but that’s because talking about this gets you fired immediately and possibly also killed.
>>
>>6144508
>>Tell your men to show themselves. So long as they did so carefully and gently, there probably wouldn’t be any real issues. (Write in how you want them to show themselves.)

Don't reveal them immediately, introduce first, also if the guys look like they gonna try anything say one of our man was ordered to Rail-Gun their asses

>>Answer some of the burning questions they had for you. Both so you could exchange intel and to also create further trust between you and them. (Write in how you’ll answer their questions.)
Obviously avoid the Feng troppers, she doesn't has only guardsmen, but subjects and it seems she was able to get her hands on death squad equipment. There some other guardsmen there as well, but went paranoid and went shot first answer later. Also avoid going too deep, it seems there's down there is a subject called Anastasia who's crazy and larps as both Judge and Executioner and has a penchant for giving anyone she finds weird and ironic deaths.

>>Ask them for further details about what was to the east of here and what those high level confinement areas were like. Maybe you could prepare for the things you would have to face down there? (Write in what you’ll ask.)
Beyond the Flooded area what are we to expect, also we need treatment, Annie told us we could find on the way some places were we could treat our wounds they know anything about it?
>>
File: 4cr0bq.png (126 KB, 449x353)
126 KB
126 KB PNG
Since drawfag hasn't posted it from the catbox, here's the bug yearning for the mines
>>
>>6144855
Why is she in the mines? She is clearly the biggest gem.
>>
>Tell your men to show themselves. So long as they did so carefully and gently, there probably wouldn’t be any real issues.
Now that the guardsmen were being a bit more reasonable, you decided it was for the best to come clean. You told them that they had been so focused on you, that they weren’t even aware of the rest of your men who were hiding in plain sight. The guardsmen would shine around, soon letting out gasps as they noticed some of your friends standing up. “Fucking hell.” One of them mumbled, after which another would ask: “Is that guy carrying a plasma rail gun?!” Thaddeus would speak proudly, as he held up the thing a little. “Aye. Guess ya lads are lucky Mik didn’t wanna get into a fight with all of ya, huh?” Lars would also stand up, which made the head guardsman look pretty stunned. “Goddamn. First we have to worry about subjects hiding in the dark, now also death squads.” The guardsmen would thankfully keep their weapons down, them not opting for violence yet. However, Cirra looked a lot more intimidated by all of your men.

Still, as the rest of your men got beside you, you’d use this opportunity to also introduce all of them. You’d give them your name, as well as let all your men give theirs. With that done, the head guardsman would decide to do the same. “Well, Mikhail, it’s... a pleasure to get to meet all of you. My name’s Joaquin. These are Landon, Sophie, Lei, Monique, Narith and Khady. Oh, and Cirra of course.” You could tell that Sophie and Narith were both quite curious and interested in you and your men. They were probably the most trusting towards you so far. Monique, Lei and Joaquin seemed rather neutral towards you, clearly having accepted you so far. However there was still some distrust towards you from Khady, Landon and Cirra. The first two in particular remained visibly distrusting, Khady keeping both hands on her rifle. Though maybe she was just doing it in case a subject decided to pop up.

>Answer some of the burning questions they had for you. Both so you could exchange intel and to also create further trust between you and them.
With introductions out of the way, you decided to answer some of their questions to hopefully make them more open to co-operation. You told them that you weren’t entirely sure if there were other reasonable death squads about. You couldn’t exactly ask other death squads, since doing so would get you fired and potentially killed. “Do you think there are others out you then?” Sophie would calmly ask, to which Thaddeus spoke up rather confidently. “Well, I think it might be possible. There’s not exactly much trust in the government. Still, I suggest ya lads remain vigilant when encountering other death squads.” You’d remark that you were probably the exception to the rule, and that Lodger and Blackstar at least looked to have decent people working for them.
>>
“Well, let’s hope that you’re right in assuming that.” Khady said in quiet disdain.“So, what about Annie? What made it that she picked you over... any of the other guardsman forces out there?” Joaquin then asked, after which you asked how many guardsmen forces there were. Given the sheer number of them, you argued that Annie probably just looked for the best forces she had who were willing to do the job. And given the situation you had found yourself in, as well as the training and equipment you had, you were going to get the job done more effectively than whatever guardsman forces she was in contact with. You’d even bring up the fact that you had a whole collection of subjects to back up your effectiveness. “Take it there’s also the benefit of getting access to a main scientist which drove you to do this, huh?” Landon would softly ask afterwards, you mentioning that you had found Andrei’s office which gave you a lot of intel about the place already. “Damn, where the hell is that?” Narith would ask right away, to which Derek softly said: “Ironically, if you did head westwards and headed north right away, you’d get there.”

Of course, you had to point out that the bastard had rigged the thing up to explode, which almost killed you and your men. This made Lei scoff softly. “That does sound like something he would do, yeah. Bastard made it well known that he’d use anything in his ability to ensure nobody could get into his office without his permission.” Considering that the rabbit guarded his office, it was clear that Andrei wasn’t lying with that statement. It also further confirmed that the guy was as paranoid as you imagined him being. Speaking of Andrei though, you brought up Feng again, mentioning that the guardsmen were lucky to have found you. Had they missed you, they would’ve walked right into Feng and gotten themselves either captured or slaughtered. “I find it more irritating than anything. It means we’ll need to find another way to travel, or head back where we came from.” Monique softly remarked, after which you mentioned that it was for the best they turned around.

Feng didn’t just have guardsmen in her forces, having at least recruited one subject. The one who had knocked you out and forced you into a dream about this place. Not to mention, the fact she had death squad equipment, implying she had defeated a group of death squads at some point. “We did manage to retake some of that equipment.” Anon would say as he showed the anti-material rifle, the guardsmen nodding understandingly. “Guess we could try and climb deeper if we find an elevator shaft. Then again, that might just lead us to a place which is flooded even worse than this level.” You’d add to that that another one of Andrei’s subjects, Anastasia, was also roaming around there. And she would absolutely execute them in some horrific way.
>>
“Great. Guess we either get mind-controlled, killed in an ironic way, or get dragged down into the dark waters and drown.” Landon responded in turn, doing so in annoyance.

>Try and converse a bit with Cirra. It could be useful to figure out what kind of powers she had and if she was actually familiar with any of the subjects you had saved.
During these conversations though, there had been one person who hadn’t really spoken up much at all. Or rather, one subject hadn’t spoken up. You’d look over to Cirra, before deciding to ask her if she could maybe help with traversing the flooded section. You asked her to get an idea of her abilities, as well as her personality and history. Cirra would look at you for a moment, before hiding behind Monique who responded for her. “Cirra could traverse the flooded section on her own. Doing so with us however, is where the problems lie I’m afraid.” Seeing how Cirra refused to respond, you’d pause before mentioning that you didn’t have too much information about her and wanted to get to know her. She didn’t seem all too aggressive or troublesome, so you hoped to maybe befriend her. Cirra would finally speak up, albeit in a more confrontative tone. “How do I know I can trust you with that information?”

The question was a mild bombshell, it not really making sense considering her peaceful and calm appearance. Besides, you had proven your innocence and even mentioned some of the subjects you worked with! Why in the world did she not trust you still? As you and your men looked at each other in confusion, Monique would speak up calmly. “Cirra isn’t too fond of death squads, I’m afraid. She got harassed by what I presume to be those Diamond Dog guys, and... well, it may take a while before she would wanna talk to you.” It seemed a little silly for her to base her distrust towards you on her experience with the Diamond Dogs. However, given how Morgan was extremely adamant in her believes about weaponry, it could very well just be a design kink with Cirra. Regardless, you still wanted to know a bit, asking if the guardsmen were okay telling you anyway. Monique looked over at Cirra, before asking: “Can we tell ‘em?” Cirra did nod at least, but kept on staring at you in a very sceptical way.

“Cirra was designed by Logan and Mona. She’s really durable, good at swimming and also a surprisingly effective nurse! She’s the reason we aren’t as badly injured as most other folk down here probably are.” Monique said proudly, after which Derek would immediately ask: “Can she help patch us up if she’s so good then?” Cirra would shake her head and glare at him, clearly not at all interested in helping you out. “Sorry.” Monique would say softly, Derek looking pretty annoyed as he just let out a soft groan and didn’t say anything else. Still, since she was partially made by Mona, you wanted to know if she knew any of your girls.
>>
You’d mention Kamara and Oreas, asking if she knew them. Cirra looked at the guardsmen, expecting them to answer for her. But as they remained quiet, she’d look over at you before quietly shaking her head. “I don’t know them, no.” There didn’t seem to be much of a chance to ask Cirra further questions about who she was or what she did. Though since she was made by Logan, maybe you could gain her trust by saving him. That, or she’d just get used to you as you spent more time with her and the other guardsmen. It was unfortunate that you couldn’t get any treatment from her right now though, you asking if there were any alternatives nearby. Annie mentioned there being medical stations in the vicinity which you could utilize. “We did pass by a few medical bays. We can give you some of the supplies we took from them, if you’d like.” Joaquin said, to which Cirra looked extremely apprehensive. “If you wanna find your own, maybe there are probably plenty near high level threat confinement. Just don’t expect us to come along.” Khady would then also say, which was a possibility if Cirra refused to share her medical supplies with you. Though surely, Joaquin would be able to get her to share some of her materials, right?

>Ask them for further details about the subjects they had encountered. They already mentioned having lost a few of their men, so maybe there were some subjects you really had to look out for.
>Ask them for further details about what was to the east of here and what those high level confinement areas were like. Maybe you could prepare for the things you would have to face down there?
Speaking of the high level threat confinement areas, you wanted to know what there was to expect to the east of here. Specifically, what was past the flooded area. Lei would explain everything, grabbing a small pamphlet with a more simplistic map than your own. “Well, if you were to head east from here, you’d first find a weapon storage section which houses a small bunker area. It’s a pretty large area, but most of it is flooded now and pretty hard to get things from. If you head north from there, you’ll get to where the water filtering system previously was. In other words, the probably source of all the flooding. Of course, I presume you’ll head south, which will lead to what was previously Titania’s chamber. Though the main space there has collapsed quite a bit, meaning the maze of paths surrounding it are the only way around. It’s where we came from.”

Titania’s chamber certainly seemed like an interesting spot to go exploring. Though if it was pretty massive, it could also be a hot spot for people to gather and set up a base. “From there, you can head east and south for the high level confinement areas, or head west to get to a large data storage area. We came from a bunker somewhere close to that space.” Lei finished, after which you asked what the conditions were of the flooded section eastwards from here.
>>
Landon would respond to your question. “It’s a fucking mess. Floors which have sagged down and collapsed, no light whatsoever, and a layer of water which at the minimum is up to your knees and at worst is gonna require you to swim to get through.” You’d ask if there was any other way around the flooded part, or the high level confinement areas. Unfortunately, Lei shook his head and showed the map again. “Unless if you wanna take a risk and go downward with an elevator or stairwell, or god forbid take a potentially charged vent, these are the only real ways to get around.” You’d ask who and what they encountered around there, which got Khady to speak up. “Pelly Chuni. The electric eel from hell. Big, spiky, sadistic, and agile. She managed to get one of our men whilst we were wading through deeper waters. Dragged them right down and we were unable to do anything to stop it.” There was a sombre and agitated tone in Khady’s voice, clearly not wanting to bring up the topic further. Sensing that they didn’t want to bring this up, you’d shift gear and ask if the weed was subject related.

“It is indeed subject related. Cirra told us it’s the work of a subject called KG-23. Some sort of kelp subject made by Mona and Tengri. She told us not to attack the kelp and to just leave it be, since she can basically sense through it and might get agitated if we kill it. There’s more of the stuff the closer you go to the really flooded parts.” Monique said, it being a relieve that you hadn’t actually damaged the kelp to get through. Hopefully, it wouldn’t get too in the way as you headed further east. Though speaking of heading east, you would ask what Joaquin and his men would do now. They were pretty much stuck, unable to head to the foundry where Feng was hiding. They couldn’t hide here or in the office spaces near the foundry either, since Feng was definitely encroaching upon them as well. You did suggest that they could try heading north in the direction of Andrei’s office, since they could maybe then head upstairs. “Heading upstairs is what we’re trying to avoid. The deeper we go, the safer I think we are.” Joaquin argued, which wasn’t entirely wrong. Though the difference was that further up had more soldiers and further down had more dangerous subjects.

Either way, you were curious to hear what they’d do next, Joaquin looking to his men before sighing. “I think we could try your path. But, maybe it’s better to just head back the way we came. The more the better, huh?” Joaquin suggested, at which point Landon spoke up more smugly. “Also means more targets for Pelly if we do go back.” This did elicit some scowls from your men, as well as a few of the guardsmen. Regardless, you’d let them know that their help would be appreciated and that you’d gladly help protect them with your obviously superior weaponry.
>>
“I think I will discuss this with the rest of our men. In the meantime, why don’t you and your injured men find a place to lie down so we can help get you some medical supplies?” Derek was quick to nod, saying: “That would be excellent. Thank you.”

Before you’d accept their help though, you asked if any of them were familiar with the dream subject you had encountered, since she worked for the Queen and had helped you before. There was a moment of silence, before Lei spoke up. “I remember Tengri designing a subject for that. Think her name was... Oneira? Tengri mentioned her a few times before, and seemed pretty positive about her. It’d be a shame if she was controlled by Feng...” Perhaps Lei could tell a bit more about Oneira, so that you could figure out more about Feng’s forces. Then again, given that you were heading away from the queen, perhaps worrying about her and her servants wasn’t really as necessary anymore.

>What do you do next?

>Accept the medical help. Maybe also ask Joaquin and Monique if they could convince Cirra to do it, since she was apparently some kind of expert in the field. If not, Lars could just do the job.
>Ask the guardsmen more questions. The sections they came from, their individual jobs, all of it could be vital intel for you and your men. (Write in who you’ll ask questions to and what you’ll ask.)
>Go back on the suggestion of grouping together. Maybe it was better to just remain split, especially since you couldn’t fully trust some of Joaquin’s men just yet.
>Share more intel with the guardsmen. That way, you could compare intel and also further cement your trustworthiness towards them. Maybe it’d even help Cirra realise you were trustworthy. (Write in what you’ll share with them.)
>Discuss with your men...
>Something else...

(Apologies for the delay with this update. I wanted to get this out last night, but due to the insane captcha wait time and the fact I needed to head to sleep early, I opted to just postpone this update. But hey, it's out now, and I am gonna make another update later today as well.)

(>>6144855 I saw this whilst checking the catbox. She's so adorably autistic.)
>>
>>6145125
>Accept the medical help. Maybe also ask Joaquin and Monique if they could convince Cirra to do it, since she was apparently some kind of expert in the field. If not, Lars could just do the job.

>Share more intel with the guardsmen. That way, you could compare intel and also further cement your trustworthiness towards them. Maybe it’d even help Cirra realise you were trustworthy. (Write in what you’ll share with them.)
Hmm, what haven’t we shared already?
They know about Annie cooperation, we listed all the subjects we rescued, Andrei’s office raid, they already know about the government moving into the green section….maybe the arrival of scary monsters?
We can ask if they have any long term plans too, anything beyond just surviving as long as possible down here.
>>
>>6145281
Also my thoughts. We've said our pieces, time to patch up and get cracking.
>>
Alright, think I'll wait until tomorrow when there are hopefully more responses. This is totally not an excuse for me to head to bed early again because I am exhausted after today.
>>
>>6145281
Supporting because at the moment I'm too lazy to come up with something more important to say or anything else that we can tell them outside what subjects the government knows about at least.
>>
Okay, so I was hoping to get an update out right around now, but unfortunately I've fallen really fucking sick and need to get some sleep.

I don't know if I'll get any updates in this weekend. I'll try and get something tomorrow, but I will also be spending time elsewhere with a friend. If today and tomorrow don't work out, I'll try to at least get something out on Sunday.

Apologies for the delays and slowdown in responses. I hope I can make up for the lack of updates this week.
>>
>>6145819
>but unfortunately I've fallen really fucking sick

Get well soon Andy, please don't die on us.
>>
>Accept the medical help. Maybe also ask Joaquin and Monique if they could convince Cirra to do it, since she was apparently some kind of expert in the field. If not, Lars could just do the job.
Having gotten as much intel about Oneira as you could get, you would tell Zaria and Derek to follow you to the small first aide room. Derek looked most relieved, whilst Zaria was a bit less desperate for some medical assistance. You would ask Monique if she could convince Cirra to help out, hoping you could get some expertise in. "Ummm, okay? Cirra, would you be willing to help these guys out?" Monique asked in a tone which was clearly sceptical. And as to be expected, Cirra was quick to shake her head in a distrustful way. "No!" She even uttered, at which point Monique looked at you and gave a quick shrug.

Thankfully, Lars was still there to help out, as he would also head to the first aide space. "I'll administer some painkillers to you guys and check how the wounds are doing. Don't worry." He seemed confident, especially now that he had more equipment to work with. Monique would grab some medical items from the bag she had, before handing it over. Thus, you, Derek and Zaria would get some quick treatment. Derek was first, as it turned out that he had some nasty infections from his injuries. He did seem to get more energetic after the treatment was administered. Zaria was next, and she seemed to be in a lot less trouble. She was still clearly in some pain, but she seemed to manage well. Finally, you'd get some help as well, being given painkillers and some new gauze for your wounds. It was rather refreshing, hopefully giving you an improved chance to keep going for the time being. "You're a miracle worker, Lars." Derek said by the end of it, giving Lars a fist bump before they looked at you. You'd quickly return to the rest of your group and the guardsmen, who by now seemed to be getting on mildly okay.

Thaddeus and Mike were both chatting rather happily with Narith and Joaquin, the rest of your men chatting amongst themselves. As you once again entered the main space though, all eyes went to you. "Feeling Better, you three?" Anon asked, to which Derek nodded quickly and Zaria softly said: "It could be a lot worse."

>Share more intel with the guardsmen. That way, you could compare intel and also further cement your trustworthiness towards them. Maybe it’d even help Cirra realise you were trustworthy.
After you explained how you were doing, you'd look over at the guardsmen and decided to share a bit more intel. You had already talked about Annie, the subjects you worked with, what the government was up to. The one thing you could think of which they may not be aware of, was the presence of Scary Monsters. You'd bring it up, at which point Khady asked: "Oh boy. What sorta group of psychopaths are they?" You'd explain they were a group focused on vehicles and mechs, something to potentially deal with larger subjects.
>>
"How big are we talking? We talking your average mech size? Or has the government given them access to some of their largest equipment to deal with the likes of Titania?" Sophie asked, to which Derek responded a lot more happily now. "I presume they got their own equipment. So, that would usually be suits somewhere between 10 to 20 feet? It depends." The guardsmen didn't seem too worried about this, though were clearly intrigued to figure out why they were here. "Do they have any specific tasks? Or do they have to go to a specific part of the facility?" Joaquin asked inquisitively, to which you explained you weren't entirely sure, but that they would presumably help to get rid of rubble to increase the level of access to parts of the facility. That, and they would probably go for more dangerous areas to clear them from threats. "Would that also include these flooded parts?" Lei asked softly, which you could unfortunately neither confirm nor deny.

After you explained the situation with Scary Monsters, you'd ask the guardsmen if they had long term plans for their time down here. Joaquin did have an answer to that though. "Well, surviving is the most obvious goal right now. But, we are definitely thinking of trying to find a way to escape from this place. Either by going to the surface, or hiding long enough that the government will hopefully leave us be. That, or wait for the government themselves to step in and put a halt to the hunting." This last suggestion made Mike scoff. "Yeah, I doubt that's happening. The government has already committed to this, so I doubt they'll back off now. Especially since they seem dead-set on killing everyone." After this was said, Narith would ask a pretty important question. "What about you guys? I thought the government hated death squads. Do you think they'll spare you after all of this is over?"

Obviously, none of you had an answer to that. The prevailing idea amongst your men was uncertainty and fear that you would be killed. Though some were clearly doubting what would happen. Your men were quick to bring this up, Thaddeus softly saying: "I hope they will spare us. But, I can't tell for sure if they'll be reasonable. Given that they aren't opposed to killing innocent death squads if it conveniences 'em." Afterwards, Mike would speak up again, doing so with his usual intolerance towards the government. "I would be amazed if the government will let us go without issue once this is all done. They did pay us at least, so a part of me does wonder if maybe we'll get out unscathed. Then again, given how many folks we've also spared, a part of me does worry that we'll just get shot the moment the job is considered finished. That, or they just decide to confiscate our stuff or imprison us." The guardsmen seemed equally unsure of their future. Though at least they had a similar rough outline to what you had: Survive and escape.
>>
This actually got Landon to speak up in a less hostile and more curious tone. "So, why is the government doing this anyway? I get the whole 'killing evil subjects' part. Subjects like Reika, Vinella, Tammy, or any of Elbrus' subject all obviously deserve to be murdered. But why are they seemingly targeting everyone and everything? Why did they hire you guys when the government despises you guys?" This was another big question you couldn't entirely answer. Though you did have plenty of theories as to what was going on and why the government had chosen this particular course of action.

Perhaps it was worth discussing with the guardsmen. They potentially knew a lot about the facility, meaning they could tell you about its history and the contexts which led up to the disaster. Hell, maybe they were even more familiar about this disaster than they appeared...

>What do you do next?

>Start heading eastwards with the guardsmen, if they were willing to go along with you anyway. You could talk on the way over, and maybe make some leeway towards Logan.
>Give the guardsmen some theories as to what was going on. Maybe ask your men if they had any other theories about what was going on based on all the experience you had gained down here. (Write in what you'll say and if you'll elaborate further with help from your men.)
>Ask the guardsmen some more questions. Maybe about the subjects they looked after or were most scared of. Perhaps something related to the disaster or the government's relationship with the facility. (Write in your questions)
>Something else...

(Huzzah, managed to get an update out at my friend's place. Hopefully, it is a decent enough update to work with. If not, I'm sure heading further eastwards will lead to some FUN conflicts.)
>>
>>6146314
Tammy? Do tell us about Tammy, we've not heard that name. Also, Annie mentioned a Glaucus earlier, who's she? And Lei, d'ya know anything more about Oneira?

Your guess as to what they want here is as good as mine. If they only wanted everyone dead, the entire battlefleet in orbit currently twiddling their thumbs on the blockade could take care of that without any boots on the ground. My best guess would be that they want to get their hands on as much research information, key expertise and subject biological data as they can to restart the program somewhere else later and are using us as disposable and deniable assets while seeing surviving staff as dangerous loose ends. But that's just a theory. A CONSPIRACY THEORY!

Now let's get going east and grab Logan if you're coming with. If not, we wish you best of luck.

We're only going to feel the absence of our Subject Squad more and more as we go in this high-threat environment - Anofelis could help us with collapses and rough terrain, Morgan could really tip the scale against something nasty, Chrys could fly ahead and scout, Oreas could let us take the aforementioned vents and power up equipment, Vinisha would be immune to environmental dangers and Kamara.....would probably be a less-than-useful wreck, but at least she wouldn't leave us to die like Cirra likely would at first opportunity.
>>
>>6146314
>Start heading eastwards with the guardsmen, if they were willing to go along with you anyway. You could talk on the way over, and maybe make some leeway towards Logan.
>Give the guardsmen some theories as to what was going on. Maybe ask your men if they had any other theories about what was going on based on all the experience you had gained down here. (Write in what you'll say and if you'll elaborate further with help from your men.)
They want the most senior scientists with the highest creation counts captured alive, so I'm guessing that's why this place isn't just getting glassed from orbit. They're paying for any hard drives, schematics, or other data we recover too, so they definitely want the research that was being done. Oddly enough they don't want any subjects taken alive, even the harmless ones. Perhaps they don't trust that no nasty functions are hidden in them? They might have hired us due to a mix of that and the knowledge that this would be a high lethality job, so they didn't want to risk their own troops.
They also want all personnel killed aside from the big names. Only reasons I can think of for that are nanobot contamination/infection or it's politically embarrassing enough that they need to silence everyone with a firsthand account of events. Yeah, either one of those don't bode well for our own survival after the mission.

>Ask the guardsmen some more questions. Maybe about the subjects they looked after or were most scared of. Perhaps something related to the disaster or the government's relationship with the facility. (Write in your questions)
Did the above speculation make them think of anything?
Who Tammy
>>
>Start heading eastwards with the guardsmen, if they were willing to go along with you anyway. You could talk on the way over, and maybe make some leeway towards Logan.
You told Landon that you'd discuss the government theories after you started heading east. After all, you wanted to grab Logan as quickly as possible. Though obviously, you offered the guardsmen that they didn't have to join you if they didn't want to. Joaquin looked at his men before letting out a sigh. "Well, we did discuss it a bit whilst you were getting medical aide. We decided that, given the situation to the west of here, it's for the best we head elsewhere. And as unfortunate as it is, the best path for us to take is going back the way we came." You could tell not all of Joaquin's men agreed to the suggestion. Or rather, it were Khady and Lei were the most reluctant. Though they were presumably out-voted by the others. With that decided, you'd stand up and actually manage to walk without the help of Thaddeus or Lars for once. You'd lead the way, starting the trek to the more flooded parts.

>Give the guardsmen some theories as to what was going on. Maybe ask your men if they had any other theories about what was going on based on all the experience you had gained down here.
As you left the small food court area and headed down the hallway, you'd repeat Landon's question to make sure you got it right. And as Landon nodded quickly, you'd start giving your theories. The first thing you had in mind was that the place was being kept alive out of an interest in one of the head scientists. Anderson had already been retrieved, whilst someone like Andrei, Roraima or Tengri could very well remain useful to the government. "So, if they want valuable staff, then why do they choose to kill lesser scientists or us? We're still valuable to them, right? We were hired for this job for a reason, after all!" Sophie said a bit worriedly, clearly remaining somewhat optimistic about the government's views of her.

Mike spoke in disgust, clearly not appreciating any potentially positive remarks about the government. "Let's be real here: The government wants expertise for creating subjects. Caretakers, guardsmen, janitors and what not are highly unlikely to be included in that. Not because you guys don't have any value, but because the government knows you can be replaced by other willing people. Trust me, I've seen enough of this shit government to know what they're like." Sophie and some of the other guardsmen did seem a little hurt, but they also seemed understanding and accepting of this obvious fact. Clearly, they had already accepted the fact that their own government now viewed them as acceptable targets for a purging. Of course, you also explained that the government wanted to avoid a political mess by having insider knowledge reach the public. And obviously, destroying everything from orbit would also destroy valuable hard-drives, raw materials and biological data.
>>
"So, you think they'll restart this program? Even after this entire goddamn mess? Sounds like a lot of work for me, especially since they had to hire their greatest enemies to do this." To this, you explained that you suspected that the government didn't want to lose their own forces. "Not to mention, the plausible deniability they can create with this. They can make the claim later that the incident was all death squad related, shifting the blame on us. That, and it may also mean government soldiers won't go down here and realise what their own government was up to." Anon would suggest, at which point you mentioned that your own survival chances were admittedly pretty bad.

"So, what about the subjects? From what I've seen, they've also given you guys permission to kill subjects. Wouldn't that go against the whole operation of recovering valuable assets?" Narith asked sceptically, you explaining that it might just have to do with the lack of trust in all the subjects. That, and the subjects might also reveal secrets to the outside world about what was going on in this place. "So, the government wants to still make subjects, but basically clean up all lose ends. And you guys were sent in, to be cannon fodder and because it'd give them the ability to denial all accusations... So, why the hell did you go along with this?" Khady asked soon after, seeming at a mild loss of words on what to say. You said that you got paid extremely well, and because it may mean increasing your standing amongst the government. "I honestly also imagine that this might just be a way to filter the trustworthy and co-operative folks out of the various death squads. Those who do a good job might just be given a chance to join the government or some military branch, whilst those who are distrustful or cause trouble can just be killed from orbit. Or worse, at the hands of a subject." Lars said casually, which was definitely not something you could confirm just yet. Though amongst your men, it didn't seem like something anyone was holding out hopes for.

Finally, you admitted that any of your theories were closer to conspiracy theories, and that you had no clue what was going on. You didn't even know what caused the disaster, or if the government really played much of a hand in it.

>Ask the guardsmen some more questions. Maybe about the subjects they looked after or were most scared of. Perhaps something related to the disaster or the government's relationship with the facility.
With you finishing your little conspiracy talk, you asked them if they had anything to speculate about. "Well, my first thought is that you guys are pretty much screwed, not gonna lie. If the government is willing to kill loyal staff just to hide what is going on here, do you think that they will let you guys go without issue once all is said and done?" Landon asked in a mildly amused tone, almost as if he was enjoying the fact you'd potentially be executed after this.
>>
"Well, we already got paid a fuckload. Maybe they will just take back the money when we die, but the fact they already stated how much we earned and gave us some money for our job, makes me hope this is actually a serious job. And yeah, I may not like who it is for, but money is money." Zaria said confidently, to which Khady mumbled in response. "Or they just execute you once you're done and take your money back then." Obviously, the whole reason of getting here had become a lot more vague ever since you made all these discoveries. But then again, the government probably didn't expect you to question a bunch of scientists and subjects for the intel you had. Whatever the case was, you'd wait to hear if anyone else had any theories, to which Lei did have one final suggestion. "So, I do remember hearing from Tengri that... the government was breathing down his neck a ton. They wanted to get results quick and to get their hands on subjects quick. Maybe, this whole incident was set up by them? Something to get rid of staff who doesn't agree with the government's stringency, as well as increase their grasp on whatever future research is done on subjects?"

It did seem a little farfetched. But given how on edge and paranoid the government was, their role in the disaster was pretty much undeniable. The only question now was how large that role was and if they had knowledge of what was going to happen. Unfortunately, your men and the guardsmen didn't seem sure what to even say to this statement, it going awkwardly silent as everyone was thinking. Until finally Joaquin said: "I highly doubt they'd do something so excessive. Not to mention, doing such a piss poor job at it. Might as well just add even more bureaucrats and increase government influence on which scientists are allowed to join the facility." The others nodded a bit hesitantly to that, unsure what they could even say. With that in mind, you'd decide to ask a bit more about some of the subjects which were mentioned. The first was Tammy, who didn't sound all that intimidating.

"Oh boy, Tammy... one of Elbrus' greatest achievements. A plant girl who has a thing for whipping and bondage with vines. Thorny vines, to be more specifically. She used to be seen as just your average nuisance: forcing herself onto people, occasionally breaking free from her chamber or getting people aroused in some way. That was until she grabbed a guardsman during night duty and decided to took root inside of his torso. The absolute psycho made her roots fuse with his body, essentially turning him into a plaything who would die if removed from her. The poor guy was eventually just shot, since saving him was deemed impossible. She was fortunately punished by being thrown into extremely high security, but Elbrus got away with a slap on the wrist and continued making his sadistic monstrosities."
>>
The last thing you had expected to hear was subjects fusing with humans. Though since this was an Elbrus subject, it wasn’t all that surprising. “So, what’s her codename, so I can put it in our tablet?” Derek immediately asked, to which Landon responded: “VL-60. I don’t know where she is right now, but I imagine she’s somewhere still near her high level containment chamber. I hope so, anyways.” After Derek noted it down, you’d ask for details about Glaucus, to which Sophie responded a bit worriedly. “She’s some sort of sea-slug subject with the codename SD-84. She is lanky and strange, and can stretch her body by a huge amount. We thankfully didn’t encounter her, but I’ve heard that she finds amusement in causing other people pain. Though I have also heard that she isn’t the most intelligent, so… there’s that. Ironically, she was made by Tengri and Logan, which makes me wonder if Roraima was somewhere in the room whilst they were thinking up her design.”

It was another threat to worry about in the flooded section. Though a sea-slug didn’t sound too threatening all things considered. Hopefully, she wouldn’t be extremely fast or strong. Though one thing was pretty much a guarantee: There was NO WAY she would be a physical tank like the rabbit. Finally, you’d turn to Lei and ask for further details about Oneira. hoping he could reveal more. “Well, Oneira was made by Tengri, her codename is… uhhhh, D… ummm, oh yeah! DT-52! That’s it! Yeah, she’s a lizard or demon subject, though I am not entirely sure which it was exactly. Hmmm, from what I heard of her, she was one of the nicer subjects around. Apparently, she was some sort of sleep therapist who helped people with insomnia to sleep? She, uhhhh, also helped with traumas and people who suffered from nightmares. I sadly don’t know too much about her, since I never met her in person, but I’ve heard plenty of good things about her! Tengri sounded proud enough about her, so she probably was quite well liked!”

Considering the dream you had had, it was possible that it had been incited by Oneira. Derek would soon ask for further detail, calmly asking: “Do you guys know of any other subjects which can alter dreams?” To which the guardsmen all seemed unsure what to say. Nobody could come up with anything, as it seemed like Oneira was the one who had shown you the visions of Feng. Hopefully, she could be freed, if she really was this kind soul Lei said she was.
>>
For the time being though, you would continue leading the way. You did feel the pain returning a tiny bit, the painkillers starting to wear off. Though it wasn’t enough to stop you from walking around unassisted. Thaddeus, Joaquin and Sophie stayed at the front with you, the water slowly getting deeper and deeper with every step you took. The kelp remained ever present, though thankfully moved out of the way for you every single time. The mood was relaxed, despite knowing full-well that you were going into particularly dangerous territory.

>What do you do next?

>Keep asking Joaquin and his men questions. Either about the subjects they worked with, the facility or just about themselves. (Write in your questions.)
>Tell everyone to go as quiet as possible. The last thing you wanted was to attract the attention of some psychotic aquatic subject in the distance.
>Turn on the radio to listen to Annie. Music, news and updates could always help to lift the mood.
>Discuss with your men…
>Something else…
>>
Not sure if we can actually forward any of this subject information to GalGov unless we can come up with a good cover story about how we got it.
>>6146908
Okay, Glaucus is in the MGE already. She's got a pretty high threat level actually but is territorial and lives in the flooded section, so we shouldn't encounter her.
Yeah, that's definitely Oneira. She might have fallen foul of Feng, but is still fighting the good fight. Sent by Feng to dispose of us, subverted her control, led us to her instead and begged us to save her and everyone else. Something we fully plan to do.
>Keep asking Joaquin and his men questions. Either about the subjects they worked with, the facility or just about themselves.
Annie's the facility DJ now and all, but did she do anything of the sort before the disaster? For that matter, were any of the subjects "employed" as such other than Agami?
How many levels does this place have anyway? Have you been deeper down?

While we don't need to be completely silent, we shouldn't turn on the radio either. Sound will carry a long way in these tunnels, a lot further than just splashing will.

>Do something else.....
I went and read up on the hunting habits of electric eels in case there was any anti-Pelly precautions we could take. Electric eels stun by generating an electric potential between their head and tail, producing a rapidly pulsating current in the water that causes their prey's muscles to repeatedly contract and exhaust themselves within milliseconds - exactly like a taser. This could easily be defeated by wearing an electrical insulator around anything exposed to the water - since we obviously don't have any of them, we could instead wrap our feet and legs in cling film, carrier bags or heavy fabric if we can find a breakroom with some in, or possibly wrap them with some foil as a bootleg Faraday cage if we can't find any or it might be too powerful a power. Electric eels also have electroreception to track prey, so if she's nearby she would be able to sense us whether we're quiet or not, though stopping moving would greatly reduce what she had to work with. She's also going to be a huge pain to deal with if she stays underwater, since she'll be hard to target with gunfire abd I bet the plasma bolts won't penetrate water well. Honestly, Morgan would be great here with her full plate providing electrical shielding and strength, toughness and stabby weapon able to take her out underwater or help craft us some of our own. I imagine Oreas and Vinny would also no-sell the zapping, though neither of them are fighters.

-----

The new /qag/ is up if one of you drawfags want to give the first challenge a go >>6146806
>>
>>6146906
>"So, I do remember hearing from Tengri that... the government was breathing down his neck a ton. They wanted to get results quick and to get their hands on subjects quick. Maybe, this whole incident was set up by them? Something to get rid of staff who doesn't agree with the government's stringency, as well as increase their grasp on whatever future research is done on subjects?"
This doesn't seem too likely. They funded the facility, it was theirs. If they wanted to get rid of people they could have just handed out pink slips. Would be a whole lot cheaper than the current fiasco. Given how expensive this facility must have been and how badly it's getting trashed I seriously doubt GalGov saw this coming.

>Oh boy, Tammy... one of Elbrus' greatest achievements. A plant girl who has a thing for whipping and bondage with vines. Thorny vines, to be more specifically
Hot

>her roots fuse with his body, essentially turning him into a plaything who would die if removed from her
Would

>It was another threat to worry about in the flooded section. Though a sea-slug didn’t sound too threatening all things considered. Hopefully, she wouldn’t be extremely fast or strong. Though one thing was pretty much a guarantee: There was NO WAY she would be a physical tank like the rabbit.
Uh, couldn't she be even tankier than Caera? Definitely not as fast.

>Turn on the radio to listen to Annie. Music, news and updates could always help to lift the mood.
>>
>>6147015
Supporting. Though the government sheet mentions nothing of Pelly's shock being used in her hunting, implying she might just be large enough to drag people into the depths with ease and using that ability isn't worth the energy on such easy prey. I mean, it does say she's 10 feet but that height estimation is still just an estimation. The electro-reception is a major concern though, and will probably be for any shark subjects we encounter too.

>>6147072
I have a feeling you just want to die. I do agree that this probably wasn't directly caused by the government. Maybe indirectly because of rushing something they shouldn't have?
>>
>>6147076
ah shit, is Pelly AH-600? Not sure how I didn't draw that connection. But if she does go for us and we manage to thwart her ambush, I expect to get zapped.
>>
Once again going to postpone today's update till tomorrow. I'll have a lot more time then and will be able to get an update out more easily. For today though, I'll call it a little break.

Though, I am not gonna leave you guys with nothing. I wanna once again ask for feedback, suggestions or recommendations for the story. Anything that's on your mind which you wanna see more or less of, or things you think I can improve at. Just let me know and I'll take note of it when I wake up.
>>
>>6147402
Here's a suggestion. More posts if at all possible. Joking aside, I really, really liked the bit where we talked with our soldiers. I'd really enjoy getting to interact with them personally and properly like we did with Zaria more often. Doing that some more with the subjects we've met also would be good. I just like character interaction. Other than that, I don't know what else to suggest.
>>
>>6147402
I need all subjects with dicks to just stop existing asap

Pacing could be a bit faster too
Sometimes I feel like we get stuck in a loop of picking the talk option because the info we get prompts new inquiries, and by the end we've spent like 5 updates just talking. Not a big deal and part of it is on us for picking talk 5 times in a row but breaking those segments up would be cool.
>>
>>6147402
When talking to people, the prompts to speak with them could probably be rolled into one open-ended option like
>Talk with the guards (write in questions or topics to bring up)
As it is, the things we have to say or ask are often some combination of all of them. And maybe have discussion prompts before some actions so we do something tangible in the update as well unless the talking is the tangible action like trying to defuse a confrontation.

I also agree with the point about wanting to see more individual in-depth characterisation of the crew, both our squad members and the girls (though I wouldn't call any of them flat, except maybe Oreas' chest) like what we did with Zaria. Her quest for monsterification and Annie's request to save Logan give me loyalty mission vibes and I do wonder what other personal sidequests we could get out of the rest of the cast. This quest thrives on its characters after all and you can never go wrong with exploring them more.
>>
>>6147470
>>6147491
Actually this is a good point. Though, I can see this potentially running into the issue of adding more work to the QM per update if questions lead to further questions and yet more after that. But if Anderson's up to it, topic option is a good idea.
>>
>Keep asking Joaquin and his men questions. Either about the subjects they worked with, the facility or just about themselves.
As you kept wandering the dark and flooded hallway, you'd soon decide to ask Joaquin and the others some questions. You'd start by asking about Annie, asking if she did radio announcements before the disaster. Joaquin would think, before turning to Landon. "Say, Landon, do you know if Annie was ever allowed to hijack radio stations by Logan before the disaster?" Landon scoffed and shook his head. "Of course not. Logan was smart and wouldn't just let her screw around with something that important." Of course, you wanted to know if she did something else during her stay at the facility. "Not that I would know. She probably was given some way to entertain herself, as well as plenty of practice with devices to hijack. I don't remember anything else she did in particular."

It did seem like Annie's existence was pretty basic before the disaster. Most subjects appeared to be like that, spending lots of time in their chamber without much to keep them occupied. Though this reminded you of Agami, who actually had a stable job as an announcement subject before all of this. You'd thus ask if there were other subjects who were employed. "Aside from some combat subjects who acted for security or testing, there weren't too many who were employed. Maybe some of the chemical subjects like Staphy were used for cleaning chemicals or something similar." Landon calmly responded, revealing another subject you and your men hadn't heard of. This immediately got Derek intrigued, as he was quick to ask: "Who is this Staphy? Is she another subject made by Logan?" Landon nodded quickly. "Yep. Slime girl with the codename BFS-71. Though I believe she was more of a Catherine subject, given that Logan made it clear he was far prouder of his other works."

Given the success of Annie, perhaps that pride of his was well-founded. Regardless, you'd see Derek check the tablet, before shaking his head. "She's not on the tablet." Fortunately, the lack of details wasn't too large of an issue. After all, Landon could tell you more about her later. In fact, he was quick to say: "I can imagine her staying in the flooded parts as well. She'd thrive in the water and would love going to the deeper parts to look for organic material to take up." Considering how many threats, both known and unknown, were in the flooded sector, it made you start thinking about the facility. You wanted to know how many levels there were to the facility, asking Joaquin and his men if any of them had ever gone to the even deeper parts. "Well, I think we're currently somewhere around the 70th floor. There were about 100 floors in total if I recall correctly, with the lowest parts mostly just consisting of hallways connecting everything in a large circle." Narith responded softly, eager to share some intel about these emergency corridors.
>>
"I remember actually going there once before everything went to hell. It was easily reached with some pretty large elevator shafts, but I can't imagine those working anymore. They were mostly used for allowing huge materials to easily be transported around the facility. Though right now, I imagine it'd make for a solid way to get around the facility." Narith continued, to which Thaddeus would ask a couple more questions. "Is this large hallway system connected to anything else? And what other sorta things can ya expect to find deeper down?" Narith would respond to the first question right away. "Well, it's connected to pretty much the deepest parts at the edge of the facility. So, quite a lot! I also remember it being connected to several long-term chemical storage spaces, as well as several scrapyards and locations for recycling." Either location seemed perfect for staff and subjects to hang around in. Though reaching them was going to be a pain to say the least.

>Something else...
Whilst your men continued discussing the deeper parts with Joaquin's men, you started thinking about Pelly again. Given she seemed like the most major threat around the flooded parts, you started thinking of methods to stop her from hurting you with her shocks. And what better way than to find some kind of insulator? You'd bring up the idea to your men and the guardsmen, which did seem to intrigue them. "It would make her a bit less of an issue. Though, during our encounter, I never felt the shocks were her main way of attacking. She just lunged at one of our men and dragged them into the depths." Lei calmly remarked, at which point you suggested that she might hunt with electroreception. Not moving would help combat that, though you wondered if there was any other way to lessen the threat she brought to the table. And unfortunately, everyone went quiet, as it seemed that there really was no simple way to deal with Pelly. "I suggest just sticking as close to each other as possible if we do decide to go through the parts where she attacked us." Khady finally suggested, at which point you mentioned that looking for some insulators could prove beneficial.

Your men did seem to trust you in that suggestion, as they promised to look around for insulating material as effectively as they could. Though Joaquin's men did seem hesitant on the suggestion. At least it wasn't a concern for the time being. For now, you'd just continue wading further down the hallway. The water level kept inching upwards every few minutes, as your walk slowed down somewhat from the amount of water you had to wade through. "We're close to the next area." Derek soon said as he checked the tablet, as you finally saw an end to the hallway and an entrance to a different part of the facility in the distance. Though as you got closer and closer, you suddenly heard something echo through the hallway. An ethereal and gentle voice which sang a gentle and peaceful song.
>>
Immediately, your men would get their guns at the ready, after which the guardsmen did the same. "Alright, there's a threat ahead of us for sure." Mike said confidently, after which one of the guardsmen spoke softly. "Wait! Maybe it's Kaenum's singing?" Monique said, Cirra looking a little more cautiously as you saw her visibly move back a tiny bit from the space ahead of you. Your men also remained doubtful about this being Kaenum. You had presumably heard her voice before, and it sounded different from this song. This was just a singular voice. There were no other instruments attached to it, unlike with Kaenum...

>What do you do next?

>Wait it out and see what happens. Maybe the strange song would come to an end, or it'd start moving closer? (Write in what you do as you wait.)
>Just head forwards. If the source responsible for the sound was a threat, you vastly outnumbered it with your men as well as Joaquin and his men. So there wasn't much to worry about anyway.
>Call out to the voice and say you mean no harm. Maybe it was someone non-threatening, or a warning call to stop you from going further. (Write in what you'll try to say to the voice.)
>Chat with the guards about this. They had passed through here before, maybe they knew more of this voice? (Write in what questions or thoughts about the voice you'll tell them.)
>Something else...

(So, what I'm gathering from all the advice are the following two sticky points: 1. streamline the discussions with people by changing the prompts into more open-ended discussion things. Maybe this can be done if you guys prepare some typical questions to work with, kinda like the usual list of questions you gave previously. 2. More interactions with your men where you learn about their motives and what not. I'll definitely try and make this possible by adding it into the story here and there for you to explore. Though I will have to find a balance of having it feel like a natural discussion, it fitting into the specific story moment and it being interesting to read about.)

(Please let me know if I misread things or if my ideas are terrible. I am very tired and may have not gotten things 100% correct.)
>>
>>6148107
>Wait it out and see what happens. Maybe the strange song would come to an end, or it'd start moving closer? (Write in what you do as you wait.)
Okaaaaay, I think we've found Anastasia. Kaenum isn't round here and, last we heard, Ana was on the 70th floor of the staff section - very close to where we are now. We don't want to tangle with her right now (that she's alive means she probably defeated Nikita's group (if they came into contact, that is)), so start looking for a nice place to duck into in case she comes this way and give the others the rundown of what we know from Andrei's notes and Vinisha while we listen out some more. TLDR: psychotic judge, jury and especially executioner who even Andrei baulked at the brutality of and would probably sentence you to death for so much as littering. Not someone you want to meet.

Nah, you understood right. That's more or less what we were saying.
>>
>>6148107
>Start singing along
Trust me guys
>>
>>6148107
>Wait it out and see what happens. Maybe the strange song would come to an end, or it'd start moving closer? (Write in what you do as you wait.)
>Tell Thaddeus and Anon to ready the plasma cannon, just in case.

>>6148235
I will not.
>>
>>6148160
>>6148243
If it was Anastasia why would she sound like it's singing? If she's capable of fully creating auditory illusions, wouldn't she fully imitate Kaenum's instruments as well? Further, the flooded section is a distance away from the staff area, but is close enough it is possible so I won't fully rule it out, and ignoring that I still don't exactly trust this. So, I'll support just waiting and being cautious. Just be quiet and whatever it is will go away.
>>
>>6148276
I don't know if it's Anastasia and I don't care. I just think that if it comes our way then we should be prepared to delete her.
>>
>>6148235
>Mik sings off key, completely trashing the song, and whoever is singing leaves.
KEK
>>
>>6148276
We're not in the flooded section, we're just coming into the office space next door to the south I believe - I did misjudge where we were and thought we'd reached the central facility by now so we're further from the staff area than I thought. It may be Ana using her auditory illusions to lure in victims searching for an easy target like Kaenum or maybe related to what might have taken out Wilf. Either way, there's not much down here that we'd like to meet and we should consider any subject as a potential major threat that we'd be better off avoiding unless positively IDd as friendly, much more so than upstairs.

Completely unrelated, the drawing of Kiyo here >>6050846 got missed out of the catbox archive.
>>
>Wait it out and see what happens. Maybe the strange song would come to an end, or it'd start moving closer?
Hearing the strange song, the first thing you'd do was tell Thaddeus and Anon to ready the plasma rail gun. "Already ahead of you." Thaddeus said as he raised the railgun, after which you mentioned it couldn't be Kaenum. "How do you know that?" Monique asked in soft surprise, you stating you had last seen her quite a bit further away from here. It'd be pretty impressive if she had somehow made her way from the green section to this place. Either way, you couldn't say for sure which subject was creating the song, which only made you more unnerved. Whichever subject was singing in the flooded section was bound to be a troublemaker in your mind. The singing kept going for some time, it remaining distant and without any lyrics. Though you did see some of your men lowering their guns a bit. Possibly because the song just kept going and nothing concerning was really happening.

And after you waited for a couple of minutes, you'd hear Thaddeus speak up softly. "Mik, do you think... it could maybe be a friendly subject we're hearin'?" The question seemed a little bit optimistic to you. Why on earth would a subject be singing in dark abandoned hallways if they were 'being friendly'. Joaquin also remained vigilant, shaking his head and looking at you. "I wouldn't trust anything ahead of us, unless if it willingly stepped forward and revealed itself to us." However, Khady would seem to disagree, speaking in confidence. "Well, we thought Cirra was a threat to us at first as well. Besides, why would a subject willingly let itself be heard in such a dangerous location? And given that it only started when we got closer, I feel like it might just be a subject calling for help." Most of the guardsmen remained somewhat reluctant. Though, your men seemed somewhat intrigued by the idea of this being another friendly subject.

"I suggest we try and communicate back in some way." Lydia would say, after which Zaria spoke up in disbelief. "Are you guys for real?! There is no way that this won't result in us falling into some kind of trap!" Derek looked equally perplexed. Yet the rest of your men would seem to disagree. "If it's a trap, it's a pretty bad one. Besides, we already met Kaenum and she was harmless, right? Maybe this subject is related to Kaenum?" To this, you'd mention that it could also hypothetically be Anastasia and her auditory illusions. However, this made Anon scoff. "Didn't the coordinates for Anastasia show that she was way further to the south of here? We literally sent Nikita all the way there because it'd be a bitch for him to get back, let alone survive." Whilst it seemed unlikely to be Anastasia, it could very well be a different subject with similar abilities. Not to mention, a similar desire to kill you and your men.
>>
Soon after though, Cirra would also speak up, doing so sternly and rather confidently. "It's not a threat! The song sounds nice, and makes me feel at ease. It's probably one of those mental healing subjects, or some kind of songbird subject! I wanna meet them!" Whilst Cirra opting to trust some nice-sounding subject over you and your men was understandable, what wasn't was Mike stepping forward and speaking in favour of heading forwards. "Look, we're gonna have to head this direction now anyway. Why don't we just head forward together and see who's singing? For all we know, it's indeed some Kaenum-like subject." You saw how puzzled Derek and Zaria were by Mike's optimism. Yet, you didn't really have much to counter his argument. It could be a friendly subject. And you did also have to head this direction now anyway. The guardsmen were ironically far less eager though, Joaquin looking over at you. "Do you also wanna head forward to find out?" He'd ask, you not really having an answer. Zaria did have an answer, speaking begrudgingly. "If... a majority of our group is in agreement, I'll accept and come along. Though I do think we should keep our guns at the ready. You know, just in case we do end up finding another one of Andrei's murder machines."

Joaquin nodded understandingly. Though you could tell that his men were rather stumped on what to do. Some seemed shocked by how willing your men were to go forward. Though they didn't argue against it. Especially since Cirra seemed optimistic as well about whatever was straight ahead of you.

>What do you do next?

>Argue your case on what to do next. (Write in what you think the best option is for all of you to take.)
>Trust Thaddeus and Mike, and head forward to find out who is responsible for the singing. Considering what Kaenum was like, this subject was probably no troublemaker.
>Call out to the voice in the distance and see if anything changes. If the subject was friendly, they'd certainly respond back to you, right? (Write in what you'll yell at them.)
>Something else...

(Apologies for the lack of an update yesterday. Uni is really keeping me busy, huh? At least a short update is better than no updates.)
>>
>>6149152
>Trust Thaddeus and Mike, and head forward to find out who is responsible for the singing.
I don't really trust this situation but I'm intrigued anyway, you guys can hang back when we get closer if you like. Cirra, you might not trust us but your presence and you going first would be very helpful for defusing another potential standoff that could result in them getting hurt or fleeing if it goes poorly and means you have to face them along with us, so if it's a nasty one we can run while you get squashed. Silent running if we can, weapons at the ready in case of hostilities. God, I miss our drones.
>>
>>6149168
I still don't like this too. I'm also surprised only Zaria really seems to be against this but, like Mike said we do have to keep going forward and can't just sit here. Just keep our guns at the ready and have Cirra provide some cover for the front. Supporting this.
>>
>>6149152
>>Trust Thaddeus and Mike, and head forward to find out who is responsible for the singing. Considering what Kaenum was like, this subject was probably no troublemaker.
Same plan as the guardsman, let's be the decoy/bait, if the subject is harmless let's try to parley with it, if it tries anything dangerous ask our man to shot it.
>>
>>6149152
>Trust Thaddeus and Mike, and head forward to find out who is responsible for the singing. Considering what Kaenum was like, this subject was probably no troublemaker.
If Cirra's so confident that this isn't going to become another psycho rabbit situation and we won't get our face torn off then she can lead the way.
>>
>>6149152
>Trust Thaddeus and Mike, and head forward to find out who is responsible for the singing. Considering what Kaenum was like, this subject was probably no troublemaker.
Tell the guardsmen they can stay back, we'll be their canary in this coal mine.
>>
>Trust Thaddeus and Mike, and head forward to find out who is responsible for the singing.
Seeing how willing your men were in going forward, you decided to trust your men's intuition. You didn't trust the situation at all, but you felt that it wasn't unsafe enough to avoid. You told Joaquin that he and his men could stay back if they didn't feel comfortable heading forward. The guardsmen nodded, though Cirra and Khady were eager to come along. Though given Cirra's nature as an aquatic subject and how optimistic she seemed, you did insist she go first. Both so she would be the first target if you did get attacked, and because she could defuse whatever standoff you may find yourself in. You obviously didn't tell her those things, but it was definitely a benefit to having her lead the way. She nodded in turn, before easily wading her way through the water which went up to your knees by now. And as you started heading towards the source of the singing, you told your men to get their guns at the ready in case of hostilities.

Slowly, you'd head more and more forward, the singing still putting you off. The rest of your men minus Zaria and Derek did remain optimistic, you even noticing that Lars and Lydia didn't have their weaponry at the ready. "It sounds... so serene. It reminds me of my homeplanet..." Anon would calmly say, after which Khady spoke up as well. "I've never heard a song so soothing. Why wasn't I guarding the subject responsible for this song?" Derek would glance over at you, before speaking in soft concern. "Mik, I feel like this singing is... it's doing something to the others. Maybe we should head back." To this, Lars spoke in a more insulted tone. "If you're suggesting we're being mind-controlled, you're dead wrong. We just find the singing nice, and have argued that whoever is singing is reasonable. Why would they sing out in the open like this when there are other numerous threats to attract? Besides, you weren't unnerved when Kaenum sang, right?"

The confrontative tone took Derek back a bit, yet he couldn't argue against it. Besides, you couldn't really back down now. "If this turns out to be some sorta threat, I'll gladly railgun it down, Mik. Don't ya worry." Thaddeus would say, which was at least somewhat reassuring. And after a short minute, you'd pass the main entrance to this new section, finding yourself into something a bit different from what you were used to. The main area you found yourself in was a small reception area. There were some small guard posts, scanners and X-rays which were clearly all there for security reasons. Looking further ahead, you saw that you could head into three directions, each path leading to these plain and sterile hallways. Most importantly, each hallway had small, windowless chambers, rather than the large and easily visible containment chambers or research spaces. It looked like some kind of storage area, and a rather secure one at that.
>>
File: PS-2020, Thalia Rinne.png (1.75 MB, 979x1207)
1.75 MB
1.75 MB PNG
The entire location was heavily flooded, rubble and all kinds of items floating in the water. Looking further ahead, you noticed some sections of the ceiling having collapsed, creating huge piles of rubble. There were dozens of crates in the water as well, many of which had clearly been opened. Though before you could further analyse the place, you would notice the source of the singing. In the distant hallway right ahead, there was someone seated on one of the crates. Using your night vision, you could see that she had a relatively normal human figure. The only really strange thing were her feet which resembled flippers. She'd keep singing, you soon telling your men to shine their light at the subject. They did so eagerly, you finally getting a full glimpse of the subject. She was some kind of merfolk or mermaid subject, her skin being a beautiful hue of blue. Her hair had a muted pink colour, it being rather long and resting partially in the waters around her.

She'd not stop singing as you shone your light on her, her giving a gentle smile as your men approached. "Guys, careful..." Derek said softly, Zaria speaking even more on edge. "I've got a really bad feeling about this." As your men and Cirra stepped closer, the merfolk subject would finally pause her singing and would gently stand up. "And Mimi said the death squads were all cruel and terrible people deserving to be attacked on sight." She said in a somewhat amused tone, her casually strolling over as she continued her song a bit more. "Why... why are you singing? Who are you?!" Zaria immediately asked, to which the subject scoffed. "My, that isn't exactly a nice way to introduce yourself. Also, am I not allowed to let my voice be heard?" She'd say in a haughty tone before letting out a giggle. "My apologies. I can tell you are sceptical, whch is understandable. I mean, I would feel the same way if I discovered someone singing in a place I would not expect it."

She'd give a little bow, before speaking casually. "My name is Thalia Rinne. I am one of Tengri's subjects." Derek would already grab his tablet to take notes, Thalia smirking at him before looking at the men who had seemed so eager to meet her. "Do please introduce yourselves." Your men would start introducing themselves to her, doing so rather happily and without much hesitation. And as this happened, Mike spoke up casually. "See? She's just like Kaenum! Just someone trying to make friends by singing or something." Zaria would step in, speaking in mild derision. "Not exactly the most effective way of making friends in this place, don't you think? Especially when there's far more sadistic folk running around here..." Thalia giggled again. "I like you. You're a clever one! But do not fret, for I have a very simple survival tactic." She'd fall back into the water, you watching her easily swim around just below the surface, before popping up right besides Thaddeus.
>>
"There's plenty of places for me to hide, plenty of places to go if things get tense." Thalia said casually, her soon after moving over to Cirra. "I think this one can confirm that fact." Cirra quickly nodded, before speaking more happily. "Do you need any medical assistance? I'd be really happy to help you out with any injury you may have!" Thalia would get right in front of Cirra, grabbing her hands. "Oh, such soft hands... Why, if I was injured, I'd be most eager to let you help me out! But alas, I am quite healthy." Cirra nodded understandingly, as Zaria and Derek looked over at you, whilst the rest of your men and Khady waited to hear more from Thalia.

>What do you do next?

>Talk with Thalia. Maybe ask her some questions or just give her the opportunity to talk. (Write in questions you want answered or topics you wish to discuss.)
>Go back to Joaquin and his men to let them know you found the source of the singing. (Write in what you'll tell him, or any questions about Thalia they could maybe answer.)
>Explore the area whilst your men were focused on Thalia. Maybe she was hiding something in this place, or you could get further context as to what this place was. (Write in what you'll look for, how far you'll search and if there's anything specific you'll try.)
>Tell Thalia that her singing is nice, but that you and your men were going to have to move forward now. You had a mission to follow still, after all. (Write in how you'll tell her that you're gonna head further.)
>Something else...

(Alright, time to try out the new write-in system. Maybe it won't change all that much, but if you guys prefer it I'll stick with it.)
>>
>>6149635
>Tits twice the size of her head, big enough to rival Hapi if not surpass her.
>Singing mermaid like subject that seems to charm people
>Makes teasing and possibly suggestive remarks
>Claims to be a Tengri subject

If she doesn't have Elbrus as a co-creator or caretaker I will be shocked.

>Explore the area whilst your men were focused on Thalia. Maybe she was hiding something in this place, or you could get further context as to what this place was.
Specifically looking for any equipment, corpses, or anything else suspicious. If anything important is found we can try taking that too.

>Talk with Thalia. Maybe ask her some questions or just give her the opportunity to talk.
Ask her about how Tengri was like, her thoughts on other scientists in the facility she knows of and just get to know her in general. If we can get some information as to her abilities that would be good as well.
>>
>>6149634
I see Hapi has some competition in the cup size field, my god
What powerful flotation devices

>>6149635

>Go back to Joaquin and his men to let them know you found the source of the singing. (Write in what you'll tell him, or any questions about Thalia they could maybe answer.)
Send Thaddeus back to tell them things look safe

>Talk with Thalia. Maybe ask her some questions or just give her the opportunity to talk. (Write in questions you want answered or topics you wish to discuss.)
Who's Mimi?
As an aquatic subject, can't she escape to the ocean? How come she's still in the facility?
How's she been living since The Disaster?
She familiar with the area? Enough to help guide us if she isn't busy? We can help her out somehow in return, trade favors.
>>
>>6149635
I've got a feeling she's a siren subject and may want to murder and/or rape us all. I don't trust this one at all.
I'll support >>6149646
>>
>>6149635
>>Talk with Thalia. Maybe ask her some questions or just give her the opportunity to talk. (Write in questions you want answered or topics you wish to discuss.)
We heard from the guards there are some vicious subjects ahead, you would know a safer path to avoid them wouldn't she?
>>
>>6149635
>[s]Ask if she has any milk to spare for a squad of VERY thirsty babies[/s]
>>
>Go back to Joaquin and his men to let them know you found the source of the singing.
Even though Thalia made you think of something Elbrus designed, her calm nature and the fact she was made by Tengri did reassure you that it was safe. Thus, you'd tell Thaddeus to head back to get Joaquin to come over. "Oh, alright." He said in a somewhat confused tone, which was a little odd. Still, he did as told and headed back, Thalia speaking eagerly. "Oh my, are there even more people? What pleasure, to have so many kind souls here." She'd put her hands together and would walk over to you. "I must say that I do adore human company, so the more the merrier!" She'd soon stand in front of you, at which point you'd get a good idea of how large she was. She was only five feet tall, which wasn't anything too intimidating. Though with those... assets of hers, it did seem a little bit odd.

>Talk with Thalia. Maybe ask her some questions or just give her the opportunity to talk.
As she approached, you'd start asking her plenty of questions, first wanting to know about what Tengri was like. She'd look over you and the others, before speaking in a reassuring voice. "Oh, Tengri was such a gentle soul. He taught me all about how to treat people the right way, and to use my voice for peace instead of conflict! Though he was a busy man at times, which meant we didn't see each other all that often sadly." After this, you asked her how she felt about other scientists, which made her pause again before responding. "Oh, most were pretty alright. I did hear some bad things about Roraima and Andrei though, but I didn't have any personal experiences with them." After this, Anon spoke in a more casual tone. "Yeah, we heard a lot about them. Though, what about Elbrus? Did you have any experiences with the guy? What about Logan?" Thalia let out another giggle, speaking happily. "Well, I don't know much about Logan, so I sadly cannot say much about him. As for Elbrus though..."

She'd smirk a little, before speaking surprisingly positively. "Well, I did have some experiences with him and some of his subjects. Some of his subjects were quite a handful, but some were quite pleasant to interact with! Viridian, Valentina, Hapi, Sibilia, they were all wonderful! And from what I saw of Elbrus, he sure was a kind man who had a way with words!" You only really knew two of those, with one being a clear menace and the other indeed being a nice and reasonable subject. Though the fact she seemed so positive about Elbrus was either proof she hadn't interacted with him enough, or that she was manipulated by him in some way. This actually got Zaria to speak up in disgust. "You're saying the creepy rapist scientist was 'a kind man'?" To this, Thalia let out a giggle. "Oh, he wasn't a perfect man, but he was kind and respectful towards me. Besides, plenty of other scientists indulged in intimate acts with subjects. Just look at Anderson!"
>>
It wasn't exactly a reassuring thing to be told, yet aside from Zaria and Derek, your men remained optimistic and accepting. "Lets just... move away from this subject. It isn't exactly something I am eager to discuss. I'm more concerned about you, your abilities and what you're capable of." Derek said, to which Thalia nodded calmly. "Why of course. I presume you just wish to cross-reference all the intel the government gave you about me to see what is right and what is wrong? I mean, it's the government, so I can already make a guess what they said about me..." Thalia said smugly, after which Derek shook his head. "Well, your name wasn't in the files. What is your codename exactly? What are your abilities?" Thalia would approach him, Derek remaining sceptical and taking a slight step back.

"PS-2020. If my name isn't in there, I presume my codename is also missing?" She said, Derek nodding before giving Thalia a signal to continue. "Well, I can sense people from about two hundred yards, allowing me to respond ahead of time somewhat. If I sense that the people who approach are reasonable or kind, I tend to start singing. Those who then start firing, I can avoid, whilst those who calmly approach I can befriend, just like you guys!" It seemed a little concerning that she could sense you and your men were coming over. Though at least her plan made a modicum of sense. "So, what was your purpose exactly? Most subjects were designed with something in mind... what were you some sorta-" Before Derek could finish, Thalia smirked and finished his sentence for him: "Alarm subject? Why yes, that would be a decent way to describe me! I was also designed to swim around on oceanic planets, using my song to rescue people who are adrift." Derek would take note of things, Zaria and him remaining sceptical whilst the rest of your men would remain positive.

"Hey, I'd not mind if someone akin to you could save me from these depths." Anon said, making Thalia giggle. Afterwards, Lydia also responded rather eagerly. "I take it you saved a large number of people in the flooded section then?" Thalia would give a proud smile, flicking her hair before speaking smugly. "Well, only a few... twenty or so soldiers and scientists. Nothing too really brag about." Upon hearing this, you would ask her if that is what she had been up to since the beginning of the disaster, her nodding casually. "I've also helped save plenty of folk from the flooded sector, helping them reach safer areas. It's always a pleasure to meet new people." This also made you curious about if she could be a guide for you, her nodding quickly. "I'd be delighted to help you out and guide you through this place! I presume you're here on a mission to look for something or someone?" Your men all nodded, with Lars casually just admitting: "Yeah, we're on a mission for Annie. Gonna search for Logan to reunite them."
>>
Sharing the mission details so haphazardly wasn't the best of actions, but your men all seemed pretty trusting towards Thalia. Even if she was worryingly okay with the heinous things Elbrus did. Though you did suddenly have an epiphany, wondering if she couldn't just escape into the open ocean. You'd ask her why didn't do that, making her speak softly. "Well, I did consider it... but I didn't want to leave people behind, nor miss the chance to encounter kind and gentle souls like you. Not much fun to be had out in the open ocean, after all..." This made you ask if she knew why some of the vicious subjects didn't just escape either, her responding casually. "Well, I presume some like Pelly or Cyanae do it out of a desire to hunt people. Or out of some silly desire for revenge or sadism akin to Glaucus or Natalia. Or maybe they're like Mimi and just wish to find their creators?" There were a lot of names in there which you hadn't heard. Though the first you wanted to know about was Mimi, since Thalia had mentioned her not too long ago.

"Mimi is this sweet little octopus girl who can control water. Rather prideful one she is, but also deeply caring towards Logan and Catherine. Her codename is BO-5, in case you are wondering, Derek." Thalia said as she glanced over at Derek for a moment, who looked at the tablet before giving a nod. Finally, you'd ask for a safe path to stay away from the vicious subjects which were deeper in the flooded section, her responding casually. "Oh, I can most certainly lead you further. Let's first wait for the rest of your troupe to come over. I'd love to be introduced to them as well." Given that Thaddeus hadn’t brought Joaquin and his men over, you’d have to wait a little while longer. Though you took this as the perfect opportunity to start exploring the area around you.

>Explore the area whilst your men were focused on Thalia. Maybe she was hiding something in this place, or you could get further context as to what this place was.
You’d tell your men that you hoped to explore the place, wanting to find any equipment, corpses or things of interest. “Sounds like a good plan to me.” Zaria said, Derek nodding along. “Let’s just try not to stray too far from here. I don’t exactly feel all too comfortable in this place.” However, as you looked over at the rest of your men, you saw them hesitate to explore the place further. They were a lot more focused on Thalia, who would sit on one of the crates. “I don’t think you’ll find much in this place. I presume plenty of forces went through her for the equipment as the disaster happened… and even more AFTER it happened.” This got Mike to speak up curiously. “So, what was this place for then?” Thalia would lean a back a little, before speaking in a teasing voice. “Well, a weapons depot, of course. A place for daring, strong and fearless men to get their weaponry to deal with whatever escaped from the depths of this place.”
>>
Her tone made Zaria let out a groan, some of your men seeming more amused than annoyed. “Well in that case, maybe we’ll find some useful stuff around here which hasn’t been taken yet!” Anon said optimistically, after which Derek grumbled a little. “If it hasn’t been short circuited or rusted by the seawater intrusion.” You’d start exploring, Derek and Zaria heading different directions. Though you’d soon notice Thalia trailing Zaria, afterwards quietly conversing with her. The rest of your men at least were looking around the place, instead of ogling Thalia. Then again, given her kind nature, her pleasant voice and… ‘notable’ body shape, you could at least understand why they’d pay so much attention to her. Hell, you did have to admit that she looked quite lovely. Still, you’d try not to focus on her as much, instead just searching for any equipment in the nearby rooms. You’d find most of the rooms which were already opened had been raided thoroughly. Rations, ammunition, medical equipment, tools and non-electronic firearms had been taken. However, there was one good thing: There was plenty of electronic equipment left over.

You’d find some crates which contained PDA’s, pulse weaponry and stun batons. One crate contained some special guardsmen helmets which had infrared vision. Best of all though, you’d even find a crate containing a drone similar to the one you used previously! The only issue with all of these things, were the water damage they had clearly accrued. However, even if they couldn’t be fixed by Lydia or Derek, the material within them could absolutely be used to fix some of your own items. You’d soon grab a smaller box you could easily carry, filling it with some of the equipment you definitely wanted to take along. You’d quickly return to the main reception area, Thaddeus being there with Joaquin and the others. “Ah, there you guys are! I was already worried for a moment!” Thaddeus said, after which Joaquin would approach. “So, you made a new friend? Some sort of mermaid subject made by Tengri?” Joaquin sounded pretty sceptical and concerned, the rest of his men still having their guns at the ready. Only Thaddeus seemed relaxed…

>What do you do next?

>Talk with Joaquin and his men. Presumably, Thaddeus already told them about Thalia, but maybe they knew more or you could fill them in fully? Or perhaps you could discuss something else of importance. (Write in what you’ll tell them, ask them or discuss.)
>Try and contact your men to get them to come over. Maybe they also found something of interest around this place.
>Tell Joaquin and his men to also explore the place. Clearly there was more to loot in this place which you could use. Afterwards, you can continue your search as well.
>Wait for the others to return and listen in to what Thaddeus, Joaquin and his men had to say on their own.
>Something else…
>>
(>>6149991 Anon, I wanna thank you for making me laugh loudly at this remark. Unfortunately, I must disappoint by revealing that she is not like Hapi and can, in fact, not produce milk. T'is a shame, really.)

(Anyway, gonna try and get one more update in later today, since it is a saturday. But in the spirit of this particularly eager Anon, it almost being Christmas and the fact that it is the end of November, I would like to ask for you guys' opinion... How would you guys feel about a non-canon lewd story being written? You know, just something 'fun' with Annie or Morgan or someone else you guys would like to see described in a more intimate manner...)

(If you'd rather keep the degeneracy away, that's fine too. I can imagine some folk not really caring for such a project.)
>>
File: GWH8tfUWoAA_K_B.jpg (80 KB, 1200x1198)
80 KB
80 KB JPG
>>6150012
>How would you guys feel about a non-canon lewd story being written?
Ah yes finally, The Annie tail brushing/touching fic. I'm all for it Anderson.
>>
>>6150012
Anopheles wing rubbing...
>>
>>6150007
>Tell Joaquin and his men to also explore the place. Clearly there was more to loot in this place which you could use. Afterwards, you can continue your search as well.
>>
>>Something else…
I think we’re all set right? We can move on

>>6150012
No problem, I’m sure I laughed harder making that write in
>How would you guys feel about a non-canon lewd story being written
Canon lewds or I riot
Make sure to pastebin it if you do, blue board
>>
>>6150012
Annie shall not succumb to your degenerate elbrus nonsense! Only wholesome romance, and as >>6150134 said, canon or riot.

>>6150117
Supporting. Curious what Thalia whispered to Zaria. We should also speak with Zaria and Derek away from Thalia about her and our suspicions she's a siren, and the fact she likes Elbrus.
>>
>>6150007
>Tell Joaquin and his men to also explore the place. Clearly there was more to loot in this place which you could use. Afterwards, you can continue your search as well.
we can move on after we grab some sweet loot. I trust Thalia as far as I can throw her, and someone needs to keep an eye on the people possibly charmed by her, especially Zaria and Thaddeus. We may need to try and find a working stun weapon to disable her if she's about to be "convinced" to something untoward.
I wonder if Annie would have any useful comments regarding Thalia and could advise on whether to let her lead or to blast her and run.

>>6150012
While those two are the subjects I would most like to fill a lewdbin with (at the same time for expediency), I'd rather save it for a special occasion if we make it happen for reals. We might not, and that's fine. Say, while I'll always hold a torch for Morgan and we've chosen not to move towards romantic connections with much of the team (subject or human), how receptive would the various women be if we had chosen to try and evolve things in that direction? Could we have had a bombardier bugfu that demanded we crouch down for a kiss or teased the chameleon out of her shell with much adorable stuttering and blushing?

What is the canon date anyway (unless it's the abstract "future", in which case just a mm/dd will suffice.....if that's fixed down either) if we've blown through whatever cultural celebrations are practiced in this day and age in the UHGP.

>>6150116
you're getting dangerously close to picrel, anon. Platonic tail and wing brushing only.
>>
>>6150064
Welp, at least I know one thing I ought to write for it if I do end up going with an Annie fic.

>>6150116
Unironically, I cannot see myself writing Anofelis in an NSFW scenario. She's too pure, innocent and sweet for me to see her in any lewd scenario. Then again, maye that's just me?

>>6150134
>>6150236
So, the issue with canon is that, uhhhh, that will limit options quite a bit. It's not like Annie is going to let someone approach her, let alone let herself get fucked by anyone. So it'd have to be... rather rapey. I do think I can see a canon lewd story for Morgan, but it'd be limited to the people around her, which will basically just make it an all female character NSFW story.

And obviously, it'll be in a pastebin, not in the thread itself. I may be a dumbass, but not THAT much of a dumbass.

>>6150267
>I'd rather save it for a special occasion if we make it happen for reals.
I highly doubt it will happen for reals, unless if you guys absolutely start pining for it now which would be... rather out of character for Mik, I imagine. So yeah, it'll either be like a side-story with lewd writing, or something non-canon.

>How receptive would the various women be if we had chosen to try and evolve things in that direction?
Oh boy, time for a quick analysis!

Chrys would've been tough to charm, and would've maybe ended up a little envious of Mik if he spent time with other girls. But she would've been protective and pretty affectionate. Lewd is not something I see her going for.

Oreas would've been a little uncertain about herself as a partner, though she would also be pretty vocal about the relationship and make sure nobody hurts Mik in any way. As for lewds, she'd also wait with that until waaaay later.

Kamara would be extremely shy, yet trying her best to please Mik. She'd also try and do things to remain in good graces, such as preparing food or protecting him. Doing anything lewd with her would be easy since she'd be easy to convince, though it would have her remaining extremely shy.

Anofelis would sort of understand what a relationship would entail, but wouldn't really treat Mik differently from the way she already does. Maybe if she's taught about how to act romantic, she'd change a little bit. She could also be convinced of lewds, but would probably not like it very much after all is said and done.

Morgan could unironically be charmed well enough. Though she'd at first see the relationship more as a knight and their squire. Lewds would not be practiced. Also, be prepared to drop the gun and focus on melee only now, because that is a requirement for her.

Vinisha would be confused as to how and why someone would love her enough to start a relationship, and would feel pretty inadequate for her partner. However, with enough time, she'd become a genuinely loving and sweet partner. She'd also accept lewds, but would worry that it'd be gross considering her body.

Annie would be- AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA MY FUCKING EEEEEEEAAAAAAARS!
>>
>>6150295
>Unironically, I cannot see myself writing Anofelis in an NSFW scenario. She's too pure, innocent and sweet for me to see her in any lewd scenario. Then again, maye that's just me?
>aren't girls cutest when they're almost retarded.jpg

>It's not like Annie is going to let someone approach her, let alone let herself get fucked by anyone
Not even if it was
>>6125685
>Someone who is smart, treats her like a fellow person, isn't constantly gushing about her vulpine features and can take some teasing from time to time.
?

>I highly doubt it will happen for reals, unless if you guys absolutely start pining for it now which would be... rather out of character for Mik, I imagine. So yeah, it'll either be like a side-story with lewd writing, or something non-canon.
We did just have a near death experience! JK no hard lewds in main story pls

>How receptive would the various women be if we had chosen to try and evolve things in that direction?
Very nice
Now do Caera, Vinella, Feng, Titania, Lono, THALIA, Caera again, oh, and Haina
>>
>>6150295
For our established characters yeah, though there's always the opportunity to meet someone new we'd like or for one of the in-depth character moments we've requested to lead to a reappraisal of a relationship. But maybe a non-canon story with lots of romantic sentiment and love would be something to do nearer the end to show what we could have had or even as a postscript to the characters if anyone got together after the end of the story.
>Chrys
Very tsundere and the notion of a 4ft girl chasing away threats is hilarious
>Oreas
Too cute man. Our little ghostly lizard Rottweiler.
>Kamara
Feels a little manipulative and one-sided really, as sweet as Kam is. Besides, I ship her and Anon.
>Ano
Not even considering it, too pure. Feels like statutory rape.
>Morgan
That is sorta half the reason I wanted it, but even if it didn't get brownie points with best girl I still unironically want to get a bladed weapon and some CQC training from her. Considering there's a lot of threats down here that shrug off bullets, they might think twice about a claymore coming for their head. It'd also be super unexpected, since nobody down here, human or otherwise, would anticipate you coming swinging at them with a sword. I think Morgan could give it an edge like no other,
>Vinisha
I unironically find Vinisha unbearably adorable while not being romantically put off in the same way as our other cute members and would like to heap hugs, praise and affection on her. No, really. Sad and vulnerable girls deserve all the love in the world in both senses.
>Annie
Look, I can imagine, OK? I'm unconvinced we'll ever even meet in the flesh, let alone meet the flesh.
>>
>>6150328
Don't forget Lydia, Zaria, Hapi and Laura.

>>6150329
I really feel that Thaddeus is Morgan's waifu if anyone's. Annie probably would end up with Derek or Mik if anyone, though Lydia is a possibility if they both swing that way.
>>
>Tell Joaquin and his men to also explore the place. Clearly there was more to loot in this place which you could use. Afterwards, you can continue your search as well.
You'd confirm that you did indeed meet a subject made by Tengri, Lei looking pretty intrigued. Though you decided not to elaborate much further, instead telling Joaquin and his men that they ought to explore this place. "We already walked through here though, and there wasn't anything of value here." Sophie calmly responded, to which you said that there was definitely more of value here, showing some of the electronics you had nabbed. The guardsmen did seem a little unsure what to think of your haul, but you were able to convince them by explaining that the electronics could be fixed. "Alright, I guess anyone interested in exploring the place can do as Mik suggested. I'll stay back here with Thaddeus though." Joaquin said calmly, you watching as Monique, Sophie, Narith and Lei started looking around the place. Landon stayed back with Joaquin though, as you decided to go back to exploring the place. Though, you also intended to find Zaria and Derek to chat with them about Thalia. You still didn't trust Thalia at all.

You'd start exploring the halls, continuing to take any equipment you thought would be useful. Though, that mostly just consisted of broken electronics. Though thankfully, you'd soon spot Zaria in the hallway you were walking through. She wasn't alone though, as you clearly saw Thalia following her closely. You'd calmly approach them, Zaria soon waving at you. "Oh, hey Mik..." She'd say in a bit of a reluctant tone, Thalia smiling back at you. "So, did you find anything useful, Mik?" After she spoke, you saw Lars, Lydia and Anon also pop up from some of the side rooms. They seemed pretty relaxed, soon after showing some boxes. "Mik, check this out! I found a box containing a whole bunch of specialized bullets! With minimal water damage as well!" Anon said quite happily.

Lydia and Lars also showed some useful equipment, with Lars sounding especially happy. "I found a bit of regenerative cells a short distance away! It's a little, but this stuff can speed up the healing process a ton. Hell, if we share it well, we can probably make you, Derek and Zaria able to recover within a day! Or one of you within a few hours of rest." It was definitely a good find, you telling them to continue looking around. Meanwhile, you'd ask Zaria if she wished to chat, her nodding quickly. "I'd like that, Mik." She sounded a bit different from her usual self, having an air of desperation in her voice. Thalia would look at you, before nodding softly. "I suppose I should leave you two to yourselves. Don't wish to intrude upon what I presume to be a private chat." She'd then turn to Lars, before joining him. "Lars, why don't we explore this place together!" Lydia and Anon would quickly join those two, as you took Zaria away to a side chamber.
>>
Once you had some privacy, you'd ask Zaria if anything happened between her and Thalia whilst you left them be. "Oh, no... nothing much. We just talked and... looked around the place." She said softly, after which you asked what Thalia whispered to her. "Oh, it was just a casual chat, her asking about where I was from, how I was doing and what not. I guess she was just trying to be nice." Afterwards, you'd state your theory that Thalia was actually a siren subject, given her viewing Elbrus positively. Zaria would pause, before speaking quietly. "Well, I can definitely see her being part siren given her impressive singing talents. But whatever she is, her actions are more important. And based on her actions, I don't feel like she was... malicious or anything. She just is a little too touchy and uninformed, but nothing too intrusive or bothersome." You could tell that Zaria wasn't speaking the truth entirely. Her muted tone and body language showed an air of discomfort and uncertainty, which wasn't exactly what you'd associate with Zaria. Still, you couldn't put your finger on what the exact cause was, as it could very well have just been Thalia teasing her enough, which wouldn't be extremely problematic. Just mildly rude.

You said that someone needed to keep an eyes on the people around her, especially since you got a feeling that Thalia was charming some of your men. Zaria froze up a little, before she'd look over at you and spoke softly. "If you insist I do such a thing, I'll do it. Though, I'd rather not be the one to watch after her and see what kinda fucked up things she's doing to everyone. I'd... prefer just searching for things on my own right about now." Considering Zaria's affinity for lockpicking and stealing things, it made sense that she'd prefer the latter. However, perhaps there was more to her choice of trying to avoid spending more time with Thalia. Especially if your theory of Thalia charming folk was actually correct.

>What do you do next?

>Stick with Zaria and continue chatting. Maybe she had more to say about Thalia and the way she behaved. That, or you just wanted to look after Zaria, given her unusual behaviour. (Write in what you'll discuss or say.)
>Try and sneak after Thalia. She was potentially nearby enough that you could find her and see what she, Lydia, Lars and Anon were up to.
>Just keep exploring the place until you felt there wasn't much else to find. It'd probably not take too long, considering how many folk were searching through this place right now.
>Go looking for Derek to have a little discussion with him. Maybe he also felt similarly about Thalia and you could discuss these matters together. (Write in what you'll try and say to or discuss with Derek once you found him.)
>Try and get everyone to return to the main reception to look at all the loot, before heading forward. It was for the best you kept on moving forward right about now.
>Something else...
>>
>>6150328
>aren't girls cutest when they're almost retarded.jpg
True, but Anofelis isn't exactly retarded. Just a bit socially awkward and slow to learn. It would, as the other anon puts it well, feel pretty rapey and wrong.

>Not even if it was someone who is smart, treats her like a fellow person, isn't constantly gushing about her vulpine features and can take some teasing from time to time.
It'd take a pretty good while before Annie would go so far as to indulge in the lewd acts shown on Catbox, let alone having seggs. It would be possible, but I doubt it'd happen anytime soon.

>Don't forget the others.

Fuck it, why not

>Vinella
If you were to approach her and tried to woo her, she would 'accept' the offer and immediately crush you. There is no love or affection with her. Only PAIN.
>Feng
The chances of her actually accepting the love and relationship of a human are close to 0. It'd require said human to be utterly obedient and throwing away any and all morality to serve her. And once they succeeded, they'll find themselves forced to be a murderous knight who must always do each job perfectly. Any mistake, and you're being punished for your failures. As for acts of intimacy, the best you'll get is to kiss her feet and that is if you're lucky.
>Caera
Caera does not understand the concept of love. Literally. She was just programmed to obey Andrei's orders, and that is it. So attempting to woo her will end up with her ripping out your heart and crushing it with her hand. I had a hilarious thought not too long ago, that Caera actually survived everything but got her brain fried, so that she now is a lot more reasonable. Obviously not gonna do that though, since she's fucking dead.
>Titania.
Welp, I hope you're ready to date a woman who can hold you in the palm of your hand. If you aren't, then Titania sadly isn't for you. Also, be prepared to constantly have to praise her, lest she grows depressed. Also, don't point out any mistake she make.
>Lono
She'd warn whoever approached her for a relationship that it wouldn't work out. Though if she did feel for the person who made the request, she might do so with a heavy heart and then start crying elsewhere. If you do somehow convince her to start a relationship and avoid the venomous spines, you're in for an extremely soft, touchy and gentle girlfriend who will beat up anyone who threatens you.
>Haina
Hey, hands off pal, she's mine.
>Lydia.
If you're patient enough to deal with tech autism and are ready to bridal carry her around, you will find Lydia to be a pretty solid girlfriend. She does admittedly like being pampered by her partner, but can take it back a notch if it becomes problematic.
>Zaria
She is pretty clueless about who or what she finds attractive. She never really had a time or phase where she could explore her interests. So yeah, she is something of a blank slate.
>Hapi
"Anon, it's 1 AM! Time for your nightly PEGGING SESSION!"
>Thalia
Uhhhhhhhhh, not yet...
>>
>>6150375
>Stick with Zaria and continue chatting. Maybe she had more to say about Thalia and the way she behaved. That, or you just wanted to look after Zaria, given her unusual behaviour. (Write in what you'll discuss or say.)
She's looking pretty down, so in the absence of other reasons we'll have to assume Thalia bummed her out somehow

inb4 it's because she just got utterly FOGGED

>Vinella: If you were to approach her and tried to woo her, she would 'accept' the offer and immediately crush you. There is no love or affection with her. Only PAIN.
Finally, a girl that'll just fucking kill me.

>Caera
WHat if uuuuh I paid Andrei a bajillion GalGov bux and he ordered Caera to be my loving and affectionate wife?
>>
>>6150375
>>Stick with Zaria and continue chatting. Maybe she had more to say about Thalia and the way she behaved. That, or you just wanted to look after Zaria, given her unusual behaviour. (Write in what you'll discuss or say.)
Ask her if she's okay or if Thalia did or said something unnerving to her, she's acting pretty weird and unfocused. For now tell Zaria to avoid her and go try to get her head in place.

>>Go looking for Derek to have a little discussion with him. Maybe he also felt similarly about Thalia and you could discuss these matters together. (Write in what you'll try and say to or discuss with Derek once you found him.)
Tell Derek of our concerns about Thalia, especially the part about Elbrus, she might be Tengri's subject but the fact she sees the local mad scientist/Rapist and some of his more fucked up subjects in a good light is a cause of concern, Zarin spent a few moments with her and now she is a bit out there.

>>Try and get everyone to return to the main reception to look at all the loot, before heading forward. It was for the best you kept on moving forward right about now.
Once we're done talking regroup and move out.
>>
>>6150382
>you're in for an extremely soft, touchy and gentle girlfriend who will beat up anyone who threatens you.
I knew she was perfect, i want a cargo crate full of antivenom RIGHT NOW
>>
>>6150401
>>6150659
Supporting both.
>>
>>6150401
>>6150659
Support and I am calling it now, She has a drowning fetish.
>>
>Stick with Zaria and continue chatting. Maybe she had more to say about Thalia and the way she behaved. That, or you just wanted to look after Zaria, given her unusual behaviour.
Seeing how down and not-like-herself she was behaving, you decided to stick with Zaria for a while. You'd ask her if she really was okay, her letting out a sigh. "I'm fine..." She clearly wasn't fine, you asking her if Thalia did anything bad to her. "She just... said some weird things. Started complimenting me and saying I look nice. It came out of left field and... made me feel weird." Being complimented didn't sound like too big of a crime. However, there probably was more to it than 'just compliments'. You'd ask if there was anything unnerving to the things she said, Zaria letting out a groan. "No! It's... it's fine, okay? I'm fine. Just... I need some time alone, alright?" It sounded pretty dramatic, though you couldn't exactly force Zaria to stay with you now. And given that you wanted to look for Derek, you decided to just leave her be. Though before leaving, you did tell her to stay away from Thalia and that she could go over to you for help. "I know, Mik. I appreciate the offer." She did sound a bit calmer, at least being grateful about your offer.

>Go looking for Derek to have a little discussion with him. Maybe he also felt similarly about Thalia and you could discuss these matters together.
Thus, you'd leave Zaria, who would start running in a different direction from you, presumably trying to create some distance between herself and Thalia. In the meantime, you'd look around and call out for Derek. Fortunately, after taking a few detour routes and asking some of your men who you passed by, you'd spot Derek taking some mechanisms from an abandoned carrier vehicle. "Ah, Mik, take it we're about to head out?" He'd ask, you explaining that was the plan, though that you first wanted to discuss Thalia.

"I take it it's about the way she acts and the whole Elbrus thing?" He said in a somewhat calm voice, you agreeing and stating it was a bit of a concern of yours. Just because she was made by Tengri, did not change the fact she literally viewed Elbrus and his subjects positively. "I can get the latter to a certain degree? I mean, Viridian was reasonable enough, despite being made by Elbrus. But the fact she liked Hapi who... according to the tablet has sexually assaulted soldiers like us, is definitely concerning." You wholeheartedly agreed, even mentioning the fact that Zaria was made uncomfortable by her after you left the two of them alone for a short moment. "Shit, is Zaria okay?" He'd ask, you saying there definitely was something going on. Derek would put away the thing he yanked from the transport vehicle, before grabbing his gun. "I suggest we question that fish a bit more thoroughly right now. Especially if Joaquin and his men are also there to confirm some of the things they may know about her."
>>
>Try and get everyone to return to the main reception to look at all the loot, before heading
forward. It was for the best you kept on moving forward right about now.
You agreed, stating you also wanted to move forward in the meantime. "Alright. I take it you wanna regroup completely?" You nodded, asking him to go looking for the rest of your men, but to be aware of Thalia or any other threat down here. "Got it." And with that, you'd start looking for some of your men. You went back to where you last saw them, fortunately spotting Anon, Lars and Mike rather quickly. You'd unfortunately not spot Zaria or Lydia anywhere, you hoping that Derek would find either of them or that they'd come over on their own soon enough. Though soon enough, you'd spot Thalia and Cirra together, the latter eagerly following the former. "Ah, Mikhail! What a delight to find you here! How is your search going?" She gave a sweet little smile, her eagerly walking over to you as Cirra followed her.

Thalia didn't give you any particularly bad vibes right now. Obviously, the knowledge of Zaria's behaviour was fresh in your mind, but there wasn't anything outwardly problematic with Thalia right now. Though with how eager Cirra seemed, your suspicions were certainly not going to die down anytime soon.

>What do you do next?

>Tell Thalia and Cirra to follow you back to the main reception so you could start heading forward right away.
>Have a little chat with Cirra and Thalia. Maybe you could confront Thalia with Zaria's strange behaviour, or ask Thalia why people around her behaved so weirdly? Or what she saw in Elbrus? You could maybe try and feign kindness to learn more about her. (Write in what you'll do and how you'll talk to Thalia.)
>Avoid Thalia as quickly as possible. The longer you stayed with her, the greater the chance she'd try pulling something with you as well.
>Something else...

(Bit of a shorter update. Also, apologies for the lack of an update yesterday. I must admit that some IRL things hit me pretty badly today, and my updates may become a bit more sporadic the coming two to three weeks. I'll still try my best to stay with the 1 update a day, but I can't make any promises.)

(Anyway, definitely curious how you guys are feeling about the current story beat...)
>>
>>6151347
>>Have a little chat with Cirra and Thalia. Maybe you could confront Thalia with Zaria's strange behaviour, or ask Thalia why people around her behaved so weirdly? Or what she saw in Elbrus? You could maybe try and feign kindness to learn more about her. (Write in what you'll do and how you'll talk to Thalia.)
Let's do some recognizance, let's try to strike a conversation with Thalia, perhaps not outright asking what she said to Zaria or why she was buddy-buddy with Elbrape, but stuff like how Cirra and her meet and what's a good path to the high level contaiment sectors especifically their medical rooms, then ask about Zaria, she seemed a bit down after her talk with her, did something happen?
>>
>>6151347
Forgot another thing
>>Something else...
Find a quiet corner, try to contact Annie, give her a quick rundown on our encounter and ask her if she's trustworthy or we should take a hike as fast as possible.
>>
>>6151347

>Have a little chat with Cirra and Thalia. Maybe you could confront Thalia with Zaria's strange behaviour, or ask Thalia why people around her behaved so weirdly? Or what she saw in Elbrus? You could maybe try and feign kindness to learn more about her. (Write in what you'll do and how you'll talk to Thalia.)

Maybe Zaria just feels uncomfortable when complimented by strangers, no need to be paranoid here. Ask about Tengri and his other subjects. Actually Tengri was the head scientist right? Did he ever let any juicy info slip?
>>
>>6151367
>>6151369
Supporting both as this honestly seems like the best course of action. Ask Annie quietly and after go to Thalia if she gives us the all clear or doesn't respond. If she states Thalia is a threat however, do not follow up with merely casually chatting with her.
>>
>>6151394
>>6151369
>Annie: I'm busy overseeing vast areas of this facility and coordinating rescues, so I might not be able to respond to you even if it's urgent
>Us: Annie this subject doesn't hate Elbrus should we kill her? Annie she made one of us uncomfortable please respond!
>>
>>6151347
>>Avoid Thalia as quickly as possible. The longer you stayed with her, the greater the chance she'd try pulling something with you as well.
SHE FUCKED ELBRUS AND NOW SHE IS GOING TO FUCK US
>>
>Have a little chat with Cirra and Thalia. Maybe you could confront Thalia with Zaria's strange behaviour, or ask Thalia why people around her behaved so weirdly? Or what she saw in Elbrus? You could maybe try and feign kindness to learn more about her.
Seeing Thalia and Cirra on their own, you honestly just wanted to contact Annie for intel. Though you couldn't exactly leave right now to find a spot to contact her. Thus, you felt that it was for the best to strike a conversation with Thalia. You'd approach and tell her that you had found some useful materials. You'd also explain that you wanted to regroup, to which she nodded understandingly. "I see. Well, perhaps my glorious voice can assist with getting everyone's attention?" She said eagerly, you afterwards telling it wasn't necessary. "Hmmm, very well then. Shall we head back together?" Thalia said happily, you accepting the proposal as you immediately brought up some important questions.

For one, you'd ask how subject meetings usually happened, her seeming somewhat intrigued by the question. "Well, it's usually rather formal and highly supervised. It's something the caretakers plan, and takes meticulous amounts of paperwork. My own caretaker did not really take the initiative too often. However, Elbrus and some of his caretakers were rather eager to have subjects interact. I'd say it was one of his best traits!" The way she brought up Elbrus again was a little odd. This question was mostly just about how subjects meet in this place, not about what made Elbrus such a 'swell guy'. Still, Thalia continued speaking in a casual tone, clearly remaining positive. "So to summarize, it's something caretakers mostly plan out. If they aren't interested, it does not happen. And when such meetings do take place, the scientists and caretakers make sure it's done in a fitting and safe environment. You know, to prevent some subjects from attacking each other or causing a ruckus!"

Given that Thalia had mentioned Elbrus and Tengri again, you decided to ask her about them. You wanted to know what Tengri and his other subjects were like, her pausing to think. "Well, Tengri was most certainly a prolific subject creator, having easily made tens of them. I wouldn't know them all by head, but I do know a couple. Viridian, Shesha, Nandi, Zati, Toyotama, Anesa, Kiyohime... hmmm, I could honestly keep going. They were all often rather serious and... not exactly the 'fun and exciting' type, hehehe!" She didn't really elaborate further, you asking if there was any unique intel from Tengri. Especially considering the fact that he was the head scientist. "Wouldn't you like to know, hehe." She said teasingly, after which she'd glance over at Cirra. "Perhaps such information should be discussed somewhere privately, with just the two of us." Cirra didn't seem to care much that she was being left out. Though, Thalia wasn't done talking yet, and would bring up something pretty irritating.
>>
"Of course, I wouldn't just share such vital information to you for nothing. Perhaps when we get somewhere... private, we can discuss these things and what you're willing to share with me?" Yeah, that didn't sound suspicious at all! Though shortly after, Thalia gave a more awkward chuckle. "Just kidding! I'll share it with you later however! Right now, we ought to focus on just... heading forward, correct?" You accepted, still wanting to know what the best way to get to high level containment. "Well, if you just directly follow the main path, you'll eventually be able to turn, uhhhh, southwards. It's the only real way to get to high level containment." You'd ask for advice on how to get to the medical spaces, to which she looked a bit less excitable. "I'm afraid I wouldn't know as much about the medical spaces there. I have kept to these flooded parts after all, and am yet to really set foot outside of it." Cirra would afterwards speak up, doing so anxiously. "When we leave this place, will you leave us too?"

Thalia smiled proudly and eagerly. "Why, I'll stick by your side as long as possible, my precious nurse shark." Cirra seemed a bit reassured, you finally deciding to ask if Thalia knew what was going on with Zaria. The question took Thalia back a little, her speaking in soft confusion. "Why, I just said I'd like to see her without her helmet on. I wished to see what she looked like, and said it was likely rather pleasant to look at. Afterwards, she'd mention not really liking such comments and finding them awkward." She gave a slight shrug, clearly not sure what to make of this. Though, you could tell there was more than just 'compliments' to worry about. Perhaps Thalia did it in a tone which Zaria wouldn't exactly appreciate? That, or there were other 'compliments' which Thalia gave.

>Something else...
Whatever was the case, you'd give a quiet and accepting nod for the time being. You'd afterwards tell them to keep heading forward, as you forgot to do something important. "Oh, what is it you forgot?" Thalia asked happily, you stating it mostly just involved contacting someone important, Thalia smirking. "Hmmm, I see. Contacting someone very special, huh? Do tell me all about it, after you're finished." Considering her smug tone, you got a feeling she was going to question you about this contact you had in exchange for the intel you had asked about before. That, or she just assumed it was something far more depraved you'd be doing in private. Regardless, you'd tell her that you'd return quickly and that she and the others could wait at the reception area. Thalia nodded, before wishing you good luck. And with that, you were able to find a small private room to try and contact Annie. You'd try and reach out to her with your own comms device, not getting a response. You'd try your radio, turning it on and soon hearing some music on it. And knowing that it was Annie's channel, you started talking.
>>
You'd give a rundown of the encounter, mentioning how some of your men were behaving oddly around Thalia. Most notably, Zaria and her sudden shift in mood. You'd ask Annie if she knew anything about Thalia, and if she was trustworthy. The song soon would soften a bit, before you heard a stern voice on the other side. "I'm sorry, Mik, but I am currently rather busy listening in to the new death squad forces which landed. I'll try and get back to you later, but it may take a while. Sorry." Before you could ask for more, the music returned as it was clear that you'd not be able to rely on Annie for this one. At least, not for the time being. Thus, you'd start heading back to the reception, quickly reaching it and finding the rest of your men all being there. All besides Derek and Zaria. You saw that Joaquin and his men were pretty reluctant to be around Thalia, whilst your men seemed to happily chat with Thalia. Once they saw you returned though, your men would happily wave at you. "Ah, Mik, you're back! Thalia mentioned you were doing some 'private business'. Did that work out?"

It was a little annoying that she decided to blab on about what you were doing, but you could easily just make up an excuse for the time being. Regardless, Thalia would quickly approach you again. "So, shall I lead the way, or would you rather take the lead?" Immediately, Thaddeus would speak up before you could, doing so eagerly. "Well, it's yer territory, aye? I'd say ya deserve to lead the way here." Though Sophie of all folk would quickly point out the obvious. "Hey, what about Derek and Zaria? Shouldn't we wait for them?" The rest of your men seemed to have not really taken notice of their absence after Thalia had spoken. Though they were quick to agree, Thalia also nodding. "Of course we should wait for them! We're not leaving anyone behind!" Thalia let out another giggle, before the rest of your men would start asking her all sorts of questions. They asked about her singing, how she spent her time alone in the facility, and if she was feeling alright.

Seeing this, Joaquin would soon approach you and speak quietly. "Mik, we need to talk." He'd put his hand on your shoulder, before mumbling softly. "Lei has worked under Tengri, and... he said he never heard him talk about a subject like... her. She's also giving me these... uncomfortable feelings. Hell, all my men feel that way. It's not helped by the fact Cirra seems obsessed with her." You could tell that Joaquin was pretty concerned. His concerns were certainly not unfounded, but the fact remained that Lei could've just missed being told about Thalia. Considering how even Laura didn't know of all subjects made by Anderson, there was a good chance that Lei didn't hear of her. Aside from that though, you did understand his feelings and certainly agreed to a certain extent. Thalia was an extremely weird and concerning subject, and you really had to find out what was up with her.
>>
Before you could make a decision though, you'd hear Landon speak. "Ah, there's the last two." He'd say, as you saw Zaria and Derek return. Derek looked somewhat relaxed, whilst you could tell that Zaria wasn't doing much better than when you last talked to her. If anything, the way she wrapped her arms under her chest and looked away from all of you was nothing like her usual self. Your men would also take notice, with Anon asking: "You okay, Zaria?" Unfortunately, Zaria simply gave a quiet nod before mumbling. “I’m fine. Just… feeling a little off, that’s all. Just the result of my injuries and the medications I took, probably.” Lars seemed a little perplexed, yet wouldn’t say anything. Especially as Thalia soon spoke up. “Well, if you need any help, Zaria, do ask us! We’re all eager to help you out!” It was weird how Thalia just casually decided to speak for you and your men. Though what was even more bewildering was that your men would nod along happily, agreeing with what Thalia said. Obviously, it wasn’t weird that they agreed with that sentiment. But the fact they so quickly agreed with Thalia of all people in the room didn’t sit right with you.

“Now, how about Mikhail and I lead the way now?” Thalia said, as she already started moving forward, Thaddeus speaking up. “Ya heard her. Let’s get goin’!” Joaquin and his men, minus Khady and Cirra, would immediately follow. The rest of your men would also do so, whilst you saw Derek sticking close with Zaria, letting the others go further ahead.

>What do you do next?

>Just quietly lead the way alongside Thalia. You could keep your eye at what was ahead of you, and also keep your eyes on Thalia to see what she’d do. Besides, heading forward was most important now.
>Talk with someone in your large group whilst you headed forward. You could talk with Derek and Zaria to ask how things were going with them. You could confront Thaddeus, Mike and the rest of your men to see how they were doing. Or you could even continue talking with Joaquin and Lei. (Write in who you’ll chat with and what you’ll ask them or discuss.)
>Clearly, it wasn’t worth the trouble anymore at this point. Get your weaponry and confront Thalia head on. If she truly meant no threat, she’d answer honestly. If she was actually a threat, she’d show her true colours like this.
>Something else…

(By the way, to the drawanon, new artwork in Catbox was pretty funny. I never knew the fox hole truly went this deep...)
>>
>>6152039
Thalia is clearly some sort of siren subject and she has turned almost all of our men to her side and the only other subject here as well is firmly under her thumb. She's almost certainly an Elbrus subject, at least partially if she's telling the truth regarding Tengri, or highly influenced by him and I think she's good at reading our emotions as she seemed to back off after her suggestion to us was met with our silent skepticism and suspicion, which probably told her we weren't charmed by her. With this in mind, whatever we do, do not let her sing again, or whistle, or anything else like that.

Confronting her directly will end in disaster with how many people she's charmed. I don't think Zaria is handling whatever Thalia did to her well either but best not to ask about that until later when she's maybe more comfortable and open to talking about that. Otherwise, our best bet is to just try and keep Thalia quiet. My biggest fear though is it's her voice that's the charm and not her singing, meaning her talking at all has a risk... I think it might be best to just pull her aside one on one and confront her alone if at all possible.

>Ask if you could speak with Thalia in private now rather than later. Once alone, confront her about what she's doing and demand a few answers as to why she's doing this.
>>
>>6152039
>Just quietly lead the way alongside Thalia. You could keep your eye at what was ahead of you, and also keep your eyes on Thalia to see what she’d do. Besides, heading forward was most important now.
While I doubt she's leading us anywhere good, we need to buy time. Don't converse and patch Annie FM into our helmet radio and turn it up to drown her out if she says something. Broadcast this to the helmet radios of our team as well or, failing that, order everyone to firmly stuff their ears with something - hopefully, this will allow the effect to wear off and bring them back to their senses. Don't have much we can go for Cirra though.

While the guards don't seem to be charmed, I think if they and us confront Thalia, our team will come to her defence. Possibly with violence, and confronting her on our own makes us vulnerable if she decides we're a threat to her nefarious plan and need to go.
>>
>>6152039
>Talk with someone in your large group whilst you headed forward. You could talk with Derek and Zaria to ask how things were going with them. You could confront Thaddeus, Mike and the rest of your men to see how they were doing. Or you could even continue talking with Joaquin and Lei. (Write in who you’ll chat with and what you’ll ask them or discuss.)
Everyone except maybe Derek and Zaria but wouldn't hurt to include them too
Tell them to stay alert, we just heard Thalia might not be a Tengri subject
Also the way they're focusing on her so hard is creeping us out, did they almost forget Derek and Zaria back there?
>>
>>6152072
How uncomfortable are you now hey anon?

>>6152039
We probably should left her behind 1-2 updates ago, I suggest:
>Something else…
We split up from her now, do not outright pull a gun at her face but tell her we do not believe she's a very trustworthy subject and she's messing up with the head of our teammates and the guards team as well, let's confront her one last time and if we feel she ain't telling the truth we take our team and anyone else from the guardsman who wants to come with us and leave her behind.
>>
>>6152189
>How uncomfortable are you now hey anon?
No need to cry because the Annie contact went pretty much exactly as I predicted
We didn’t have enough hard evidence to have Annie prioritize us and we still don’t
>>
I'm >>6152189.

>>6152271
You're being a huge asshole and putting stuff in my mouth anon. Not a single time I asked Annie to prioritize us just give a quick response like:
"Is subject x good or bad?"
You're the one who went "hurr duur Annie can we kill this subject??"
The proof is right here, people are acting weird, she see Elbrus in a good light when everyone says he's a piece of shit and even the some guardsman are having doubts. You don't agree with my choices, fine don't be a ass about it, give another suggestion and move on. Now let's stop cluttering the thread.
>>
>>6152039
Posting it because it is really funny ( does ano know what a macaroni is?)
>>
File: 8r3su1.png (493 KB, 1000x947)
493 KB
493 KB PNG
>>6152297
I am going to kill myself
>>
>>6152299
I've been drawing Ano's 'ears' wrong this whole time. How did I not notice that before? Have I only ever seen her from a distance or something? They are obviously some kind of animal ears and not whatever pseudo wings I normally draw.
>>
>>6152299
Ohh, Ano is such a lovely dofus... I'm missing her and the girls already. Assuming we survive our Argonauts and the sirens moment I would like to know how our girls are doing. That gives me an idea, taking an inspiration on the myth, would blasting off Annie's music on top level drown her mind-washing music if she's starts to sing? What you guys think?
>>
Given the wild divergence in what you guys want (as well as this >>6152473 anon's suggestion), I think I'll let you guys discuss your choices a bit longer. Maybe see which parts of the plans you said you agree on and which things you'll leave until later.

This is also totally not an excuse for me to skip out on an update after having been too busy today to work on one.
>>
>>6152473
That's more or less what I proposed in >>6152067. I think it's certainly worth doing. Maybe add a few nice tuning squeals for good measure.

I do want to get back to the girls and start bringing them along again. While we couldn't have brought them to the Queenbase shitshow, it's just not the same and kinda lonely without them. Get a bitchin sword and cape from Morgan. Pack Chrys into a handbag for transport. Put Oreas through bootcamp. Get Kamara to be useful. Pet Anofelis' fluffy tail. Give Vinisha therapy with lots of hugs, kisses and love.

>>6152297
We could find most of the ingredients for mac n' cheese down here. Cheese sauce would have gorn orf by now but macaroni and flour don't expire and I bet we could find some still-good blocks of cheese and chorizos (grated chorizo is a must for good macaroni) somewhere. The only thing we won't have would be the milk for the cheese sauce, so we'll have to draw straws for who'll be the one to go and ask Hapi for some.
>>
>>6152290
>You're being a huge asshole
Like you weren't being provocative with "how uncomfortable are you now?" Don't throw stones from a glass house, and don't pick fights if you're gonna cry after one retort.
>putting stuff in my mouth anon. Not a single time I asked Annie to prioritize us just give a quick response like
You may not realize this but interrupting whatever she's doing to give a quick response to a question we just asked is prioritizing us.
>>
>>6152473
I'd support this, it's worth a try at least.
>>
File: Friendly feesh.png (365 KB, 1218x884)
365 KB
365 KB PNG
>>6152482
Can you give a brief description of Kimmy, QM? Also feesh.

Also here couple of doodles.
https://files.catbox.moe/jk67p9.png
https://files.catbox.moe/od8g31.png
>>
>>6152714
This is great artanon. Thanks for sharing.
>>
>>6152530
>Like you weren't being provocative with "how uncomfortable are you now?" Don't throw stones from a glass house, and don't pick fights if you're gonna cry after one retort.
And you being smartass with that post of yours wasn't picking a fight you damn hypocrite? You could just move on but you had to to try to get the last word. You making a mountain of a mole hill to a yes or no question and when called out you started crying saying I started something, perhaps take your own advice next time. Last (You) ur getting from me.
>>
>>6152714
Adorable art of the feesh, as well as the three bugs and Morgan.

As for your request...

Feel free to check the shared doc for monster girl sheets.
>>
>>6152816
>And you being smartass with that post of yours wasn't picking a fight you damn hypocrite?
I'd say the difference is I'm ready to receive retorts, while you start whining after just one. If you can't take big boy hits you shouldn't throw big boy hands.

>You could just move on but you had to to try to get the last word
Lmao what do you think you're doing right now
With this very post
Talk about hypocrisy
>>
>Talk with someone in your large group whilst you headed forward. You could talk with Derek and Zaria to ask how things were going with them. You could confront Thaddeus, Mike and the rest of your men to see how they were doing. Or you could even continue talking with Joaquin and Lei.
As Thalia headed forward, you decided to walk over to your men to speak to them. You'd ask them if they were doing alright and if they had found anything of value on their search, Lydia speaking most happily. "Well, I did find quite a lot of scrap and electronics! And some really good medical equipment which I've already handed over to Lars." Lars nodded along, after which the rest of your men mentioned all the things they found. You'd just wave that away for now, before telling them to stay alert, since you had heard that Thalia was not a Tengri subject. "Well, what leads you to believe that?" Mike asked in a more sceptical tone, you telling him that Joaquin's men literally said so. Your men seemed perplexed. "Well, whoever made her, she's not causing any problems for us, right? So what does it matter?" Anon would say, which also put you off. You told them they had to really watch out, since her lying about her creator indicated that she was hiding something from you guys. Your men didn't seem too worried though, calmly glancing at Thalia and appearing unopposed by her.

You also reminded them that they were really not paying attention to Zaria and Derek, and the fact that Zaria wasn't doing well. They looked over at Zaria, who was indeed keeping a small bit of distance to you and the others. However, Lydia would once more bud in, speaking softly. "Maybe she's just not feeling well? She did get shot twice, after all. Maybe we ought to give her some more medical aide?" Obviously, there was far more going on, but you weren't going to go into discussion about this right now. Thalia was clearly not trustworthy, and you feared that your men's current behaviour was her doing.

>Just quietly lead the way alongside Thalia. You could keep your eye at what was ahead of you, and also keep your eyes on Thalia to see what she’d do. Besides, heading forward was most important now.
Considering what was going on, you decided to try something which you hoped could deal with her. You told your men that your men would have to keep quiet, and simply turn their radios to Annie's frequencies. "Why? I wanna keep talking with Thalia. She brought up some excellent intel about the flooded sector." Thaddeus would remark softly, you telling him to just trust your word. Your men reluctantly agreed, turning on the right frequencies and listening to Annie's radio station. Derek would also seemingly tell Zaria to do the same. This would hopefully stop the strange charm ability which Thalia had, or would at the very least make it wear off sooner rather than later. Hopefully, Thalia wouldn't take notice and try anything which would result in them getting charmed again.
>>
As you and your men headed deeper, you'd pay attention to everyone around you to see what they were doing. Cirra and Khady were most closely following Thalia at the front of your group. Lydia and Lars were close behind, followed by you, Anon, Thaddeus and Mike. Derek and Zaria were after that, though Zaria was keeping her distance from you and your men. Joaquin, Lei, Monique, Sophie, Narith and Landon were staying in the back, keeping their guns at the ready. However, you soon would spot Thalia singing in front of Khady and Cirra, the two clearly enjoying it as they appeared almost entranced by it. You hoped that Annie's music would block her singing enough.

Looking back, you saw Joaquin mouthing something at you, you walking over to him and pausing the music to listen to him. "We have to stop her from singing. It's... making me and the others feel weird." Sophie would afterwards speak up a bit more hesitantly. "I mean, I don't feel too weird from the music. I actually think it's kind of nice." In turn, Landon would speak up more derisively. "I suggest plugging your ears somehow. I'm planning to do that right the fuck now." Of course, since you didn't wanna give Thalia any more opportunities to sing. You had hoped to confront Thalia together with Joaquin, but your men were clearly under her thumb and would presumably come to her defence if you did such. Thus, you decided there was but one option. You'd tell Joaquin that you'd confront Thalia on her own. You wouldn't do so with aggression in mind, you'd do so in a calm way which would minimize the risk of you getting attacked. Joaquin nodded, before turning to his men. "Alright, whilst Mik confronts Thalia, I suggest we do as Landon does and block our ears."

>Ask if you could speak with Thalia in private now rather than later. Once alone, confront her about what she's doing and demand a few answers as to why she's doing this.
With that, you'd start heading forward in the group, passing by your men who seemed mostly calm and unaffected by the song now. As you got closer though, Thalia would soon stop and turn around. She mouthed something at you, you turning off Annie's music again before asking her if you could speak in private. She'd look at you for a second, then back at Khady and Cirra. And after a moment of clear though, she'd smile back at you. "Why, of course, Mikhail!" She'd signal you to lead the way, you walking ahead from the rest of your group through the flooded hallway. And once you were a decent distance away from the rest of your men, she'd speak up before you could ask her anything. "Did you enjoy my singing? It is one of the skills Tengri is most proud of with me. He says it would inspire anyone who listens to it to do better! Given how happy your men are, I guess it's really working well, huh?" She'd let out a little giggle, before she'd look a little more calmly. "Which parts of the lyrics did you enjoy the most? Any favourites?"
>>
Considering that you had just blocked it off, you didn't exactly know what it was she sang about. In other words, you couldn't really answer her question without revealing that you were literally blocking out her singing. You obviously didn't feel bad about it, since you knew her singing was doing something to you and your men. However, how Thalia reacted to what you were about to say was... definitely going to cause a stir, especially since you had a feeling that your men would come to her aide if you made her feel bad.

>What do you do next.

>Give some kind of excuse as to why you hadn't heard the lyrics to her last song. Either you were discussing something with someone else, or you just didn't pay attention to the lyrics. They were just soooooo good! (Write your excuse.)
>Just be honest to her. You could still be nice to her and be honest with about your concerns and. That, or you could just confront her without holding back whatsoever. (Write in what you'll tell her and what sort of tone you'll go for.)
>Tell her you'd tell her that later and that there were other things you'd want to discuss first. Urgent things, which are more important than her singing. (Write in what you'll discuss with her and why it is so urgent.)
>Ask any of the companions around you for help with responding to Thalia. Preferably, someone who wasn't affected by her singing like Derek or Joaquin. (Write in who you'll ask for help, and how you'll ask them to help you.)
>Tell her that you actually didn't need to talk to her in private and that you were just mistaken. Maybe it was better to wait for a different opportunity to confront her...
>Something else...

(Alright, apologies for the slightly longer delay. Given how there was only one thing which had a majority support with the prompts, I hope I managed to get a bit of everything in there for you guys to work with. I'll try and get an extra update in today to compensate.)

(Oh, and one last thing, I heavily suggest checking the docs with all the sheets. There's some fun new additions to it.)
>>
>>6153251
>Give some kind of excuse as to why you hadn't heard the lyrics to her last song. Either you were discussing something with someone else, or you just didn't pay attention to the lyrics. They were just soooooo good! (Write your excuse.)
Tell her you were cycling between Annie’s station and GalGov channels to stay alert against any threats that might be in the area.

Not sure how we’re going to confront her. Maybe ask her to quiet down for a bit? We’re worried she’s being too distracting and it could endanger the group if we’re ambushed.

Thankfully it seems some people are immune to her charms.
>>
>>6153251
>I heavily suggest checking the docs with all the sheets.
Weird... Anofelis is on the gubment list now. Her description kind of matches, but her codename, size, abilities, and behavior are completely wrong.
Either Anderson gave them false info, or there's an Anofelis lookalike running around the facility.

ALSO
NEW RABBIT SUBJECT. LETS FUCKING GOOOOOOO!
>>
>>6153251
>Just be honest to her. You could still be nice to her and be honest with about your concerns and. That, or you could just confront her without holding back whatsoever.
Ya know Thalia, while your singing is lovely, I can see its effects on other people aren't all positive. They're paying much less attention to other people and surroundings, focusing a lot on you and listening to me less, which isn't good in this dangerous place. So, I'm sorry, but I can't allow myself to hear it to stay clear-headed.

There is always the possibility that Thalia is actually innocent and telling the truth and genuinely doesn't realise that she's effectively hypnotising people and not just encouraging them. I suppose we might be about to find out.

>>6153365
It could be based on intel from Nikita's group, since he got a brief look at her and may have made a report based on that. Since it wasn't a good look, it may have had a dodgy description with GalGov making a best-fit guess and trying to fill in the gaps with a provisional codename. The description does track with a briefly seen and possibly somewhat embellished description of her and her behaviour at the encounter where she was spotted by Nikita, and he might have lied about being in the combat section to puff her up a bit more. Ano would be capable of causing a lot of damage if she ever fully went on the attack and deserves a decent threat rating though a 6 is inflated. Maybe a 4-5.
>intelligence: assumed high
Don't tell her that lmao
>>
>>6153251
You weren't kidding. There's a lot of additions. Re-reading the old ones and the new ones, a lot of subjects seem to be painted in a bad light. Some of the subjects we were told of in the side stories are also there.

>>6153400
Supporting. This is probably the best move if she's genuinely nice and if she isn't an evil Elbrus subject like I suspect.
>>
File: ano the hedgeheg.png (398 KB, 1107x800)
398 KB
398 KB PNG
>>6153400
>and he might have lied about being in the combat section to puff her up a bit more.

No way he just made up an OC just so he could make it sound like they found some dangerous subject LMAOO.
>>
>>6153251
>>6153400
Yeah I can back this, it's a nice speech

>>intelligence: assumed high
>Don't tell her that lmao
Hey, it might make her happy to hear
>>
>Just be honest to her. You could still be nice to her and be honest about your concerns. That, or you could just confront her without holding back whatsoever.
Whilst you were still distrusting towards Thalia for the most part, you had to admit that there was the possibility that she was actually innocent. Hell, maybe she didn't know that her singing was causing all of this. With that in mind, you'd calmly tell her that, whilst her singing was lovely, you kind of had to avoid listening to it. This seemed to make her smile fade quickly, her looking rather confused and saddened. "What do you mean, you aren't listening?" You saw Cirra, Khady, Mike and Lydia all looking at you as well, the former two looking a bit bewildered. Lydia and Mike also looked unsure, it being clear the two were actually able to hear you and weren't listening to Annie's radio station. Still, you'd focus on Thalia, telling her that her singing had a strange effect on people. Some of those effects weren't all that positive, having reduced some of the situational awareness of your men. It drew attention away from your mission towards her, which was risky in a place such as this.

You'd finally say that that was the reason you wouldn't listen to her song. At least, for the time being. You saw how disappointed she looked, her looking down before sighing. "But, my singing... it helps people. That's what Tengri said! Elbrus even said it helped people calm down, relax and enjoy themselves." Once again, she brought up Elbrus in such a positive way, which was a major red flag. Still, her sad tone and the way she spoke did make you feel a little bit guilty. "I was told it was like... therapy or entertainment. Something to get people's minds off of problems and what not." Even though you had tried to keep some distance between you and the others, you'd soon hear Cirra speak up from nearby. "What are you two talking about?" She had seemingly followed you along with Khady.

You'd tell them you had hoped to talk to Thalia in private, to which Khady spoke annoyedly. "Why wouldn't we be allowed to listen along?" Cirra also took a more pouty expression, as it was clear that you wouldn't be able to just talk with Thalia on your own. Fortunately enough, Lydia would soon also approach. "What's going on? Why are you all arguing?" She'd say, before Khady spoke up a bit angrily. "We were suspicious of your commander and what he was planning to do with Thalia." Of course, you'd defend yourself, telling them that you just wanted to discuss her singing, since it was a bit of a risk to having her sing out loud. "And how is it a problem exactly? It's a nice song and is pleasant to listen to. What harm can it do down here?!" Khady asked, after which Lydia thankfully also stood up for you. "I get where Mik's coming from. I do also believe her singing is wonderful. But, it is also dangerous in a place like this."At least Lydia was siding with you here.
>>
Though you could tell she was rather reluctant to say such. Hell, she'd even quickly backpaddle a little bit, speaking softly. "Of course, like I said, I'd love to hear more of the song, and think we're also pretty safe from threats now. I mean, we're with... 15 highly armed soldiers and two subjects who know the way around here. We have listened to Annie's music in way more dangerous locations than this and have been fine!" Thalia nodded along, before speaking more hopefully. "Thank you, Lydia. I appreciate your kind words. It's always a pleasure for people to make their love for my songs known." You saw Cirra and Khady glaring at you, clearly thinking you despised Thalia's singing. "So, may I just... continue singing? You guys can, uhhhh, just block off your ears or play some other music a shorter distance away, right?" Lydia would nod along to that suggestion, looking at you as she responded. "I think that seems like a solid suggestion, Mik. A nice compromise where everyone is happy!"

Obviously, it was still a pretty risky thing to consider. You'd still play plenty of music which would risk leaving your men affected by it. However, at least you could try and make it so some of your men were less affected. Hell, maybe this could be a way to test her abilities a bit and see its limits. Maybe it'd really just be a case of her not knowing the full effects of her powers. Unfortunately, before you could even give your opinion on the matter, the others would bump into the conversation, with Khady speaking in mild annoyance. "I'd like that suggestion as well. I'd rather listen to her soothing song over your complaining." She said passive aggressively. And worse, Cirra would also speak up, taking an even more protective tone. "You death squads don't like anything fun and have hurt us a lot! I wanna listen to Thalia's singing since it makes me happy! If you don't like it, then that's just your problem!" Lydia did at least take your side a little. "Cirra, Khady, relax. There's no use in being aggressive. Mik would certainly not mind her singing still."

Mike would also prod you a little, speaking calmly. "Come on, Mik. We've been kind and willing to let subjects be themselves before. Hell, we let Morgan indulge in her silly little spiel of hating guns. I see no harm in letting her continue to sing her songs. We've listened to it for... how long now, and we're doing fine, right? Hell, I actually feel really good right now!" It was definitely a concerning sign that Mike was protecting Thalia like this. But at the same time, you sadly didn't have much of an option here. At least Thalia wasn't aggressive about these things, or assertive in wanting to keep on singing.
>>
>What do you do next?

>Insist she stops singing entirely. Whilst you could stop yourself from listening to it by playing your own music, doing such would absolutely reduce your ability to hear threats coming over. Besides, other folk wanted to talk as well, and her singing through that was a bit of a problem.
>Go with some kind of compromise. Either she could keep singing whilst your men were allowed to tune it out. That, or you could maybe ask her to play a bit more softly so not everyone had to listen. (Write in the type of compromise you'll go with.)
>Discuss something else that's on your mind with Thalia. Maybe ask her about her abilities or the whole Elbrus thing. Maybe she could tell you more about the guy, given she knows enough about him to see him in such a positive light. (Write in what you'll discuss with her.)
>Go back to the rest of your men to discuss things with them. Maybe you could think of a plan on what to do next regarding Thalia, or just think of the future in the facility. (Write in what you'll discuss and who you'll discuss with.)
>Something else...
>>
>>6153476
>Go with some kind of compromise. Either she could keep singing whilst your men were allowed to tune it out. That, or you could maybe ask her to play a bit more softly so not everyone had to listen. (Write in the type of compromise you'll go with.)
If she stops singing while we move, she can sing once we make camp.
It's true we listened to Annie before, but her music was much less distracting. You all need to remember we're in the flooded section.
>>
>>6153479
Supporting. I still don't trust her but maybe she's just not the brightest or Elbrus managed to manipulate her and get way more of her trust than he deserves.
>>
>>6153490
I'm leaning towards the "genuinely well-meaning, but dumb enough to be dangerous" camp by now, unless she's a fantastic actor.
>>
>>6153432
Anofelis being corrupted by the edge is truly the worst of endings.

>>6153450
But then she'd get reminded that it is, in fact, low and get sad.
>>
>>6153490
>Elbrus: is nice to her literally one (1) time
>Thalia: “is this an angel?”
>>
>>6153490
Elbrus fucked her and elbrus subjects fucked her. Shes gonna kill us!!1
>>
>>6153516
>But then she'd get reminded that it is, in fact, low and get sad.
I'm willing to bet that by the time something reminds her she'll have forgotten all about it
>>
I had a dream today. The qm had to cancel the quest due to IRL issues and he makes an ending where all the mercs and girls fight off the guvernment and live happily ever after in the beach on the surface.
>>
>Go with some kind of compromise. Either she could keep singing whilst your men were allowed to tune it out. That, or you could maybe ask her to play a bit more softly so not everyone had to listen.
Seeing the emotions she was going through, you would try and defuse the situation by thinking of a compromise. Obviously, you couldn't have her singing right now, given where you were heading. However, you did think she could sing again once you reached a nice area to set up camp again. "Oh come on, really?!" Khady would complain, after which Lydia spoke again. "Please, Mik, just give her a chance! What's the worst that can happen?" You'd argue that you were in the FLOODED SECTION, which was filled to the brim with dangerous things. However, after you argued your case, Thalia would thankfully speak up softly. "It's fine. I'll just pause my singing. We can keep talking instead. That's also rather enjoyable!" Cirra nodded along right away, whilst you saw Khady glaring at you. Mike and Lydia seemed okay with this, as you thankfully were able to once again take the lead without having to worry about the singing. Thus, you'd once more lead the way, thankfully able to turn off the radio as to listen to your environment.

You'd keep heading further and further down the hallway, the water getting higher and higher. Soon, it reached up to your groin, you making an awful amount of noise with each step you took. Cirra, Lars and Thalia not having too much trouble traversing the water. Thalia would just float on the water, swimming as she lied on her back. "Why don't you join me in swimming? It's way more soothing like this!" Thalia would eventually remark, you and the others all declining at the very least. "Is the water going to get much deeper?" Thaddeus would also ask, to which Joaquin was able to give a rather worrisome response. "Oh believe me, it gets deeper. Way deeper." Lydia let out a soft sigh as she looked at her bag. "God, I hope this thing is water proof."

Hopefully, all your bags and equipment was somewhat water proof. It'd be terrible to lose all that equipment as you got into deeper waters. Though soon, you'd find yourself in a large room, a junction which let you head south and north. There were stairwells nearby, some which led down into the flood whilst others headed up. There were a lot of blind spots, due to rubble having fallen down into the water and creating little islands. "Be careful. The floor here has collapsed and made the waters way deeper here." Landon was quick to say, after which Anon would step forward and look around. "Hmmmm, I think the safest option to cross this is to stick to the walls and go in groups of four. That way, we can have some folk staying out of the water with their guns at the ready. You know, in case something tries to jump us again." Anon's idea wasn't the worst, but there still was a risk to it.
>>
Though Mike did soon make a decent suggestion. "Cirra, Thalia? Can you go underwater and watch out for threats below the surface?" It was definitely a solid suggestion. Cirra would crouch down and look around underwater right away, whilst Thalia would let out a sigh. "I'm afraid that these waters are rather murky. I could try, but I am not entirely sure I would be able to do a great job at it." Thaddeus would look over to Joaquin to ask him: "Joaquin, how did ya and yer men cross this place the first time ya passed it?" Joaquin let out a soft sigh. "We tried just sticking together. However, one of us strayed too close to the centre, where something grabbed them and pulled them under. So, I suggest we go with what Anon said, and just stick to the walls. Not sure if we should go in groups of four." There was still a lot to discuss. But before you could say more, Cirra would pull free from the water with a look of concern on her face. She'd point towards the stairs. "Joaquin, Thalia, over there!" She'd point at it a bunch, you and your men trying to get a look as well.

You'd even turn on your thermal vision, not spotting anything whatsoever at first. Everyone would look, after which you heard Lydia gasp. "Guys, look! Just near that rubble by the stairs!" You'd look closely at the area Lydia pointed at. And sure enough, you'd notice something small and white poking out from above the water before disappearing without making a noise. It looked somewhat like a fin, though you couldn't be entirely sure. Mike would also all take notice, immediately grabbing his gun. "Shit, there's something in the water there!" Thaddeus grabbed his railgun already. "Where?" He said, after which Sophie spoke. "What was it you saw?" "I think I saw it as well. It looked like... some sort of weird pale protrusion." Anon remarked, Lars nodding along. "We saw it as well." Derek said, Zaria reluctantly nodding along with him. "It dipped under the water too quickly!" Lei said in soft disappointment. Khady turned to Thalia, asking her for some advice on the matter. "What could it have been, Thalia?"

Thalia would look around at the waters, before speaking softly. "I... don't really notice anything. Ummm, maybe it was Pteroi? It can't be Cyanae, since she usually floats pretty obviously... Maybe Glaucus?" Immediately, Mike would change his tone to a more panicked one. "Fuck, what if it's that Pelly one?" Lei would look over at Mike and you. "She... was the one who took one of us the last time we went through here." Hearing this, your men would immediately get their weapons at the ready, as you heard Zaria speak for the first time in a while, albeit in a muted tone. "Okay, is there any way we can avoid this?" Thalia shook her head, trying to continue looking around. "No, this is the only way to go south from here, unless if you wanna dig through a whole bunch of rubble and risk getting buried further." Everyone was on edge, even the previously rather amused and casual subjects.
>>
>What do you do next?

>Discuss a plan amongst your men. Maybe you could go with Anon's plan, or revise it in a way which would minimize the risks involved. Maybe everyone could chime in their ideas, before you went with something. (Write in how you'll discuss a plan, or if you'll just go with a specific plan.)
>Try and converse with whatever was in the waters. Maybe it wasn't a threat and was actually a misunderstood subject? Hell, could just be someone who was scared of you and the others? (Write in what you'll say and how you'll try to communicate with them.)
>Wait to see if anything happens. Maybe whatever was in the waters would just leave on their own, or would show itself to befriend you.
>Pre-emptively shoot the waters with something. The plasma rail gun, the acid gun, the sound cannon or even the anti-material rifle could all be used to deal with whatever was in the water. (Write in what weaponry you'll use to clear the waters.)
>Go back the way you came to try and find a different way around this place. Maybe you could contact Annie for help on ways around here? That, or you could find a stairway or something else to help you through. (Write in what you'll search for, or if you'll try something specific to find a different route.)
>Something else...

(>>6153966 Don't worry, Anon. I don't have any plans to stop the quest anytime soon. I may sometimes delay updates, but I will get back to it whenever I get the chance. If we do end it though, I certainly think having the mercs and girls work together against the government would make an excellent final battle.)

(Also, forgot to mention it, but the two memes from Anofelis yesterday were really fucking funny. I loved the Ano the Hedgeheg especially.)
>>
>>6154001
>Discuss a plan amongst your men. Maybe you could go with Anon's plan, or revise it in a way which would minimize the risks involved. Maybe everyone could chime in their ideas, before you went with something.
Stick together on the walls as suggested, but we should also clip and tie ourselves closely together in groups of half dozen or so like a rope team crossing crevasses on a glacier. Should stop any one of us getting snatched.
Also, who are Pteroi, Natalia and Cyanae? More new names!

I'm increasingly convinced that Thalia is genuinely trying to help out but is just a bit too ignorant and thick (all the dev time went on the boobs rather than brains) to realise what she's doing to people. She might have been deliberately lied to in her training since, if her helpful and trusting personality is her genuine self, she could well have baulked if she understood what her ability truly was. While she's got odd vibes, I haven't picked up any signs of any real malice from her and her behaviour and interactions thus far don't track with attempting to deliberately lead us into danger or pick people off.

>>6153966
The Good Ending. Don't worry my friend, we'll get there one day. We just have to go through a lot of pain, suffering and sadness first to damn well earn our happy ending. Though a climactic final battle where we rally the mercenaries, subjects and staff as one to kick GalGov in the nads would be an epic ending to the quest.
Come on for life, come on brother, til the end.

How well would Chrys wear a sundress? Could Morgan even swim in all that heavy armour? Might Kamara become more chatty after one cocktail too many? How incapable would Oreas be of even slightly filling out a bikini? Would Vinisha be immune to sunburn? Could anyone beat Anofelis in any kind of beach sport? Does Annie have a portable mixdeck to jam out to? Would it be possible to use Viridian as a giant scaly banana boat? How good of a campfire singer would Kaenum be? And how deep of a hole would we need to dig to bury Elbrus up to his neck while we wait for the tide to come in?
>>
>>6154001
Fuck, this is such a shitty situation
>>6154051
Yeah, clipping ourselves together in small groups is probably the best thing we can do here. Make sure the railgun and the anti material rifle aren't both carried in the same group, they've got the most penetrative power.

>I'm increasingly convinced that Thalia is genuinely trying to help out
Voluntarily stopping her singing was definitely a big point in her favor. With how autistic the scientists made all the subjects down here, I wasn't sure we could reason with her.
>>
>>6154001
Finally free from work stuff and had time to catch up to two updates, sweet.

>>6154051
>>Discuss a plan amongst your men. Maybe you could go with Anon's plan, or revise it in a way which would minimize the risks involved. Maybe everyone could chime in their ideas, before you went with something.
>Stick together on the walls as suggested, but we should also clip and tie ourselves closely together in groups of half dozen or so like a rope team crossing crevasses on a glacier. Should stop any one of us getting snatched.
>Also, who are Pteroi, Natalia and Cyanae? More new names!
I support this but I wanna add another suggestion, have Cirra and Thalia be our lookouts underwater.
Plan is simple, Thalia will stay close to surface and will be our link to Cirra passing our messages to her since the latter does better in deeper waters and Cirra will be watching in case something dangerous tries to approach us, we could use somethin like a rope tied around some floating debris, if coast is clear give one pull, two pulls attention or stay still three or more danger, the teams waiting for crossing and/or who already crossed keep overwatch to support the other teams in case of dangerous subjects.
>>
>Discuss a plan amongst your men. Maybe you could go with Anon's plan, or revise it in a way which would minimize the risks involved. Maybe everyone could chime in their ideas, before you went with something.
The first thing on your mind, was that Thalia mentioned a whole bunch of subject names. Immediately, you'd ask who they were, wanting to know who Pteroi, Natalia and Cyanae were. Thalia didn't hesitate to explain. "So, Pteroi is this big, uhhhh, spiky fish girl. She has poisonous barbs, is really focused on combat and is generally rather unpleasant. I saw her a couple of times, and both times she attacked me for no reason." You saw Derek crossing his arms, clearly assuming there was more to it than just 'no reason'. Still, she didn't go further into depth, immediately switching over to the next subject. "Cyanae is this jellyfish subject. She isn't the brightest, and goes after anything that moves to try and eat it. I doubt it's here, since she usually doesn't hide herself and makes her presence well known. Oh, and don't touch her. Every part of her is venomous and most unpleasant!" Obviously, you weren't going to touch a jellyfish subject. Still, it was good to know that she wasn't the brightest, since it meant she'd be easy enough to deal with.

This brought Thalia to the last subject, her speaking most worried about them. "Uhhh, as for Natalia, is this really cranky crocodile girl. She's pretty cute, but... she has this intense hatred for people and is really easy to tick off. I dunno why, but I guess it's Roraima's doing since he's such an awful guy." Considering what Roraima was like, it was understandable that this Natalia girl would be apprehensive. It'd also make sense for her to be swimming around with a bunch of spikes on her back, causing mischief and dragging people underwater. Regardless, you had three new threats to worry about down here now, on top of the already ten or so other threats which hide under the stagnant waters.

For the time being, you would look to Anon and say his suggestion would work well. Of course, you did have some suggestions of your own. For one, you told your men to get some rope and use it to hang onto each other. That way, it'd be less likely for anyone to get snatched and dragged under. "Are you sure that's safe? What if this crocodile girl grabs one of us and then uses the rope to drag us all under?" Sophie asked, to which you explained you could clip the ropes to some of the rubble and pillars in the water. Though even then, you could tell the men were anxious at the idea. What your men and the guardsmen were more eager about was your next suggestion: The railgun and anti-material rifle would be on overwatch, at least one of them being ready to shoot at whatever jumped out of the waters. "Would that... plasma rail gun thing not be immense overkill against anything which pops up?" Lei calmly asked, to which Thaddeus spoke eagerly. "There's no such thing as overkill down here."
>>
Finally, you'd turn to Cirra and Thalia, telling them to be on lookout. Thalia would watch the surface water, Cirra going deeper. Thalia would communicate between you and Cirra, who would be watching the depths for anything dangerous. You even suggested using a rope which could be tugged to indicate anything dangerous. One pull meant clear, two pulls meant you had to stay still, four pulls could indicate danger. Cirra would glare at you and soon pout a little. "I don't wanna help you!" She said, causing some of the guardsmen to groan. Clearly, she was still stubborn about wanting to help you and your men out. Fortunately, there was one person who was easily able to convince her.

"Oh, please Cirra, won't you do it just for me~?" Thalia said, Cirra's poutiness immediately fading as she would start smiling brightly. "Yes! I'll do it!" It was kind of creepy how quickly Cirra's mood turned around just because Thalia asked her to. But, you couldn't really dwell on that for the time being. You had to cross this body of water, and the question was who would go first. Nobody raised their hand, you deciding to just draw straws to see who'd go first. The shortest four would go first, it ending up with Zaria, Mike, Monique and Narith. "Fuck, why did it have to be me. I don't wanna fucking die..." Zaria softly grumbled, Mike reassuring her a bit. "Come on. You've survived far worse. We'll get through this." Monique and Narith looked quite nervous as well, yet wouldn't complain as Joaquin reassured them. "It'll be fine. We've got a lot of support now. Just... keep calm and stick to the walls, alright?" And with that, you'd hand them some rope, doing the same for Cirra and Thalia.

Once all the equipment was prepared for the water, Anon and Thaddeus had gotten set up with their weaponry, and the four of them had attached themselves with ropes, you and Joaquin would give them the go. "Alright, wish us luck." Narith said in clear terror, as the four of them would move to the ledge and soon gently lower themselves into the waters. "Hngh, it's even colder than before!" Khady said, after which Mike spoke. "J-Just ignore it! Let's get going!" Mike led the way, sticking close to the walls as he slowly moved forward. "Be careful. There's nothing to really hold onto with the wall, nor any sort of ledge to walk on." Mike would say as well, as you watched them inch their way towards the corner of the large space. "Mik, we do have a bit of a problem." Anon would soon remark, before pointing at some of the debris. "We got a blind spot over there. Thaddeus could plasma rail gun it, but anyone standing behind it could end up as collateral." You just hoped that whatever tried to attack wouldn't do so as your men crossed behind the bit of cover. Maybe if they were fast, they'd be able to get past it before anything bad happened. Still, it was one extra hurdle in this already tough operation.
>>
File: AH-600, Pelly Chuni.png (973 KB, 850x1161)
973 KB
973 KB PNG
You watched anxiously, your heart pounding fast as you knew things could go extremely wrong pretty quickly. And as the entire room went quiet aside from the anxious whispers of the men around you, you'd suddenly hear Thalia jump up from the water. "Cirra gave a signal! Something's getting closer!" Indeed, you saw the floating debris system being pulled repeatedly, as you yelled at your men to grab their guns and aim at the waters. "W-What are we aiming at?!" Sophie asked, Anon quietly saying: “Just watch out for movement! Anything!” Though as you all aimed your guns, you’d suddenly see the four in the water starting to jitter and spasm. “HNGGGHHHH, AAAAHHHH!” Zaria screamed out in pain as she’d try and grab onto some nearby rubble against the wall. Monique did the same, her entire body shivering and spasming. However, Mike and Narith were in far deeper trouble, as Narith fell to the side and spasmed in the water, him unable to grab onto anything and sinking into the water. Mike would similarly fall backwards and lie on the water. “They’re being electrocuted!” Derek said, at which point you noticed some quick waves approaching the four of them.

And before you could react, there was a loud splash as something huge, pale and thin leapt up from the waters near Narith. It was a monster girl, and an utterly massive one. The huge amount of water and all the subsequent gunfire made it difficult to see, but you could see enough to get a general idea of what she was like. She was a pale, ghostly white colour, her body slim and skeletal in nature. She had long, pale hair and a large white narwhal like horn. She had these admittedly beautiful blue eyes, but they had this almost animalistic and despondent look to them. Her mouth would open horrifically wide, revealing rows of teeth which looked akin to giant shards of broken glass. And worse, a second smaller jaw would move out from between her already monstrous jaw. She would pop up from the waters for but a second, before lunging down at Narith and grabbing his arm with her inner jaw. She bit down on it, you hearing Narith scream in pain before he was pulled under.

As the subject dove back under, you would see the strange sharp structures on her back, as well as a long and bone-like tail which would swing around before slashing at the ropes connecting your men. In the short second where she popped up, you and your men would manage to get some shots in. Though unfortunately, Anon would only end up chipping one of the sharp bits of her shoulders with the rifle, the water which splashed around likely screwing with Anon’s aim. The rail gun didn’t fare much better, as it would take just one second too long to fire. The thing would light up the entire room, you able to see the shape of the horrific beast as it went under with one of Joaquin’s men. Though the rail gun would quickly prove problematic, as it turned water to steam and filled up the room with billowing clouds.
>>
Your men stopped firing, as Joaquin yelled in absolute horror. “NARITH!” The waters rippled madly as steam started spreading through the room. Throughout this, you’d hear a bunch of panicking. Zaria and Monique would thankfully regain themselves in the water, still shivering before looking around in a panic. “WHAT THE HELL JUST HAPPENED?!” Zaria yelled, Mike still lying on his back in the water as he twitched. “GUYS, GET THE HELL OUT OF THERE, NOW!” Thaddeus yelled with clear urgency. “Wait, don’t move! She may attack again!” Lars would say, after which Zaria screamed in utter terror as well. “ARE YOU OUT OF YOUR MIND?! GET ME THE FUCK OUT OF THIS WATER RIGHT NOW!” She was breathing heavily. “Mik, what do we do?! What the fuck do we do?!” Anon would ask in genuine fear. As this was going on, you’d soon notice some blood pooling up from the water. Though as Joaquin and his men were stunned by the thought they had lost another man, you would notice something near the growing mass of blood. Something which was slowly moving towards the surface. You’d realise it was Narith, having been let go by the horrific subject.

Thalia would also take notice, before diving forward. “WAIT, DON’T GO FURTHER!” Lydia yelled in horror, as Thalia would rapidly swim over to the body. “W-Wait, is that…” Sophie would say in shock, as you realised Narith had gotten lucky. The beast had bitten so hard into his arm, that she had bitten straight through it just below the shoulders. In other words, he had managed to survive. Though given the sheer amount of blood which he was losing, he was still very much in danger. Not to mention, the sheer danger Thalia put herself in to actually try and save him. Of course, whilst Thalia was trying to get Narith out of danger, Mike, Zaria and Monique were also still in a highly troublesome situation. They were already two thirds of the way to the corner of the room, so one thirds towards the main hall you wanted to reach. Though Zaria was no longer connected to Mike and Monique by any rope.

You had to do something FAST, lest more men would end up as food for this... horror.

>What do you do next?

>Get a rescue plan going for the three stranded soldiers. Maybe there was a way to easily reach them without attracting the horrific monster’s attention? (Write in a rescue plan for the three men.)
>Go on the offensive. Try and get the beast to show itself again so you could attack it more easily. Maybe you could use bait, or you could just shoot at the waters in the hopes you’d hit them. Maybe the acid gun would act as a solid deterrent. (Write in how you’ll try and attack the subject.)
>Tell your men to calm down. Narith wasn't dead yet and the subject was maybe not gonna strike twice, given that you got a couple of solid hits in. Besides, the more sound they made and panicked, the likelier it was she'd attack again. (Write in how you'll get everyone to calm down.)
>Something else…
>>
>>6154545
Uh, do we have any explosives left?
>>
>>6154545
Zaria's fucked. She's put up way too many death flags, especially now that she's not only brought up how she didn't want to die again but also she's separated from the rope. A shame, but at least it isn't Lydia or Thaddeus. Maybe Narith will even survive despite his wounds unlike she will.

>>6154553
Explosives would be good if it wasn't for the fact that we have one, maybe two friendly subjects in the water. I do think we should go on the offense but I'm too tired to come up with a plan right now so I'll leave that up to you other anons.
>>
>>6154545
>Tell your men to calm down. Narith wasn't dead yet and the subject was maybe not gonna strike twice, given that you got a couple of solid hits in. Besides, the more sound they made and panicked, the likelier it was she'd attack again. (Write in how you'll get everyone to calm down.)
What was written - we got in a few shots, she saw how many of us there were and how powerful the railgun was, she's probably scared off. Just stick together near the walls so she can't pick off anyone alone, and make sure either the railgun or AM rifle is ready to fire if she pops back up
>>
>>6154545
>Get a rescue plan going for the three stranded soldiers. Maybe there was a way to easily reach them without attracting the horrific monster’s attention? (Write in a rescue plan for the three men.)
>Have your and Joaquin's men lay down a steady but conservative hail of fire into the water below while Thalia tries to get everyone to whichever side is quickest to reach, either to the hall we want to reach or back to us. Tell Thaddeus to fire the railgun down into the water the moment there's any sign of this evil bitch, shooting more to hold her back than to kill.
I can't think of anything better and I seriously doubt that fucking bitch is done with us. She might have noticed Thalia and is using Narith to lure her in for another ambush.
>>
>>6154545
>>Get a rescue plan going for the three stranded soldiers. Maybe there was a way to easily reach them without attracting the horrific monster’s attention? (Write in a rescue plan for the three men.)
This must be the priority, tell them to get going and stay close to the wall, ask Thalia to deliver Zaria and Nalith to the other side then we continue to stay on overwatch, the steam will probably make things difficult, this might sound silly but I suggest we(Mik) go underwater as well, we stay just enough to submerge and close enough to return quickly to our team perhaps try to use some of our visor alternate modes like Heat Vision or Night mode to make the murkyness of the water less of a problem, if we see something approach our man it will be easy and faster to come up and warn our man were and when to shoot, when they are safe on the other side we pass supplies and instructions to Thalia on how to make a tourniquet and first-aid, perhaps even have someone go with her if the instructions are too hard to follow.
What you guys think?
>>
>>6154553
>Do we have any explosives left?
Anon still has his underslung grenade launcher with a few grenades to work with. Aside from that, you gave three smoke grenades and two more flashbangs, if you wanna use em.

Also, I'll wait with an update until tomorrow to hear if any people have any other suggestions for the next course of action. Especially since >>6154710 did ask for thoughts and there isn't really that much consensus, except for that you need to get your men the hell out of there.

Also, curious what you guys think of the first threat level 9 subject you have now encountered. She sure has made a bit of a splash with her first encounter, huh?
>>
>>6154998
I meant like the big bang demo charges we've been using to blow things up. Sounds like we used the last of them during the Benny Hill sequence?
I'm sorta at a loss for how to react to the rapidly enshittifying situation so I haven't pitched in thus far. I'll scratch my head a bit more and some up with something.
Oh, NOW I realise one of the new additions at the top was Pelly and it really was not safe to go back into the water. Thanks for withholding that information until just before we meet her, nebulous government types!
>>
>>6154691
This is probably our best option. Just save the rail gun for when/if she pops out. Supporting.

>>6154710
This too, at least if at all possible to merge the above.

>>6155007
I thought Pelly was already mentioned a while ago. I think her having more information on her profile is the only new thing.
>>
>>6155025
Pelly has been mentioned a few times before and certainly got made out to be a significant threat but if I'd have noticed her profile and seen her TL I would have refused to enter the water as is.
>>
>>6154710
>I suggest we(Mik) go underwater as well, we stay just enough to submerge and close enough to return quickly to our team perhaps try to use some of our visor alternate modes like Heat Vision or Night mode to make the murkyness of the water less of a problem
Don't think this will work, water seems to absorb infrared very well according to google and night vision won't help with the debris and whatever junk is making it murky. Plus Cirra is down there already and I think it's very unlikely we'd be more effective in water than an aquatic subject.

I think our best move is calming everyone down and getting the injured to safety, then the rest. Hope that the shots and organization scared her off, or (sorry Narith) that she's content with the arm she got.

>>6154998
>Also, curious what you guys think of the first threat level 9 subject you have now encountered
Right after getting stomped by Feng's lackies we run into her? I see we've entered the get bullied arc.
>>
>>6155034
>Hope that the shots and organization scared her off
I'm pretty sure she's one of Roraima's mad dogs, I doubt she's that sensible.
>>
>Tell your men to calm down. Narith wasn't dead yet and the subject was maybe not gonna strike twice, given that you got a couple of solid hits in. Besides, the more sound they made and panicked, the likelier it was she'd attack again.
Whilst Thalia went into the waters, you would tell your men to all calm down. Obviously, there were a lot of emotions going around right now, but you told them that panicking would just make things more disorganized. You'd also explain that you had gotten some shots in, and that the subject may have just fled away after you shot her with a railgun. After all, Narith was let go. If the subject was truly hungry, surely she would've dragged him deeper into the waters and killed him. Your men did thankfully listen, as you told them to stick together and to aim their weaponry at the waters. You'd also yell at Zaria, Monique and Mike, telling them to stick to the walls together and to not let each other go any further into the waters. The three of them immediately did as told, as you started thinking of a rescue operation.

>Get a rescue plan going for the three stranded soldiers. Maybe there was a way to easily reach them without attracting the horrific monster’s attention?
You'd yell at Thalia to grab Narith and Zaria and to immediately rush them over to the path you wanted to take, which made Joaquin look rather confused. "Take them there!? You can get Zaria over there, but Narith needs to be brought here right away so Cirra can patch him up!" The rest of Joaquin's men all agreed. Though Thalia would not listen to you either way, grabbing Narith and bringing him over to you and your men right away. She'd gently let go of him as he was breathing heavily and bleeding intensely. "Cirra, can you patch him up?" Joaquin asked, Cirra nodding and looking around. "We need to get him somewhere dry. If he stays in the water, he will keep losing more blood!"

Lars would soon move a bit back, before returning with a cart used to carry supplies around the facility. "Put him on here!" He said, as he was ready to help out in saving Narith's life with his own medical experience. Thaddeus and some of Joaquin's men helped lift Narith up, before Cirra and Lars would start helping him. In the meantime, you'd ask those who weren't focused on Narith for help with the three trapped soldiers. Fortunately, Joaquin did offer his help immediately after Narith was secured, as he looked at you and waited to hear what you'd suggest next. You'd turn to Thalia and ask her to deliver Zaria, Mike and Monique to the path heading south, her nodding and immediately swimming over to them. Fortunately, your fears of the subject using Narith as a lure were proven wrong, as you'd tell everyone else to just get their guns ready and to fill the water with bullets. It would obviously be a conservative firing spree, as you didn't want to chew through your ammo. Thus, some of your men would start firing into the waters.
>>
Thaddeus would use his hunting rifle rather than the railgun, you even telling him such lest more steam is created. Though you also told him he ought to use the plasma rail gun if things got heated again. Though as things were, it didn't appear like the beast would return yet. Or she was just hiding very effectively. Either way, Thalia would grab Zaria, Monique and Mike. Mike was slowly recovering, gasping for air as Thalia grabbed him. Zaria remained extremely panicked, as she yelled loudly. "GET ME OUT OF HERE!" Monique remained a bit calmer, as she held onto Mike so that Thalia could easily take the two of them and Zaria over to the hallway heading south. And once they were dropped off, Zaria would get straight up before finding a place to sit down immediately. "Mik, we're okay!" Mike yelled at you, at which point the rest of your men would stop firing. "Well, that's three of them on the other side. One person injured." Thaddeus said as he looked over his shoulder at Narith.

He was breathing a bit less loudly now, and Cirra and Lars had patched him up incredibly well. However, he was still clearly in incredible pain and a lot weaker, as you realised he was softly speaking. "My arm... I-I can't feel my arm... wh-what happened to my arm..." He had his eyes closed, as Cirra and Lars had presumably given him painkillers. "Narith isn't in the best of states. He seems to be in hypovolemic shock from the lack of blood. I suggest we find a way to keep him warm and leave him to rest." Cirra would say, sounding surprisingly familiar with medical terminology. "What about our plan of crossing these waters? We can't just carry Narith through the waters like this!" Joaquin said, as you suddenly heard Khady speak in a far more outraged tone at you and your men. "We shouldn't have come back here! Going into these parts already took one of us out! But now, we've lost someone else!" She clearly was agitated that you had brought her down here, though Lars was quick to hush her.

"Keep it down, you! Narith needs rest!" Lars said, though Khady didn't seem to care. She'd actually approach you, appearing ready to fight. "This was all your grandiose idea! You thought going back was our best option! We told you it was dangerous, but you didn't listen and now we're in screwed!" In turn, Derek would step forward and step between you and her. "Stop blaming Mikhail. You and your friends agreed to this. Besides, you would've all suffered if you went the direction of Feng and her lackeys." Khady didn't seem convinced, as the rest of Joaquin's men all looked extremely demotivated and unsure what to do. "Look, lets just wait for a while. We can treat Narith in the meantime and head forward once things have gotten better, alright?" Anon would say, at which point Cirra spoke worriedly. "It may take days for Narith to recover from the shock. He needs water, food, rest and warmth."
>>
Hearing this, Thaddeus would start rummaging through his bags. "Here, we can let him rest on this." He'd say as he showed his sleeping bag. Lars would also help by getting some clean water from his bag, as well as the gas burner. "This is the best source of heat we got. Maybe we can look around the place to look for something of use." Joaquin would soon after speak up. "I appreciate the help you guys are giving. But... we need to think of a solid plan. Especially since Monique, Mike and Zaria are now stranded on the other side." Thalia would've also returned by now, speaking more optimistically. "I can bring them back, if that is what you wish! The waters appear a lot safer now and the steam is nice too!" Lydia and Khady, who previously appeared more than happy with Thalia, would not seem nearly as interested in Thalia as before, both of them even seeming irritated by her remarks. Thalia was quick to realise her fuck-up, speaking softly. "I mean... it's terrible what happened."

She went ignored for a moment, as Joaquin spoke up. "Listen Mik. You mean well and I know we can trust you. However, we do have to think this through carefully. We need a solid plan for this. Something which guarantees a minimal risk to our safety. If things keep going like this... well, we might as well just try our luck by heading back and taking the Northern route instead." It seemed unlikely that heading North was going to help you out much. You would have to backtrack back to the first office, which was also flooded and potentially filled with dangerous subjects. Not to mention, heading North was a gamble, since you'd either have to then head east again and go through the flooded parts regardless, or head west towards Andrei's office which you already knew wasn't really accessible anymore. And if they decided to instead head towards the Queen... well, it was a choice between becoming slaves or food.

Still, thinking of some kind of plan was vital now. Especially if you wanted to have Joaquin and his men continue supporting you.

>What do you do next?

>Continue with the old plan. You were sure that the beast wouldn't lurch at you again, and that you'd be able to safely pass the waters this time. You could change it around a little bit, but it was the best option you had regardless. (Write in your changes to the plan you had previously, if any.)
>Wait things out a little while. Both so you could calm down and think things through and so Narith could hopefully recover just enough to once again cross the waters (Write in what you'll do whilst waiting, if anything.)
>Tell Joaquin that maybe it was better to just split up at this point. You wanted to head towards the east to save Logan, and they wanted to get somewhere safe to avoid further conflict. Having them join you was counterproductive to that very wish. (Write in if you'll suggest anything to Joaquin or if you'll try to do anything before separating.)
>Something else...
>>
>>6155491
>Wait things out a little while. Both so you could calm down and think things through and so Narith could hopefully recover just enough to once again cross the waters (Write in what you'll do whilst waiting, if anything.)
Let Thalia sing to calm everyone down
Try tossing debris into the water to bait out Pelly with sharpshooters on standby
>>
>>6155491
>Wait things out a little while. Both so you could calm down and think things through and so Narith could hopefully recover just enough to once again cross the waters
Okay. Ideally, we should be staying out of the water. I assume we haven't passed any stairwells we can use to go up a floor until the nexus room (that would be too easy lol), but is there anything on the ceiling? I'm talking stuff like cable ducts, a drop ceiling, pipes or wires on the walls and so on? We can also look for any vents leading upward to try and bypass the section, or if we're feeling brave can cannibalise the drone we found to fix one of our flying drones to string some ropes and anchors between sturdier ceiling fixtures to hang from (Narith would have be strapped to someone).

I also support offering Thalia the chance to sing to calm everyone. Her effect is clearly wearing off, but the last of my doubts about her motive have gone completely out of the window by now. She's a good bean.
>>
>>6155491
>>6155499
Support this bit also explain why this is the best path, namely this part:
>"...
You would have to backtrack back to the first office, which was also flooded and potentially filled with dangerous subjects. Not to mention, heading North was a gamble, since you'd either have to then head east again and go through the flooded parts regardless, or head west towards Andrei's office which you already knew wasn't really accessible anymore. And if they decided to instead head towards the Queen... well, it was a choice between becoming slaves or food."
Going north is a bust and we would either go to a dead-end or go back to the flooded parts anyway and possible meet even more dangerous subjects we be wasting time and supplies and be back square one, we almost got fucked by the queen who has an ever growing army of guards, subjects and possible death-squads as well. We're in deep shit but as far as things go it's the best path we got. Remember what both they and Annie told us past here is faster path to those places near the high level containment zones were we could get treatment for us and now Narith as well.

>>Wait things out a little while. Both so you could calm down and think things through and so Narith could hopefully recover just enough to once again cross the waters (Write in what you'll do whilst waiting, if anything.)
Ok change of plans, how about we do this don't go a bunch of people at once, let's have Thalia and Cirra work together and take our crew members one by one, they unlike us are aquatic so even if it might take a while it's safer and they can avoid Jaws, meanwhile the rest stay doing overwatch in case Zamtrios decide to come back, also we could try and radio our girls on the other side, we could see if it's possible for Ano to get over here and help us on transportation though I doubt considering the distance and she might be helping them get food and supplies.
>>
>>6155506
I'm >>6154710.
>>
>>6155506
I was just thinking about calling for reinforcements through Annie (we're out of range ourselves) from the girls since Ano would a godsend right now for traversing terrain, Chrys can scout above the water and I'd feel a lot safer with Morgan here too. Funnily enough, if Vinisha doesn't produce bioelectricity, she might be all but invisible to Pelly.
However, the issue is getting them to us. It'd be a day or two's travel and they'd need to make their way out of the vent near the big staircase and then make their way down by Andrei's office and catch up with us, which puts them at risk of being caught by Feng's forces and they're also in unknown terrain with potentially hostile subjects, death squads and jumpy guards while Narith needs a medbay sooner rather than later. It's definitely something we could do if we felt we really needed it, but we're going to have to seriously weigh up the risks.
>>
>>6155491
Does Zaria have thalassophobia or did she just really not like her situation? Shocked she isn't dead, but we aren't out of the woods yet.

>>6155506
Supporting. It's either this or we try fording again.
>>
>>6155516
Then I guess we better forget about reinforcements for a while, let's focus on getting to the medicals on the high level containment zones so we can treat everyone.
>>
>>6155523
Actually, I don't think it'd be that long, with Ano's speed and traversing capabilitities I think they could be here within the day and with evasion and Morgan for whether they encountered anything hostile, they'd probably be fine but there's always that danger. You know, it could be a great opportunity for a PoV jump since we've never seen through the eyes of our girls before.
>>
>>6155526
The more I think about it, the more I want to see the Subject Sidekick Special as a few of our facility friends dodge danger as they make their way through the facility to bail out Mik and Co. from being camped by Pelly. I think it should be Anofelis, Morgan and Chrys, and not just because my brain has decided to draw for me an edit of the Dr. Livesey Walk meme with them in it.
>>
>Wait things out a little while. Both so you could calm down and think things through and so Narith could hopefully recover just enough to once again cross the waters
You wouldn't hesitate to respond to some of Joaquin's concerns. You told him how the path north was likely to be a bust. One which would lead to a dead-end or the flooded parts once more. Worse, the queen was a far greater threat than just a pool with one particularly nasty subject. You admitted that your current path wasn't great, but it was the best path you could currently take. "What makes you think that?! Just because you morons ran into Feng's area of control, you now wanna doom us to go back the way we came?!" Khady would hiss at you, to which you calmly retorted that this would help bring you to the high level containment areas. There, you could get treatment for Narith as well anyone else who would end up getting wounded. You'd finally tell them that you intended to wait a short while. Jumping into the waters now would not be the best of ideas.

Joaquin pondered for a moment, before letting out a sigh. "I'll... put my faith in you. However, I do wanna know what the rest of my men think." He'd look over at your men before calmly asking: "Can one of you contact Zaria or Mike on the other side and ask for Monique's opinion as well?" Shortly after, you'd tell Joaquin's men you would try and find other routes as well. Not to mention, letting Thalia sing to hopefully calm everyone down. It wasn't exactly meant to sell your promises to them, but it would presumably make them a little less averse to stay here. With that, Joaquin would speak calmly as he focused on his men. "All in favour of leaving, say I." Khady and Landon would raise their hands and say "I." Thaddeus would copy the statement to Mike, who repeated it to Monique. "She did not say I." He'd comment, Derek making sure Joaquin heard it as well. "All in favour of staying, say I."

Sophie and Lei would calmly say. "I." Mike quickly after confirming: "Monique also says I." And finally, Joaquin would nod and say: "I." With a vote of 4 to 2, it seemed Joaquin and his men would stay with you a little while longer. Landon and Khady didn't look all that happy, but they would just quietly accept the fact they didn't have much of a choice. With that, you'd turn to Thalia, who had listened intently to everything you discussed. You'd tell her to sing a bit, as you didn't think she was as suspicious anymore. Thalia would smile brightly, putting her hands together. "I'd be delighted!" And with that, she'd start letting out her harmonious sounds once more. "Reminder to everyone. If you don't trust her still, put on Annie's station right now." Derek would then mouth into the comms, which did seem a little bit odd. Given the help she had offered, Thalia didn't seem like she was doing anything truly heinous with her singing. Then again, maybe Derek felt differently about her still.
>>
Either way, you'd start heading to the edge leading into the flooded room, looking upwards to see if there were any vents or stairwells. There were the two stairwells on the opposite side of the room, as well as what were clearly elevator shafts which were obviously empty. The stairwells didn't seem to really head anywhere special, heading to what seemed to be some sort of control room which overlooked the place. There did seem to be remnants of a walkway over the entire room, though parts of it were dangling by just one cable or had already fallen into the waters below. Honestly, the walkways were a terrible idea, since you'd have to head straight across the water anyway to reach them. If only you had Anofelis here to help you and the rest of your men fly across the water. Aside from that, there were also some vent remnants, but they looked equally destroyed and impractical to use. Hell, one of the vents quite literally dropped straight down into the waters, which would be exactly what you were looking for if you were looking for a water slide.

You did have one idea which could hopefully help you in dealing with AH-600. You wondered if you could maybe lead her out of hiding by tossing some debris into the water. If she leapt upwards to grab it, you and your men could shoot her and hopefully deal with her. You'd make the suggestion, as some of your men and Joaquin's men looked around. "If she is as smart as she is big, I kinda doubt she'd actually fall for some random debris." Anon would hesitantly remark, clearly being sceptical of the plan. Still, you would give it a try, as you'd look for some floating debris. "Maybe ya could try some of the seaweed? It's organic material, so maybe she feeds off of that as well?" Thaddeus would suggest, to which Lei responded in an unsure tone. "Ehhhh, I don't think she's much of a vegetarian. Besides, I dunno if KG-23 would appreciate us using it." Fortunately, you'd soon find an alternative to the plant material.

You spotted some floating towels or washing cloth. Presumably, it was from some janitor equipment. Either way, it would work perfectly, you grabbing the thing before easily throwing it into the centre of the room. And with that, you and the others would wait. Anon remained ready with the Anti-material rifle. Thaddeus would even grab the plasma rail gun, ready to fire it at a moment’s notice. Unfortunately, she didn't seem to bite, you not spotting any movement underwater. Not even as the steam dissipated did you see any continuing movement. Well, aside from Thalia, who would create some mild splashes as she sat near the edge of the water and kept singing her song. And the good news was that the singing did seem to calm everyone down somewhat as time went on. You also started feeling a lot calmer and at ease, feeling assured that your next plan would work out.
>>
You'd soon ask Lydia if she could start fixing the drones right now, her looking around before saying: "I really don't think this is the best place for that. I would rather work somewhere dry where I can easily work with electronics." It did seem like a sensible thing to say. Clearly, she didn't want to get the drones damaged further through water damage. With that suggestion shot down, everything seemed to calm down as your men just listened to the singing and waited for things to get better. "You know, whilst this place may be awful to go through, I still find it far better than my homeplanet." Lars would eventually say, causing some amused looks from the other men around him. Even Cirra seemed a bit curious, as she tried to keep her focus on Narith. "Are you comparing your homeplanet to the facility, or the entirety of this planet?" Sophie soon asked, Lars scoffing. "I was referring specifically to the facility. From what I saw in space, this planet looks pretty nice." Landon would actually nod along, before speaking in a relaxed voice. "It is a nice planet. Too bad it has this awful place on it."

For someone who presumably worked here, Landon didn't appear all that happy with anything about what this place had to offer. Honestly, you couldn't blame him, but you could tell some of your men were interested to learn about whether that hatred stemmed from something which happened before the whole disaster. Whatever it might have been, Lars wouldn't really focus on that. Instead, he'd keep talking. "My planet was colder than this, had no light as well, and was also filled to the brim with horrific beasts. But this place at least has peaceful lives. Not to mention, the comradery of others." Anon would scoff, before giving Lars a soft bump on the back. "No need to be sappy now, Lars." It was a mild jab, but one Lars could laugh about. Lei would then ask: "Sooooo, this sort of situation isn't exactly new to you, I presume?" Lars would shake his head. "Nah, this is still new in a lot of different ways. I'm just saying that... we could be off a whole lot worse."

To this, Khady would speak in a mildly snarky tone. "Yeah, we could've lost an arm as well." However, most of your men and Joaquin's men didn't seem to pay attention. Hell, it seemed like nobody even got agitated by what she said. "You grew up on your homeplanet, right? Wouldn't you ever wanna go back there to... I dunno, do something different? Improve things there?" Sophie asked calmly, Lars scoffing. "Hell no. I'd rather make money elsewhere and forget about that place. And after we're done with this place, I'll definitely have enough money to do as I please with life! I'll probably just find a planet to station myself on and do something else than mercenary work." The idea of Lars leaving was met with some curiosity from your men, with Lydia softly asking: "Are you suggesting you'll leave us after this mission?"
>>
Lars would think about it, before shrugging. "I'm not entirely sure. I mean, maybe I’ll station myself on a planet with Lodgerites? Stay in contact with you guys and deliver excellent food to you guys.” This made Landon wheeze a little. “Hang on a second. Did you just say ‘Deliver food?’ What, are you suggesting you’d switch from being a mercenary to a chef?” Clearly, Landon was unsure what to think about what was said. Though Derek was quick to speak up in return, doing so snidely. “Clearly, you’ve never had some of Lars’ foods. He can turn military rations into excellent food. Trust me.” The rest of your men nodded, Landon remaining clearly sceptical. “I think it sounds pretty sweet, honestly. You wanna make your own restaurant, or grow your own crops and cattle or something?” Sophie asked, to which Lars nodded. “Stuff like that, yes. Though, I do hope to make it a high quality restaurant with foods from across the galaxy. Especially with wild game!” To this, Anon would jokingly remark: “Hey, maybe if we do manage to kill that beast, you can show everyone some of those cooking skills you got, hehe.” Some of your men did find the remark amusing, though Joaquin’s men appeared a little less sure what to think. It did beg the question what eating a subject would do, if anything.

“I tell you what. Once Narith’s condition has stabilized somewhat, I’ll check my rations and maybe prepare some good food for us to enjoy.” Lars said, which was definitely something your men were eager for. “Uhhh, what about Zaria, Mike and Monique though? How are we going to bring them some of the food?” Lydia would ask, to which Thalia eagerly respond whilst singing: “I will be their saviour~ I will brighten their day~ Give them something with delightful flavour~ So they can thrive whilst they remain so, so, so far away~” Even if the lyrics weren’t perfect, her voice really did help out in making you feel positive about the idea. Lars would laugh casually, before softly commenting: “Honestly, I trust you will do a great job, Thalia.” The compliment made Thalia smile brightly, before continuing her harmonious and non-lyrical songs. “We do ought to be careful with what food we have. It may not be enough to feed all of us.” Derek would then suggest, after which Lars jokingly said: “Maybe I can try making something with the nearby seaweed? Dry it up a little and make some sushi?” To this, Thaddeus jokingly said: “Ya really are makin’ a strong case for killin’ that beast, huh?” This time, the comment did illicit some laughs from Joaquin’s men.

Shortlty after, Joaquin did appear more intrigued. “I must admit, it does sound rather amusing to hear that this is sort of what you hope to do after all of this. But hey, to each their own, you know? I am curious how much you are being paid for this entire job now, if you think it will finance such a large dream.”
>>
You and your men looked at you, as you were essentially the head of finances. Maybe it was better to just keep it a secret to be kind. Or, you could just flat out tell Joaquin and his men how well you got paid for killing the rabbit a few days ago.

>What do you do next?

>Tell Joaquin and his men some further details about your job. Payment, materials, expectations, there was a lot to really talk about. Hell, maybe if you discussed this, he’d reveal some things about the facility as well! (Write in what you’ll tell them.)
>Continue your chats with your men, Joaquin’s men or maybe even Cirra and Thalia. Apparently, Thalia’s singing had soothed everyone a bit and made things a whole lot more casual. Maybe you could ask the rest of your men what they hoped to do with the money you’d get? Or you could ask Joaquin’s men about their futures? (Write in who you’ll ask questions to and what you’ll ask.)
>Communicate with Mike, Zaria and Monique to see how they were doing. Maybe you could get them to scout ahead since they didn’t really have much else to do aside from waiting for you. (Write in what you’ll tell them to do or ask.)
>Ask Cirra and Lars for updates on Narith. Maybe even ask Narith himself how he was doing, if he had gotten enough food, water and warmth to recover a bit. Maybe the singing also helped him feel a bit better about the unfortunate loss of his arm.
>Make some more suggestions for what you’d do next. You could maybe let Thalia and Cirra just take each of you one by one, since they were clearly effective swimmers. Maybe you could ask them to check for the beast in the waters? (Write in what you’ll suggest to do next.)
>Something else…

(Alright, think that is the final update for this thread, since we are about to reach the end of page 10. I've already archived the thread, so think everything is A-okay for the next thread to start. Maybe that'll happen tomorrow, maybe Friday.)

(Either way, I went with something mildly personal in the update, with Lars discussing his dreams and what not. Hopefully, it works well enough as a little ending update. Next update will probably have a bit more chatting, followed by you making your next move.)

(Anyway, if there's anything on you guys' mind or you wanna discuss, feel free to do so. I'll gladly discuss things when I wake up and got the time.)
>>
>>6156165
>Tell Joaquin and his men some further details about your job. Payment, materials, expectations, there was a lot to really talk about. Hell, maybe if you discussed this, he’d reveal some things about the facility as well!
Most of our work before this was above-board rear-line soldiery. Counterterrorism. Patrols. Only occasionally exciting and mostly asymmetric assignments, this is by far and away our most intense mission ever after we swallowed the GalGov line. All of us are getting paid for kills of any kind and intel rather than wages, and the bounties for subjects are huge - huge enough to motivate an army of mercenaries to risk life and limb down here in the small hope of striking it rich. We killed one subject previously - Caera, some psychopathic killer rabbit from Andrei. She murdered so many people and is better off dead, but her bounty will already have set all of us for years.
We've killed a few people, almost all to defend ourselves in Feng-related incidents, but one sticks with you. A trio of guards, just like you. They were badly injured and had lost all hope, all but begging us to shoot them in a form of suicide by cop, I suppose. That was a big bucket of cold water and claiming the bounty for that never sat right. Then we started meeting wonderful subjects and staff and held our fire - if we'd chosen to kill all of them and you plus turn in all the intel and information we have, we would have earned enough money to live like kings for the rest of our lives, but by now we'd put our own lives on the line to do the complete opposite, and we have. Suffice to say it's not really about the money any more, but by the end of this we'll likely to have made enough money from eliminating the deserving like Feng et al. to retire somewhere nice quite comfortably if we chose....and get out of here alive ourselves.
I want to just air it and have the opportunity to have a bit of a heart to heart.
>Make some more suggestions for what you’d do next. You could maybe let Thalia and Cirra just take each of you one by one, since they were clearly effective swimmers. Maybe you could ask them to check for the beast in the waters?
Lay some options on the table:
We can call some of our little group of subjects to come down here as reinforcements to carry us over the water and help escort us from here out, but them getting here will take some time and potentially put them in danger too en route.
We can ride on Thalia or Cirra through the water, but there's a risk that Pelly might go for us on their backs or even attack them too.
We can have Thalia keep on singing to see if her voice affects the monster as well, but we won't be able to tell until we put it to the test.
We can search extensively for another way around, but we could end up wasting lots of time for nothing or run into something else nasty.
We could just bumrush it again and hope she's not there or come up with a plan to fend her off.
We can always do more than one of the above.
>>
>>6156232
Supporting. This is a great for further character building, both of Mik and the squad.
>>
>>6156165
Backing
Also keep tossing debris
Even if Pelly doesn't fall for it at least it'll annoy her, maybe she'll even go somewhere else

>>6156232
One more plan actually, maybe we can throw a drone in the water to bait her out. Sure it would total the drone, but it has electric signals and moves around so it would be a lot more convincing.
>>
>>6156165
I'm not sure letting Thalia sing was a good idea, I still don't really trust her. I wonder if Thalia's singing could effect the eel bitch though.

Supporting >>6156232
Normally I wouldn't support laying it all out there like this to strangers but since we're also now under Thalia's spell, I guess it could make sense we'd have loose lips.
>>
File: CEO of tails inc.png (566 KB, 1336x1092)
566 KB
566 KB PNG
>>6154544
Another fine addition to the list.
>>
>>6156640
Makes me realise just how ubiquitous tails are among the subjects. You know what Vinisha's tail design reminds me of? Kaa from the 1967 Jungle Book animation. Must hug, kiss and pet the zombie and her tail.
>>
>>6156640
>Tailess bums chrys
Does this mean her bum was petted instead?
>>
>>6156640
I am shocked you wish to touch Pelly's tail, Anon. It is cold, skeletal and coated with razor-sharp spikes.

I am also shocked you do not include Viridian in there. She is literally 40% tail!

And since I think it'd be funny (and something you could use for future art), here's how each of these girls would react to you asking if you could hug her tail.

>Anofelis
"Um, okay. I won't mind that."

>Kamara
"Uhhhh, w-well... i-if it makes you happy? J-Just be careful not to cut yourself on a-any of the sharp bits."

>Oreas
"That's... I must admit that is a little weird to ask, but okay. Just don't get too touchy and only hug it for a few seconds, alright?"

>Morgan
"My, how uncouth of you to ask such a thing! Such perversion! My tail is not something to touch for your simple-minded amusement!"

>Vinisha
"Oh! W-Why of course! Yeah, I-I'm totally fine with that! J-Just... d-don't feel pressured to do it. I-I mean, my body isn't the n-nicest to touch, I-I can imagine."

>Dhabus
"Hot dang, I didn't know we got ourselves a tail freak in this regiment. Or did one of Elbrus' subjects inject their creepy chemicals into yer system? Either way, I ain't lettin' you touch my tail."

>Pelly
*Wraps tail around you, before slashing into you and dragging you underwater.*

>Hapi
"Hehehehe, if that is what you want~ How about I let you pet some other parts of me? Maybe I ought to undress and [Spoiler]This is a Christian board. I am not going to go into detail about all the creepy things Hapi says and does. And for your curiosity, you cannot say no to her at this point. She WILL rape you[/spoiler]."

>Annie
"Touch my tail, and you'll get to see how effective I am at short-circuiting electronics. Starting with that helmet of yours."

>Viridian
"Good grief, and here I was thinking you soldiers would all be calm, non-impulsive and reasonable men. Ugh, since you are so desperate, I will allow it. Just do not take my kindness for granted and think that behaving like Elbrus is remotely acceptable."
>>
>>6156945
>Pelly *Wraps tail around you, before slashing into you and dragging you underwater.*
I like the kind of woman that will wrap her tail around me and just kill me.

>I am also shocked you do not include Viridian in there. She is literally 40% tail!
I'll do a follow up, I also forgot another 'subject' that has a tail.
>>
>>6157165
Yeah, Feng, because we are on hers!
(does Feng have a tail?)

Also, because saying this might annoy you, the thin end of the shadow on the panzerfaust overlaps the desk sign slightly. You're welcome.
>>
>>6157181
>Does Feng even have a tail?
Welp, you just opened Pandora's box, because she does indeed have a tail.

Also, thread has been archived. I'll try and get an update out either in a few hours, or some time tomorrow.
>>
>>6157261
Now where's that silhouette we're still waiting for?
>>
>>6157271
Ah yeah, I probably should get that done at some point. Hmmm, I'll try and see what I can get done. I might just get a commission with her instead which can showcase her... appearance just a little bit.



[Advertise on 4chan]

Delete Post: [File Only] Style:
[Disable Mobile View / Use Desktop Site]

[Enable Mobile View / Use Mobile Site]

All trademarks and copyrights on this page are owned by their respective parties. Images uploaded are the responsibility of the Poster. Comments are owned by the Poster.